Attached files

file filename
EX-21.1 - EX-21.1 - Aptalis Pharma Incm67124exv21w1.htm
EX-32.2 - EX-32.2 - Aptalis Pharma Incm67124exv32w2.htm
EX-32.1 - EX-32.1 - Aptalis Pharma Incm67124exv32w1.htm
EX-12.1 - EX-12.1 - Aptalis Pharma Incm67124exv12w1.htm
EX-31.1 - EX-31.1 - Aptalis Pharma Incm67124exv31w1.htm
EX-31.2 - EX-31.2 - Aptalis Pharma Incm67124exv31w2.htm
 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-K
 
(Mark One)
     
þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010
     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                      to                     
Commission File Number 333-153896
 
AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
74-3249870
(IRS Employer Identification Number)
22 Inverness Center Parkway
Suite 310
Birmingham, AL 35242
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (205) 991-8085
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: NONE
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE
     Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
     Yes       No þ
     Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
     Yes þ       No
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
     Yes       No þ Registrant has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but is not required to file such reports under such sections.
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (paragraph 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
     Yes       No (Registrant is not subject to the requirements of Rule 405 of Regulation S-T at this time).
     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “small reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
             
Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer þ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   Smaller reporting company o
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
     Yes       No þ
     As of March 31, 2010, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, there was no established public trading market for any of the common stock of the registrant and therefore, an aggregate market value of common stock of the registrant based on sales or bid and asked prices is not determinable. As of December 16, 2010, there were 100 shares of common stock of the registrant outstanding, all of which were owned by Axcan MidCo Inc.
     Documents incorporated by reference: None.
 
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
Forward-Looking Statements
    4  
         
Part I
    5  
         
Item 1. Business
    5  
Item 1a. Risk Factors
    24  
Item 1b. Unresolved Staff Comments
    45  
Item 2. Properties
    45  
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
    45  
Item 4. (Removed And Reserved)
    46  
         
Part II
    47  
         
Item 5. Market For Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters And Issuer Purchases Of Equity Securities
    47  
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
    48  
Item 7. Management’s Discussion And Analysis Of Financial Condition And Results Of Operations
    53  
Item 7a. Quantitative And Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
    81  
Item 8. Financial Statements And Supplementary Data
    82  
Item 9. Changes In And Disagreements With Accountants On Accounting And Financial Disclosure
    130  
Item 9a. Controls And Procedures
    130  
Item 9b. Other Information
    130  
         
Part III
    131  
         
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers And Corporate Governance
    131  
Item 11. Executive Compensation
    134  
Item 12. Security Ownership Of Certain Beneficial Owners And Management And Related Stockholder Matters
    151  
Item 13. Certain Relationships And Related Transactions, And Director Independence
    153  
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees And Services
    154  
         
Part IV
    155  
         
Item 15. Exhibits And Financial Statement Schedules
    155  
Signatures
    156  

-2-


 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
     This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes assumptions, expectations, projections, intentions and beliefs about future events. These statements are intended as “forward-looking statements.” We caution that assumptions, expectations, projections, intentions and beliefs about future events may and often do vary from actual results and the differences can be material.
     All statements in this document that are not statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements as defined in Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, such matters as
    delays in obtaining, or a failure to obtain and maintain, regulatory approval for our product candidates, including, but not limited to, our pancreatic enzyme products in the United States;
 
    our ability to successfully regain market share for our pancreatic enzyme products in the United States;
 
    our ability to market, commercialize and achieve market acceptance for any of the products that we are developing, commercializing or may develop or commercialize in the future, including the growth, establishment or acquisition of specialty sales, marketing and distribution capabilities to commercialize products;
 
    the expected timing, costs, progress or success of any of our preclinical and clinical development programs, regulatory approvals, or commercialization efforts;
 
    our ability to continue to successfully manufacture and commercialize our existing products;
 
    the potential advantages of our products or product candidates over other existing or potential products;
 
    our ability to enter into any new co-development or licensing agreements or to maintain any existing co-development or licensing agreements with respect to our product candidates or products;
 
    our ability to effectively maintain existing licensing relationships and establish new licensing relationships;
 
    the expense, time and uncertainty involved in the development of our product candidates, some or all of which may never reach the regulatory approval stage;
 
    our reliance on collaboration partners and licensees, to obtain and maintain regulatory approval for certain of our products and product candidates and to manufacture and commercialize such products;
 
    our ability to compete in the pharmaceutical industry against other branded or generic products;
 
    our ability to obtain reimbursement for the products we commercialize;
 
    our ability to protect our intellectual property and know-how and operate our business without infringing the intellectual property rights or regulatory exclusivity of others;
 
    a loss of rights to develop and commercialize our products under our license and sublicense agreements;
 
    a loss of any of our key scientists or management personnel;
 
    our estimates of market sizes and anticipated uses of our product candidates;
 
    our estimates of future performance; and
 
    our estimates regarding anticipated future revenue, expenses, operating losses, capital requirements and our needs for additional financing.
     When used in this document, the words “anticipate”, “believe”, “intend”, “estimate”, “project”, “forecast”, “plan”, “potential”, “will”, “may”, “should” and “expect” reflect forward-looking statements. Such statements reflect our current views and assumptions and all forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from expectations. The factors that could affect our future financial results are discussed more fully under” Item 1A. — Risk Factors,” as well as elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in our other filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, referred to herein as the SEC. We caution readers of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, also referred to herein as the Annual Report, not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of their dates. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, except as required by law.
CANASA, CARAFATE, CITRAFLEET, DELURSAN, FLEET PHOSPHO SODA, LACTEOL, PANZYTRAT, PHOTOFRIN, PHOTOBARR, PYLERA, SALOFALK, SULCRATE, ULTRASE, URSO/URSO 250, URSO FORTE, URSO DS and VIOKASE are trademarks or registered trademarks owned or used under license by Axcan Pharma Inc. and/or its affiliated companies.

-3-


 

PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
     Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation, is a leading specialty pharmaceutical company concentrating in the field of gastroenterology, with operations in the United States (U.S.), Canada and the European Union (EU).
     Our website address is www.axcan.com. Information on our website is not incorporated herein by reference. Our reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, are available free of charge on the SEC’s website, http://www.sec.gov, or at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. You may also obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. These reports may also be accessed through, the “Investor Relations” section of the Company’s website as soon as reasonably practicable after we file or furnishe such material with or to the SEC. In addition, copies of these reports will be made available free of charge, upon written request to Isabelle Adjahi, Senior Director, Investor Relations and Communications, Axcan Pharma, 597 Laurier Blvd., Mont-Saint-Hilaire, Quebec, Canada J3H 6C4. Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc.’s corporate office is located at 22 Inverness Center Parkway, Suite 310, Birmingham, AL 35242.
     Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to “we”, “our”, “us”, the “Company”, “AIH” and “Axcan” means Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. and all of its subsidiaries.
Overview
     Axcan is a specialty pharmaceutical company focused on marketing and selling pharmaceutical products used in the treatment of a variety of gastrointestinal, or GI, diseases and disorders, which are those affecting the digestive tract. Our vision is to become the reference gastrointestinal company, and we hope to achieve this through our mission: to improve the quality of care and health of patients suffering from gastrointestinal diseases and disorders by providing effective therapies for patients and specialized caregivers.
     In addition to our marketing activities, we carry out research and development activities on products at late stages of development as further described below in the section “Products in Development”. These activities are carried out primarily with respect to products we currently market in connection with lifecycle management initiatives, as well as product candidates in late stage of development that we acquired or licensed from third parties. Our focus on products in late-stage development enables us to reduce risks and expenses typically associated with new drug development.
Subsequent Event
     On December 1, 2010, Axcan Holdings Inc. (“Axcan Holdings”), our indirect parent, and Axcan Pharma Holding B.V. (“Axcan Pharma”), our subsidiary, announced that they had entered into a definitive agreement with Eurand N.V. (“Eurand”), a global specialty pharmaceutical company with headquarters in the Netherlands, under which Axcan Holdings will acquire all of the outstanding shares of Eurand for $12.00 per share in cash, resulting in a purchase price of approximately $583 million. The transaction is subject to a condition that a minimum of 80% of Eurand shares be tendered, as well as receipt of antitrust approval. We have secured committed debt financing from BofA Merrill Lynch, Barclays Capital, RBC Capital Markets and HSBC Securities (USA) for the transaction.
INDUSTRY AND COMPANY
Industry Overview
     Gastrointestinal disorders are quite diverse affecting not only the GI tract but also different parts of the alimentary tract such as the pancreas, oropharynx, the liver and biliary systems and the alimentary canal. Disorders of the gastrointestinal tract are fairly common and occur in people of all ages. Causes of these disorders vary and could include genetic anomalies, the effect of certain toxins and drugs, infections, cancer and often unknown causes. GI disorders take up a significant share of the disease burden in developed economies and the gravity of the problem is further accentuated by the difficulty that they pose in effective management. The GI tract therapeutic area consists of some indications that can be treated through pharmacologic interventions, though significant unmet needs still exist, particularly for indications such as irritable bowel syndrome (IBS), Crohn’s disease (CD) and ulcerative colitis (UC).
     According to a report entitled “The Gastrointestinal Market Outlook To 2014: Market Dynamics, Competitive Landscape, Emerging Therapies” (published by Business Insights, December 2009 and retrieved from Research and Markets, a leading source for international market research and market data), the gastrointestinal market was valued at $49.9 billion in 2008 and U.S. took the largest share of this market (37.8%) with sales amounting to $18.8 billion.
     According to a report entitled “Opportunities & Challenges in Digestive Diseases Research” (U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, National Institutes of Health — March 2009), at least 60 to 70 million Americans are affected each year by digestive diseases, placing a burden on society that exceeds $100 billion in direct medical costs in the U.S. Annually, in the U.S., about 14 million hospitalizations —10% of the total— and 15% of all in-patient hospital procedures are attributed to treatment of digestive diseases. In addition, in the U.S., 105 million visits to doctors’ offices occur each year for digestive diseases, frequently in response to symptoms such as abdominal pain, diarrhea, vomiting or nausea. Prescription drugs for the treatment of certain digestive diseases such as gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD) rank among the

-4-


 

most commonly used pharmaceutical drugs in the U.S. Even more worrying, digestive diseases are associated with significant mortality, morbidity and loss of quality of life. Digestive diseases, including cancer, are named as a primary cause of approximately 236,000 deaths in the U.S. each year. Moreover, digestive disorders, even conditions that are not immediately life-threatening, can severely affect patients’ quality of life and cause significant disability even for conditions that are not immediately life-threatening. Debilitating symptoms—such as chronic pain, discomfort, bloating, diarrhea, constipation, and incontinence, not to mention social stigma or embarrassment associated with many GI disorders can affect patients’ ability to work or engage in daily activities. Collectively, these diseases account for over $44 billion in indirect costs associated with disability and mortality each year in the U.S.
Competitive Strengths
     We believe we have a number of competitive strengths that will enable us to further enhance our position in the gastroenterology market.
     Diversified Portfolio of Branded Products. We currently market branded products in various product categories that treat a broad range of GI diseases and disorders. During fiscal year 2010, two product lines contributed 47% of our revenues, but no single product line accounted for more than 25% of our revenues. Our portfolio of products is also geographically diverse, with approximately 28% of our revenues being generated from sales outside the U.S. in fiscal year 2010.
     Leading Competitive Positions in Attractive Gastroenterology Markets. We have a strong track record of leveraging a product line’s unique market position to drive performance. CANASA and CARAFATE are our main products in the U.S.; CANASA is used to treat ulcerative proctitis and colitis and accounted for 66.0% of the U.S. market for rectally-administered mesalamine products in terms of sales in fiscal year 2010; CARAFATE is the only branded suspension-form sucralfate product in its market in the U.S. It accounted for 45.8% of the U.S. market sales for sucralfate products in fiscal year 2010. We believe that certain of our products are often the first line of treatment prescribed by physicians for these diseases and disorders. Additionally, many of the GI diseases and disorders that our products are used to treat are chronic, and as a result, we believe that physicians tend to be reluctant to change a patient’s treatment program once the patient has been treated with and becomes accustomed to a particular product. As a result, we believe that our products experience a high degree of patient loyalty, allowing us to maintain leading competitive positions in the markets in which we participate.
     Non-Patent Hurdles to Entry. Despite having no long-term patent protection, we believe that our core product lines benefit from a variety of regulatory, clinical, sourcing and manufacturing hurdles to entry, including, depending upon the product line and the product, the requirement to conduct clinical trials, availability of various forms of regulatory exclusivity and the know-how required to manufacture certain dosage forms. We believe that these hurdles make it more difficult for generic competitors to introduce and market generic versions of certain of our products, including products from our CANASA, CARAFATE, ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE product lines. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business.”
     Focused Sales Force with Market-Leading Performance. By focusing on establishing strong relationships with gastroenterologists, hepatologists and cystic fibrosis centers, we are able to effectively penetrate the gastroenterology market. As of September 30, 2010, our sales force numbers 168 representatives, located in the U.S., Canada and in the EU (including a contracted sales force in Germany devoted exclusively to selling our products and one sales representative in the U.K).
     Consistently High Free Cash Flow Generation. Historically, our business is characterized by strong free cash flows due to our robust operating history and minimal capital intensity. In addition, our capital expenditure requirements have historically been minimal, providing for strong free-cash-flow conversion. Over the last five fiscal years, we have generated cumulative free cash flow of approximately $367.8 million. For information regarding the risks we and our business face, please see “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”
     Proven Track Record in Acquiring Products and Building Market Share. Our business development effort is focused on expanding our product portfolio by capitalizing on our core knowledge of gastrointestinal markets. Our experienced business development team uses a rigorous and disciplined approach to identify and acquire products that can be grown by our sales force using the strong relationships we have with gastroenterology practitioners. We have a strong record of acquiring and developing products and growing their market share, as evidenced by our leading position in a number of the markets in which we participate.
     Experienced and Dedicated Management Team. We have a highly experienced management team at both the corporate and operational levels. Our team is led by President and Chief Executive Officer Frank Verwiel, M.D., formerly of Merck & Co., Inc., who has over 20 years’ experience in the health-care industry. Dr. Verwiel joined Axcan Pharma as President and CEO in July 2005. David Mims, formerly with Scandipharm, Inc., is our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. He joined Axcan Pharma in that capacity in February 2000, when we acquired Scandipharm, Inc. Mr. Mims has more 20 years of experience in the health-care industry. Steve Gannon, our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, joined Axcan Pharma in that capacity in April 2006, having previously served as CFO of CryoCath Technologies Inc. and held various senior financial positions at AstraZeneca and Mallinckrodt over the past 20 years. Dr. Alexandre LeBeaut rejoined us as Senior Vice President and Chief Scientific Officer in September 2008 after holding the same position with Axcan Pharma from May 2006 to February 2007 and various other executive positions in the pharmaceutical industry, including Vice President, Medical Units, U.S. Medical Affairs of Sanofi-Aventis Pharmaceuticals. Dr. LeBeaut has more than 20 years of experience in the health-care industry. Nicholas Franco joined Axcan Pharma as Senior Vice President, International Commercial Operations, in July 2007, having held various management positions at Novartis Pharma AG, including President of the Global Ophthalmic Business Unit and Global Head of the Neuroscience Business Franchise. Mr. Franco has more than 20 years of experience in the health-care industry. Theresa Stevens joined Axcan Intermediate Holdings as Senior Vice President, Business Development, in June 2009, having previously held a number of executive positions at Novartis

-5-


 

Pharmaceuticals as Executive Committee member and Vice President, U.S. Business Development and Licensing, Life Cycle Management and Generics-Brands Strategies. Ms. Stevens has more than 25 years of experience in the health-care industry. Richard DeVleeschouwer has been our Senior Vice President, Human Resources, since March 2010, having served a number of senior human resources roles at Schering-Plough, Pharmacia and Monsanto. Mr. DeVleeschouwer has more than 23 years of experience as a Human Resources professional and more than 14 years of experience in the health-care industry. Richard Tarte, formerly a partner with the law firm of Coudert Brothers, joined Axcan Pharma as Vice President, Corporate Devel8opment, and General Counsel in 2001. Mr. Tarte has more than 10 years of experience in the health-care industry.
Business Strategy
     We intend to enhance our position as the leading specialty pharmaceutical company concentrating in the field of gastroenterology by pursuing the following strategic initiatives:
     Grow Sales of Existing Products. We call on a targeted group of prescribing physicians to build strong professional relationships. We also seek to leverage the unique value of our product lines to drive performance by means of physician and caregiver programs and dialogue with payors that help to differentiate Axcan from the competition and position our products as the drugs of choice for many patients. As a result, our products are often the first line of treatment prescribed by physicians. We seek to leverage this strong position as well as the high degree of patient loyalty to our products to maintain our lead in the markets in which we compete.
     Launch New Products. Over the years, the expertise of our R&D and sales and marketing teams has allowed us to build strong relationships with the scientific and medical GI community. Thanks to our in-depth knowledge of the gastrointestinal area, our team is able to present the benefits of Axcan’s products to patients, health-care providers and payors and effectively launch new products. We intend to leverage our knowledge and expertise to successfully launch innovative products by strongly positioning them in selected markets, thus expanding our presence and reach.
     Selectively Acquire or In-License Complementary Products. We plan to acquire or in-license new products that complement the strategic focus of our existing product portfolio. Thanks to our long-lasting presence, reputation, core knowledge of GI markets, R&D expertise, multinational sales and marketing teams, market access and top-tier sales force, we are a preferred partner for companies looking to sell or out-license their specialty products. Our experienced business development team uses a rigorous and disciplined approach to ensure that the product lines we acquire fit strategically within our portfolio. In recent years, we have successfully grown a number of product lines that we acquired or developed to become leaders in their markets.
     Pursue Growth Opportunities Through Developing Pipeline. We continue to invest in R&D to develop the next generation of products to address unmet medical needs in the gastroenterology market. Our internal development efforts focus primarily on clinical development, which includes life-cycle management and medical market access initiatives. Our objective is to contribute in establishing a valid value proposition for all our products across their life-cycle.
     Expand Internationally. Our current infrastructures in the U.S., the EU and Canada form the basis of our efforts to expand internationally by increasing our R&D and sales and marketing footprint worldwide. We intend to continue to increase the geographic presence of our products through our network of third-party distributors or strategic alliances with local partners.
Products
     We focus on the field of gastroenterology. Our current product portfolio includes a number of pharmaceuticals products for the treatment of a range of GI diseases and disorders such as inflammatory bowel disease, cholestatic liver diseases, pancreatic insufficiency, and gastric and duodenal ulcers.
     The majority of our product sales are generated in the U.S., the EU and Canada. However, many of our products have been commercialized in export markets through licensing and distribution agreements with local marketing partners.
     We also have various products in development. A discussion of these projects and the regulatory process follows under the headings “Products in Development” and “Government Regulation.”
     Most of our products that we market do not benefit from any patent protection. We believe, however, that certain of our products benefit from other hurdles to the entry of competitors or generics. Our products nevertheless remain subject to brand competition and generic product entry. Competition from generic products which are typically sold at a significant discount from branded products could significantly and negatively affect our revenues. As of September 30, 2010, our main product lines are CANASA, CARAFATE, URSO 250 / URSO FORTE and PYLERA in the U.S., SALOFALK in Canada, and DELURSAN, PANZYTRAT and LACTEOL in the EU.
     Our main product lines, their sales, patent/regulatory protection and certain other hurdles to entry are discussed below.

-6-


 

Mesalamine
CANASA
     CANASA, a 1,000mg mesalamine suppository sold in the U.S., is indicated for the treatment of distal ulcerative proctitis, an inflammatory bowel disease. CANASA is currently the only FDA-approved mesalamine suppository available in the U.S.
     We reported net sales of $80.9 million, $84.7 million and $72.1 million for CANASA in fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The decline in sales in fiscal year 2010 as compared to fiscal year 2009 resulted from temporary changes in wholesaler shipping patterns experienced in fiscal year 2010, as well as increased promotional activity by Shire US Inc., following the launch of LIALDA®, a new oral mesalamine products in the U.S. market that was partially offset by price increases announced during fiscal year 2009.
     CANASA competes directly with topical corticosteroids available in the form of enemas and suppositories, as well as mesalamine enemas. In the U.S., CANASA primarily competes with ROWASA® enemas sold by MEDA AB and with various generic mesalamine enemas. It also indirectly competes with oral mesalamine products such as ASACOL® (Warner Chilcott Company, LLC), PENTASA® and LIALDA® (Shire US Inc.), or APRISO™ and COLAZAL® (Salix Pharmaceuticals, Inc.).
     CANASA does not have any patent protection in the U.S. On November 5, 2007, clinical investigation exclusivity previously granted pursuant to the Hatch-Waxman Act, covering a change in the formulation of this drug from a 500 mg formulation to a 1,000 mg suppository formulation, expired. As a result, if a generic mesalamine suppository were to be launched, it could have a significant negative impact on sales of CANASA in the U.S.
     In June 2007, the FDA published draft guidance on the requirements it expects manufacturers seeking approval of a mesalamine suppository to meet in order to obtain approval of mesalamine suppositories. This draft guidance specifies that a request for regulatory approval of a mesalamine suppository product must be supported by placebo and reference-drug controlled clinical studies with clinical endpoints demonstrating safety and effectiveness in patients with ulcerative proctitis. We cannot provide assurances that the FDA requirements reflected in this draft guidance will be applied by the FDA or will be formally adopted in their current form.
     In a July 2010 posting on clinicaltrial.gov that was updated in November 2010, Sandoz Inc. disclosed that it had initiated in June 2010 a clinical trial to establish therapeutic equivalence of a 1,000 mg rectal mesalamine suppository product to CANASA rectal suppositories, for the treatment of mild to moderate ulcerative proctitis. The disclosure states that the trial is being conducted in India and has an estimated duration of 18 months. Cadila Healthcare Inc. also recently disclosed that it is conducting a similar clinical study in India to establish therapeutic equivalence of a 1,000 mg rectal mesalamine suppository product to CANASA.
     As a result, if another mesalamine suppository was to be launched, it could have a significant negative impact on sales of CANASA in the U.S. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business.”
SALOFALK
     SALOFALK is a mesalamine-based product line (tablets, suspensions and suppositories) that we sell in Canada for the treatment of certain inflammatory bowel diseases, such as ulcerative colitis, ulcerative proctitis and Crohn’s disease.
     We reported net sales of $19.8 million, $19.0 million and $21.0 million for SALOFALK in fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The decline in sales in fiscal years 2010 and 2009 as compared to fiscal year 2008 resulted from the negative impact of currency fluctuations compared to the preceding fiscal year (fiscal 2009 as compared to fiscal 2008), as the value of the Canadian dollar depreciated against the U.S. dollar by 17.0%. SALOFALK sales were also negatively impacted by the launch of new competitive products in the market.
     In Canada, SALOFALK competes with several products containing mesalamine in controlled-release tablets or capsules, including ASACOL™ (Warner Chilcott Company, LLC), DIPENTUM™ (UCB Pharma, Inc.) and MEZAVANT® (Shire plc). Generics versions of the tablet and suspension formulations are also available on the market.
     SALOFALK has no patent protection, or regulatory exclusivity.
Sucralfate
CARAFATE and SULCRATE
     Our CARAFATE and SULCRATE product lines are indicated for the treatment of gastric and duodenal ulcers.
     CARAFATE is sold in the U.S. as oral tablets and an oral suspension and SULCRATE as an oral suspension in Canada. Neither formulation is actively promoted. Both product lines compete primarily against generic sucralfate tablets.
     We reported combined net sales of $86.5 million, $68.5 million and $52.5 million for CARAFATE and SULCRATE in fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The increase in sales from fiscal year 2009 to fiscal year 2010 mainly resulted from an increase in prescription volumes and from price increases announced during fiscal year 2009.

-7-


 

     Neither CARAFATE nor SULCRATE have any patent protection or regulatory exclusivity in its respective market. Patent protection for CARAFATE lapsed in fiscal year 2001.
     We are not aware of any generic versions of CARAFATE and SULCRATE oral suspension that are commercially available in the U.S. or Canada. However, in a recent public filing K-V Pharmaceutical Company announced the sale of certain intellectual property and other assets related to its Abbreviated New Drug Application, or ANDA, submitted with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for the approval to engage in the commercial manufacture and sale of 1gm/10mL sucralfate suspension, the active pharmaceutical ingredient in our CARAFATE product. We do not have any information on the status of this ANDA. If a generic version of CARAFATE was to be launched, it could have a significant negative impact on sales of CARAFATE oral suspension in the U.S.
Ursodiol
URSO 250 and URSO FORTE (U.S.)
     In the U.S., we market URSO 250, a 250-mg ursodiol tablet and URSO FORTE, a 500-mg ursodiol tablet for the treatment of Primary Biliary Cirrhosis, or PBC, a chronic liver disease.
     We reported net sales of $18.7 million, $50.0 million and $67.0 million for URSO 250/ URSO FORTE in the U.S. in fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The decrease in sales in fiscal years 2010 and 2009 as compared to fiscal year 2008 resulted from the entry of generic versions of URSO 250 and URSO FORTE on the U.S. market, following approval by the Office of Generic Drugs on May 13, 2009. This decrease was partially offset by price increases announced on our URSO 250 and URSO FORTE branded products, and by sales generated from the launch of an authorized generic version of our ursodiol products. On July 2, 2009, we announced that we had entered into an agreement with Prasco Laboratories under which Prasco markets and sells an authorized generic of URSO 250 and URSO FORTE in the U.S. Despite measures taken to defend our URSO franchise in this market, we expect future sales to continue to decline.
URSO and URSO DS (Canada)
     In Canada, we market URSO, a 250-mg ursodiol tablet and URSO DS, a 500-mg ursodiol tablet for the treatment of cholestatic liver diseases, which include PBC and primary sclerosing cholangitis (PSC). URSO and URSO DS were covered by a patent relating to the use of ursodiol for the treatment of PBC in Canada, which was to expire in 2010. However, in 2006, the generic product manufacturer, Pharmascience Inc., successfully challenged the validity of this patent under Health Canada’s Notice of Compliance Regulation procedures. In May 2006, generic versions of URSO and URSO DS received approval for sale in Canada and were launched in fiscal year 2007. The launch of these generic products has had a negative impact on sales of URSO and URSO DS since fiscal year 2007.
     We reported net sales of $2.5 million, $3.0 million and $3.9 million for URSO/URSO DS in Canada for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
     URSO and URSO DS do not benefit from any other patent protection or other form of regulatory exclusivity in Canada.
DELURSAN
     DELURSAN, is 250mg ursodiol tablet marketed in France and indicated for the treatment of cholestatic liver diseases, including PBC, PSC and liver disorders related to cystic fibrosis.
     We reported net sales of $23.4 million, $20.8 million and $21.4 million for DELURSAN, in fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The decline in sales in fiscal year 2009 as compared to fiscal year 2008 resulted from the negative impact of currency fluctuations compared to the preceding fiscal year, as the value of the euro depreciated against the U.S. dollar by 11.6%. In local currency, net sales of DELURSAN, were €17.3 million, €15.4 million and €14.2 million in fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
     DELURSAN, mainly competes with URSOLVAN® (Sanofi-Aventis S.A.). However, we expect another competing product to be launched in France by the end of calendar year 2011. An additional request for marketing approval was submitted by another competitor for an ursodiol product, based on well-established use. Under this procedure, a company can submit for approval a product similar to one that is already marketed by submitting evidence of therapeutic efficacy based on published literature.
     DELURSAN, does not have any patent protection or any regulatory exclusivity in France. As a result, if another ursodiol product is launched, it could have a significant negative impact on sales of DELURSAN, in France. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business.”
Helicobacter pylori eradication
PYLERA
     Since May 2007, we have been marketing as PYLERA a three-in-one capsule therapy for the eradication of Helicobacter pylori, a bacterium recognized as being the main cause of gastric and duodenal ulcers.

-8-


 

     We reported net sales of $10.5 million, $8.2 million and $6.6 million for PYLERA in fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
     Other pre-packaged products (all in blister packs) that compete with PYLERA include HELIDAC® (Prometheus Laboratories Inc.) and PREVPAC® (TAP Pharmaceutical Products Inc.).
     PYLERA is protected by patent claims covering triple and quadruple therapies for Helicobacter pylori eradication. These claims cover the treatment of duodenal ulcer disease (and in some countries reflux esophagitis and gastric ulcer) through the eradication of Helicobacter pylori using a bismuth compound together with two or more antibiotics. The expiry dates of these patents vary depending on the jurisdiction. In the U.S., they expired in March 2010. The double capsule formulation of this product and its use in multiple therapies is also covered by patent in a number of countries. The U.S. patent expires in December 2018. Prior to November 2008, the U.S. patents covering PYLERA’s triple and quadruple therapies for Helicobacter pylori eradication and capsule formulation were not eligible for listing in the FDA’s Orange Book and to benefit from the automatic 30-month stay provisions of the Hatch-Waxman Act. In November 2008, pursuant to the enactment of the Q1 Program Supplemental Funding Act (Q1 Act), the Food, Drug and Cosmetics Act, or FDCA, was amended to permit the Orange Book listing of patents covering products containing antibiotic active ingredients included in an application submitted to FDA for review prior to November 21, 1997 or, “old” antibiotics, which is the case of PYLERA. In December 2008, our patents were submitted for listing in the FDA’s Orange Book. Accordingly, we believe we are eligible to benefit from the automatic stay provisions of the Hatch-Waxman Act for an ANDA submitted subsequent to the date these patents were listed in the Orange Book and which contains a paragraph IV certification. For more details regarding the 30-month stay provisions of the Hatch-Waxman Act, see “Item 1. Business — Government Regulation — U.S. Regulations — Abbreviated New Drug Application”.
Pancreatic Enzyme Products
ULTRASE
     In the U.S., we were marketing as ULTRASE pancreatic enzyme microsphere (ULTRASE MS) and mini-tablet (ULTRASE MT) products, designed to help patients with exocrine pancreatic insufficiency (including pancreatic insufficiency associated with cystic fibrosis) to better digest food.
     We ceased distributing our ULTRASE product lines in the U.S. effective April 28, 2010. This action was taken because we did not receive FDA approval for ULTRASE MT by April 28, 2010, the date mandated by the FDA to obtain approval for pancreatic enzyme products to remain on the market. We also interrupted shipments of ULTRASE MT from the U.S. to Canada and export markets to allow time for the FDA to review our request confirming that applicable export requirements were being met. As of September 30, 2010, this interruption of shipments was still in place.
     We completed the initial submission of our NDA for ULTRASE MT and, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, received a first complete response letter from the FDA. Further to the filing of our response to this letter, we received a second complete response letter from the FDA in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009. On May 5, 2010 the FDA issued an additional complete response with respect to our NDA for ULTRASE MT. As was the case with prior letters, the FDA requires that deficiencies raised with respect to the manufacturing and control processes at the manufacturer of the active ingredient of ULTRASE MT be addressed before approval can be granted. We submitted our response to this letter to the FDA that confirmed a November 28, 2010 Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, date for our ULTRASE MT NDA.
     On November 28, 2010, the FDA issued a complete response letter regarding the NDA for ULTRASE MT. The letter requires that unresolved deficiencies raised with respect to the manufacturing and control processes at the manufacturer of the active ingredient for ULTRASE MT be addressed before approval can be granted. The letter also requires that deficiencies identified in an FDA inspection of such manufacturer must be resolved before the NDA can be approved. We are in ongoing discussions with the FDA and continue to work with the manufacturer of the active pharmaceutical ingredient to address the remaining open issues identified by the FDA, as soon as possible. However, those remaining issues do not require additional clinical studies. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Pancreatic Enzyme Products.”
     We reported net sales of $37.9 million, $75.9 million and $58.6 million for ULTRASE in fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The decrease in sales in fiscal year 2010 as compared to fiscal year 2009 is a result of us ceasing to distribute our ULTRASE product line in the U.S. effective April 28, 2010.
     A number of branded pancreatic enzyme products have been approved and are currently marketed in the United States, including CREON® (Abbott Laboratories), PANCREAZE (Ortho-McNeil Pharmaceutical, Inc.) and ZENPEP® (Eurand N.V.).
     ULTRASE is licensed from Eurand under an exclusive development license and supply agreement signed in 2000. It was for an original term of ten years with automatic renewals for subsequent periods of two years. The agreement was amended in 2007 and the term extended to the end of 2015. We have paid Eurand licensing fees totaling $3.5 million, and we have agreed to pay to Eurand royalties of 6% on annual net sales of ULTRASE.
     ULTRASE MT does not currently benefit from patent protection. However, based on the 29th edition of the “Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations,” commonly known as the Orange Book, published by the FDA in August 2009, CREON®, PANCREAZE and ZENPEP® have been granted the status of New Chemical Entity, or NCE, which entitles them to certain market exclusivity protections pursuant to the Hatch-Waxman Act. We believe that, upon approval of its NDA, ULTRASE MT will also be designated as an NCE

-9-


 

and will equally benefit from the same market exclusivity provided pursuant to the Hatch-Waxman Act. This would afford ULTRASE MT a measure of protection from new competition in the marketplace, as this exclusivity generally prohibits the FDA from reviewing ANDAs for products containing the same active moiety for a period of five years. Further, in its “Guidance for Industry—Exocrine Pancreatic Insufficiency Drug Products—Submitting NDAs” of April 2006, the FDA has stated that because of their complexity, pancreatic enzyme extract products are not likely to be appropriate for ANDA filings. For more details on NCE data exclusivity, see “Item 1 — Business — Government Regulation — U.S. Regulations — Data Exclusivity”.
VIOKASE
     In the U.S., we were marketing as VIOKASE uncoated immediate release pancreatic enzyme products for the treatment of exocrine pancreatic insufficiency.
     We ceased distributing VIOKASE in the U.S. effective April 28, 2010. This action was taken because we did not receive FDA approval for VIOKASE by April 28, 2010, the date mandated by the FDA to obtain approval for pancreatic enzyme products to remain on the market.
     VIOKASE, although not actively promoted, is still sold in Canada.
     We reported net sales of $15.6 million, $22.7 million and $15.1 million for VIOKASE in fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The decrease in sales in fiscal year 2010 as compared to fiscal year 2009 is a result of us ceasing to distribute our VIOKASE product lines in the U.S. effective April 28, 2010.
     The submission of our rolling NDA for VIOKASE was completed in the first quarter of fiscal 2010. At the time we completed this submission we requested a priority review and the FDA advised us in the second quarter of fiscal 2010 that it would not grant a priority review for this NDA. The initial PDUFA date for VIOKASE was August 30, 2010. In August 2010, we received feedback from the FDA regarding the timeline to review the VIOKASE NDA. At that time, the FDA indicated that the review was progressing but postponed the PDUFA date to November 30, 2010 to allow more time to complete their review.
     On November 28, 2010, the FDA issued a complete response letter regarding the NDA for VIOKASE. The letter requires that unresolved deficiencies raised with respect to the manufacturing and control processes at the manufacturer of the active ingredient for VIOKASE be addressed before approval can be granted. The letter also requires that deficiencies identified in an FDA inspection of such manufacturer must be resolved before the NDA can be approved. We are in ongoing discussions with the FDA and continue to work with the manufacturer of the active pharmaceutical ingredient to address the remaining open issues identified by the FDA, as soon as possible. However, those remaining issues do not require additional clinical studies. See “Item 1A. — Risk Factors -Risks related to our Pancreatic Enzyme Products”.
     VIOKASE does not currently benefit from patent protection. However, we believe that like ULTRASE MT, it will be entitled to receive NCE market exclusivity pursuant to the Hatch-Waxman Act upon NDA approval.
PANZYTRAT
     PANZYTRAT consists of enteric-coated microtablets for use in the treatment of exocrine pancreatic insufficiency and pancreatic enzyme deficiency. PANZYTRAT is marketed in several countries, mainly Germany, the Netherlands and Switzerland, as well as a several Eastern European markets. We reported net sales of $14.8 million, $14.2 million and $16.6 million for PANZYTRAT in fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. In local currency, net sales of PANZYTRAT, were €10.9 million, €10.6 million and €11.1 million in fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
     The main competitor for PANZYTRAT in Germany and the Netherlands is KREON® (Abbott Laboratories). The decline in sales in fiscal years 2010 and 2009 as compared to fiscal year 2008 resulted from the negative impact of currency fluctuations compared to the preceding fiscal year (fiscal year 2009 as compared to fiscal year 2008), as the value of the euro depreciated against the U.S. dollar by 11.6% and from the reduction in sales volumes within export markets.
     PANZYTRAT does not benefit from any patent protection, nor any other form of regulatory exclusivity in the main countries in which it is marketed, namely Germany and the Netherlands.
     On July 7, 2010, we entered into a distribution agreement with PharmaSwiss S.A., for the distribution of PANZYTRAT, in various Central and East European countries.
Other Products
LACTEOL
     LACTEOL is a product containing specific proprietary strains of Lactobacillus LB in a lyophilized powder form. It is available as capsules and powder sachets, and is primarily indicated for the treatment of diarrhea. LACTEOL is mainly sold in France and in 36 export markets.
     We reported net sales of $15.9 million, $16.5 million and $19.0 million for LACTEOL in fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively

-10-


 

including $9.5 million, $9.3 million and $11.1 million outside of France. The decline in sales is a result of LACTEOL no longer being reimbursed in Germany, since February 2010. In addition, the decline in sales in fiscal year 2009 as compared to fiscal year 2008 resulted from the negative impact of currency fluctuations compared to the preceding fiscal year, as the value of the euro depreciated against the U.S. dollar by 11.6% and from the reduction in sales volumes within export markets.
     LACTEOL competes with a number of similar products in most markets. As LACTEOL has been marketed for several decades, we believe the brand name LACTEOL constitutes a definite marketing advantage wherever the product is sold.
     LACTEOL has no patent protection or regulatory exclusivity. However, the product is derived from proprietary strains of bacteria for which the source strains are protected by a number of security safeguards, such that access by third parties seeking to reproduce it for competitive or other purposes is limited and controlled.
     On April 6, 2009, we entered into a license agreement with a leading multi-national company (the “Licensee”), whereby we granted the Licensee the right to use the active ingredient contained in LACTEOL to develop and commercialize new food products that will contain this active ingredient. Under the terms of the agreement, the Licensee will have exclusive rights to commercialize these new products. We will continue to own all other rights related to the active ingredient, including the right to use the active ingredient and develop, manufacture and commercialize non-food products, including pharmaceutical products, containing it.
     On April 22, 2010, we entered into an agreement with Norgine Pharmaceuticals for the distribution and promotion of our LACTEOL product line in Australia. Under the terms of the agreement, Norgine Pharmaceuticals obtained exclusive rights to the distribution and promotion of the LACTEOL line of products on the Australian market. Norgine Pharmaceuticals will be responsible for securing regulatory approval and for launching LACTEOL on that market expected to occur during the first half of fiscal year 2011.
PHOTOFRIN/PHOTOBARR
     PHOTOFRIN/PHOTOBARR is a photo-sensitizer approved for use in photodynamic therapy, an innovative medical therapy based on the use of light-activated drugs.
     We market (directly or through distributors) PHOTOFRIN/PHOTOBARR in the U.S., the EU and Canada, as well as in other selected markets. PHOTOFRIN/PHOTOBARR has received regulatory approval in a number of countries, including approval for the treatment of high-grade dysplasia associated with Barrett’s esophagus, obstructing esophageal cancer and non-small-cell lung cancer, as well as certain types of gastric cancers and cervical dysplasia. Our marketing strategy varies based on the indication for which the product is approved and on the availability of the centering catheter required to perform some of the procedures.
     We reported net sales of $3.9 million, $4.2 million and $6.5 million for PHOTOFRIN/PHOTOBARR in fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The decline in sales resulted from the continued loss of supply of the balloon centering catheter as it was discontinued. That balloon centering catheter is required for the treatment of high-grade dysplasia associated with Barrett’s esophagus. In addition, the decline in sales in fiscal year 2009 as compared to fiscal year 2008 resulted from the negative impact of currency fluctuations compared to the preceding fiscal year, as the value of the euro depreciated against the U.S. dollar by 11.6%.
     To our knowledge, there are currently no other photo-sensitizers approved as drugs in the U.S., the EU or Canada for the treatment of high-grade dysplasia associated with Barrett’s esophagus, obstructing esophageal cancer and lung cancer, gastric cancer or cervical dysplasia.
     In Germany, PHOTOSAN® (Seehof Laboratories), although not approved, had been marketed as a medical device for use in the treatment of broad oncological applications. However, in a recent ruling, the German Federal Court of Justice ruled in favor of the Axcan and its distributor confirming lower court findings that PHOTOSAN® was a pharmaceutical product and, as a result, did not have the required regulatory approvals to remain on the market. As a result of this judgment, Seehof Laboratories stopped distribution of its product in Germany.
     PHOTOFRIN/PHOTOBARR is covered by a number of patents in various countries, claiming compositions (including product by process claims), methods of use in approved indications and, methods of manufacture, as well as patents for certain devices used in connection with treatment with these products. In the U.S., PHOTOFRIN/PHOTOBARR’s main market, the last of the patents covering this product or devices used in connection with the treatment expires in May 2016.
FLEET PHOSPHO-SODA and CITRAFLEET
     On October 23, 2009, we signed a distribution agreement with Laboratorios Casen-Fleet S.L.U., a Spanish subsidiary of the American company C.B. Fleet. Under the terms of the agreement, we have been granted exclusive distribution rights in France for FLEET PHOSPHO-SODA and CITRAFLEET, two products used for bowel cleansing.
     FLEET PHOSPHO-SODA is an oral sodium phosphate solution product which is used for bowel cleansing prior to colonoscopy and other medical procedures. CITRAFLEET is a powder formulation of sodium picosulfate/magnesium citrate for oral solution indicated for use prior to any diagnostic exploration requiring bowel cleansing, such as a colonoscopy or a radiological examination.
     We started promoting FLEET PHOSPHO-SODA on January 1, 2010 and CITRAFLEET on September 15, 2010. We reported net sales of $2.2 million for FLEET PHOSPHO-SODA and CITRAFLEET in fiscal year 2010.

-11-


 

Products in Development
     Our research and development team leverages its expertise in the field of gastroenterology to develop product line enhancements and modifications to existing products and to complete the clinical development of new product candidates, consistent with our development growth strategy. Our R&D capabilities include Pharmaceutical Development, Regulatory Affairs, Quality and Compliance, Clinical Development and Medical Affairs.
     Our staff of research scientists has expertise in all aspects of the drug development process on a global basis, from pre-formulation studies and formulation development, to scale-up and manufacturing. The clinical development and medical affairs team assumes product stewardship up to post-marketing study and contributes to market access strategies and tactics.
     For new product candidates, we mainly consider the development of late-stage (Phase II and beyond) novel molecules and innovative product candidates that, in our view, provide an acceptable risk/return profile. As part of our business strategy, we enter into licensing agreements with companies that are developing compounds and innovative products in the field of gastroenterology. These compounds and products are typically in-licensed with some combination of up-front payments, development milestone payments and/or royalty payments. In some cases, we have an option to acquire an ownership position in the company with which we have entered into such an agreement.
     For the existing portfolio, we seek to enhance product life cycles and extend exclusivity through the staged introduction of product enhancements. These may include (but are not limited to) new indications, improvements in the frequency of administration of drug products, improvements in the convenience of administration, reduction of side effects (improved tolerability) and improved efficacy.
     Our pipeline products are in various stages of development. Despite the reduced risk profile of our pipeline programs (relative to new chemical entities), they do carry potential development risks, and as such, we do not anticipate the commercialization of all of these products. In addition, we routinely review and prioritize our pipeline as new product candidates are added, which can result in the discontinuation or delay in other ongoing development programs which offer, in our estimation, a comparatively less attractive risk/return profile. This is normal practice in the pharmaceutical industry.
     Given that the successful development of any pipeline program is dependent on a number of variables, it is difficult to accurately predict timelines for regulatory approval and thus clinical development expenses. In fiscal year 2010, our R&D expenses were approximately $31.7 million or 8.9% of our total revenue ($36.0 million, or 8.8% of revenue in fiscal year 2009 and $28.1 million, or 7.4% of revenue in fiscal year 2008).
     From time to time, we review our portfolio of products under development to set priorities for the various development programs underway and to ensure that internal and budgeted resources are allocated accordingly. As a result of these reviews, the contents of certain development programs and related timelines may be modified or certain programs terminated.
     The following is a description of our active and disclosed pipeline projects. The intellectual property associated with these projects is discussed below in “Patents and Trademarks.”
Mesalamine
     Our MAX-002 Phase III clinical program, seeking approval of a new patented mesalamine suppository formulation characterized by its smaller size and lower melting temperature, is still ongoing.
     We also have ongoing life cycle management initiatives with respect to our CANASA franchise.
Sucralfate
     We also have ongoing life cycle management initiatives with respect to our CARAFATE franchise.
Ursodiol
URSO
     Non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH) is an advanced form of non-alcoholic fatty liver disease associated with significant morbidity and mortality for which there is no proven effective pharmacological therapy. The prevalence of NASH is difficult to determine. It seems to occur in approximately 3% of the population but may be found in more than 25% of obese persons.
     We have successfully completed a multicentric, double-blind, randomized-controlled trial of high-dose ursodiol in patients suffering from NASH. The study, which was conducted in France, assessed the efficacy and safety of high-dose (25-35 mg/kg/day) ursodiol in NASH patients.
     Results confirmed that high-dose ursodiol is safe and well tolerated in patients with NASH. They also demonstrated a significant and marked biochemical response to high-dose ursodiol. Results of this study were published in the October 2010 edition of the “Journal of Hepatology”.

-12-


 

Helicobacter pylori eradication
PYLERA
     We have submitted our application for required regulatory approval to market, or Marketing Authorization, for PYLERA in major EU markets in fiscal year 2010. This submission was filed using the decentralized procedure process and we expect to get approval in the first market in fiscal year 2011, followed by a launch in the first market during the same year. For a discussion on the decentralized procedure, see “Item 1 — Business — Government Regulation — European Economic Area — Decentralized Procedure”.
Pancreatic Enzyme Products
ULTRASE and VIOKASE
     We ceased distributing our ULTRASE and VIOKASE product lines in the United States effective April 28, 2010. This action was taken because we did not receive FDA approval for ULTRASE MT or VIOKASE by April 28, 2010, the date mandated by the FDA to obtain approval for pancreatic enzyme products.
     We completed the initial submission of our NDA for ULTRASE MT and, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, received a first complete response letter from the FDA. Further to the filing of our response to this letter, we received a second complete response letter from the FDA in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009. On May 5, 2010, the FDA issued an additional complete response with respect to our NDA for ULTRASE MT. As was the case with prior letters, the FDA requires that deficiencies raised with respect to the manufacturing and control processes at the manufacturer of the active ingredient of ULTRASE MT be addressed before approval can be granted. We submitted our response to this letter to the FDA that confirmed a November 28, 2010 Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, date for our ULTRASE MT NDA.
     The submission of our rolling NDA for VIOKASE was completed in the first quarter of fiscal 2010. At the time we completed this submission we requested a priority review and the FDA advised us in the second quarter of fiscal 2010 that it would not grant a priority review for this NDA. The initial PDUFA date for VIOKASE was August 30, 2010. In August 2010, we received feedback from the FDA regarding the timeline to review the VIOKASE NDA. At that time, the FDA indicated that the review was progressing but postponed the PDUFA date to November 30, 2010 to allow more time to complete their review.
     On November 28, 2010, the FDA issued complete response letters regarding the NDAs for ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE. The letters require that unresolved deficiencies raised with respect to the manufacturing and control processes at the manufacturer of the active ingredient for both ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE be addressed before approval can be granted. The letters also require that deficiencies identified in an FDA inspection of such manufacturer must be resolved before the NDAs can be approved. We are in ongoing discussions with the FDA and continue to work with the manufacturer of the active pharmaceutical ingredient to address the remaining open issues identified by the FDA, as soon as possible. However, those remaining issues do not require additional clinical studies.
     In order to continue to support ULTRASE MT once approved, we have completed a pediatric Phase III clinical program to demonstrate the efficacy of ULTRASE MT in patients aged two to six years old. Once ULTRASE MT is approved, we expect to submit a supplemental NDA to enhance the product’s labeling.
     While we cannot provide any assurances, we expect to ultimately receive regulatory approval for ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE under FDA’s guidance to the industry. See “Item 1A. — Risk Factors -Risks related to our Pancreatic Enzyme Products”.
     PANZYTRAT
     We have initiated a multicenter Phase IV study aimed at assessing and comparing the efficacy of PANZYTRAT 25,000 in the control of steatorrhea in patients with cystic fibrosis who demonstrate pancreatic insufficiency. This study should allow us to better position our product on the markets where it is currently available.
Others
Cx401
     On September 30, 2007, we entered into an exclusive license and development agreement with Cellerix of Spain, for the North American (U.S., Canada and Mexico) rights to Cx401, an innovative biological product in development for the treatment of perianal fistulas. Under the terms of the agreement, Axcan was responsible for the costs of developing and commercializing Cx401 in North America.
     Based on the results of a Phase III study conducted by Cellerix in Europe, we have decided to not pursue the development of this formulation. We are awaiting the results of trials related to a new formulation of this compound to which we have certain rights to develop.
     See “Patents and Trademarks—Cx401” below for more information regarding certain royalty payments we may have to make related to the development of Cx401.

-13-


 

Sales and Marketing
     In the U.S., we sell our products to most major wholesale drug companies and distributors, which in turn distribute our products to chain and independent pharmacies, hospitals and mail-order pharmacies. As of September 30, 2010, we had 97 sales representatives, 11 regional sales managers managed by 2 zone directors and 5 national account managers in our managed markets group, all located in the U.S. This sales team calls on high-volume prescribing gastroenterology physicians, cystic fibrosis centers, as well as third-party payors, clinical pharmacists and formulary administrators. Since the launch of PYLERA, in May 2007, sales representatives have also been visiting general practitioners known to be high-volume prescribers of Helicobacter pylori eradication therapies. Finally, some of our sales representatives are specialized in photodynamic therapy and call on potential and current photodynamic therapy treatment centers.
     In Canada, we sell our products to hospitals and wholesale drug companies, which in turn distribute our products to pharmacies. Our major products are included in most provincial drug benefit formularies. Our products are promoted by our 11 sales representatives and a market access manager, under the supervision of a regional sales manager. They call on gastroenterologists and internal medicine specialists with a particular interest in GI diseases, as well as on colorectal surgeons.
     In France, we sell our products to distributors, which in turn distribute them to wholesale drug companies, which in turn distribute them to pharmacies. As of September 30, 2010, we had 43 sales representatives who, under the supervision of 5 regional sales directors, regularly visit high-volume prescribing physicians to promote our other prescription products. In addition, in Germany, we have an exclusive contracted sales force consisting of 16 sales representatives under the supervision of two regional sales directors and in the United Kingdom, we have 1 sales representative. We also have a partnership agreement with an over-the-counter distributor and marketer to co-promote one of our products in France.
     This international sales structure is complemented by our sponsorship of high-level international medical meetings on topics related to therapeutic areas we focus on, our products and research activities. These events are recognized by leading institutions. In North America, continuing medical education (CME) credits are awarded to attendees. As a consequence, we believe that we are recognized not only as a supplier of quality products, but also as an important link in the continuous medical education process.
Customers
     While the ultimate end users of our products are the individual patients to whom our products are prescribed by physicians, our direct customers include a number of large pharmaceutical wholesale distributors and large pharmacy chains. The pharmaceutical wholesale distributors that comprise a significant portion of our customer base sell our products primarily to retail pharmacies, which ultimately dispense our products to the end consumers.
     We use a “pull-through” marketing approach that is typical of pharmaceutical companies. Under this approach, our sales representatives actively promote our products by demonstrating the features and benefits of our products to physicians and, in particular, gastroenterologists who may prescribe our products for their patients. The patients, in turn, take the prescriptions to pharmacies to be filled. The pharmacies then place orders, directly or through buying groups, with the wholesalers, to whom we sell our products.
     The following table sets forth the percentage of total net product sales for each of the last three fiscal years for each of our wholesale customers that accounted for 10% or more of our total net product sales in any of the last three fiscal years.
                         
    For the fiscal years  
    ended September 30,  
    2010     2009     2008  
Customer A
    29.9 %     30.4 %     39.0 %
Customer B
    28.1 %     37.4 %     26.6 %
Customer C
    12.2 %     11.7 %     10.3 %
 
                 
Total
    70.2 %     79.5 %     75.9 %

-14-


 

Competition
     Our business is highly competitive. Competition within the gastroenterology industry is primarily based upon product efficacy, tolerability and convenience, although price competition is an important factor as health-care providers continue to be concerned with costs.
     Our products face competition from both branded and generic products, sold by other pharmaceutical companies. Technological developments by competitors, earlier regulatory approval of competitive products, including generic versions of our products, or competitors’ superior marketing capabilities could adversely affect the commercial potential of our products and could have a material adverse effect on our revenue and results of operations. Many of our competitors have greater financial resources and marketing capabilities than we do. Our competitors in the U.S. and abroad are numerous and include major pharmaceutical companies, and some of the manufacturers of our products. We believe that our focus on gastroenterology, combined with our strategy of funding and controlling all or most aspects of our business, will provide the cost savings, efficiencies in product development and acceleration of regulatory filings necessary for us to compete effectively with such companies. Our competitors, however, may succeed in developing products that are as, or more, clinically effective or cost-effective than any that are being developed or licensed by us, or that would render our products obsolete or uncompetitive. In addition, certain of our competitors have greater experience than we do in clinical testing and human clinical trials of pharmaceutical products and in obtaining FDA and other regulatory approvals.
     Competition for each of our key product lines is discussed in greater detail above in the “Products” section.
Manufacturing and Supply
     While we manufacture LACTEOL at our facility in France and SALOFALK at our facility in Canada, we outsource all aspects of the manufacturing of our other products. Our third-party manufacturers are subject to extensive government regulations. For example, the FDA requires that the drug product be manufactured, packaged and labeled in conformity with current good manufacturing practices, or cGMP. In complying with cGMP regulations, manufacturers must continue to invest time, money and effort in manufacturing and quality control and quality assurance to ensure that their products meet applicable specifications and regulatory requirements. The same applies to our manufacturers outside of the U.S. We intend to continue to outsource the manufacturing and distribution of most of our products for the foreseeable future, and we believe this strategy will enable us to direct our financial resources to product in-licensing and acquisition, product development and sales and marketing.
     With the exception of LACTEOL, we rely on third parties to supply the active pharmaceutical ingredients used in our finished products. Our experts in materials management, sourcing, technical services, quality assurance and regulatory affairs oversee the activities of contract manufacturing organizations and suppliers of active ingredients. We ensure continuity of supply through optimum inventory levels, dual sourcing, where feasible, supplier management and contracts. We usually build up inventory prior to changing manufacturing sites. Supply agreements are in place with most third parties and typically give price protection over the period of the contract; price increases, if any, are usually based on the consumer/producer price index. Contracts typically have three to five-year terms; our current contracts will expire at various dates over the next three to five years.
     We have entered into agreements with third parties to manufacture the finished dosage form of all our marketed products other than LACTEOL and SALOFALK. Depending on the particular arrangement, either we or the third-party manufacturer sources the active pharmaceutical ingredient. We also use third parties to perform analytical testing on our raw materials, active ingredients, finished products and product candidates.
     While we believe there are alternative sources of supply for the active pharmaceutical ingredients and raw materials required for the manufacturing of our products, should any of our current suppliers be unable to meet our business needs, there is possibility we could not be able to qualify these alternative suppliers in a timely manner, or obtain the required materials under favorable terms. For some of our marketed products, the finished dosage manufacturer also packages the product, while for others, we use a separate third-party packaging company.
     Our agreements with suppliers, manufacturers and testing laboratories include, among other, specific supply terms, product specifications, testing and release mechanisms, batch size requirements, price, payment terms, forecast requirements, shipping and quality assurance conditions. Under some of these agreements, we are obligated to purchase all or a specified percentage of our requirements for the product or active pharmaceutical ingredient supplied under the agreement. These agreements generally permit the manufacturer or supplier to pass on to us increases in cost of production or materials.
     With the exception of the manufacturers of ULTRASE, CANASA, and CARAFATE, our manufacturers and suppliers are not prevented from supplying similar product to third parties. Eurand, our supplier of ULTRASE, has agreed to restrictions on its ability to supply any third-party in the U.S., Canada and some Central and South-American countries with certain pancreatic enzyme products. Subject to certain requirements, Eurand is permitted to commercialize its own pancreatic enzyme product line, ZENPEP® as well as an authorized generic version of ZENPEP®, which was launched in the U.S. in 2009.
     Our suppliers of mesalamine and the manufacturer of CANASA have each agreed not to supply similar or same mesalamine active ingredient or mesalamine product to a third-party in the U.S. or Canada.

-15-


 

     Our supplier of CARAFATE has agreed not to supply a suspension formulation of sucralfate, the active pharmaceutical ingredient in CARAFATE, to a third-party in the U.S.
     Our agreements for the manufacturing of certain of our core products expire at various dates over the next three to five years. We believe, but cannot guarantee, that we will be able to renew these agreements under satisfactory terms and conditions as they expire or we shall be able to find suitable alternate suppliers and manufacturers. Should we be unable to renew these agreements under favorable terms and conditions or find suitable alternatives, our business may be adversely affected.
     Manufacturers and suppliers of our products and product candidates are subject to the FDA’s current cGMP requirements and other rules and regulations as prescribed by regulatory authorities outside the U.S., including in Canada and the EU. We depend on our third-party suppliers and manufacturers for continued compliance with cGMP requirements and other applicable regulations and standards.
Government Regulation
     The research and development, manufacture, and marketing of pharmaceutical products are subject to regulation by U.S., Canadian and foreign governmental authorities and agencies. Such national agencies and other federal, state, provincial and local entities regulate the testing, manufacturing, safety and promotion of our products. The regulations applicable to our products may be subject to change as regulators acquire additional experience in the specific area.
U.S. Regulations
New Drug Application
     We are required by the FDA to comply with new drug application (NDA) procedures for our branded products prior to commencement of marketing. New drug compounds and new formulations for existing drug compounds that cannot be filed as ANDAs are subject to NDA procedures. These procedures include (1) preclinical laboratory and animal toxicology tests; (2) submission of an investigational new drug (IND) application and its required acceptance by FDA before any human clinical trials can commence; (3) adequate and well-controlled replicate human clinical trials to establish the safety and efficacy of a drug for its intended indication; (4) submission of an NDA to the FDA; and (5) FDA approval of an NDA prior to any commercial sale or shipment of the product, including pre-approval and post-approval inspections of its manufacturing and testing facilities.
     In seeking FDA approval for a drug through an NDA, applicants are required to list each patent with claims that cover the applicant’s product or an approved use of the product. Upon approval of a drug, each of the patents listed in the application for the drug is, where eligible, published in the FDA’s Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations, commonly known as the Orange Book.
Abbreviated New Drug Application
     When a drug is listed in the Orange Book and when a potential competitor seeks to develop a generic version of such a product, an ANDA may be filed in lieu of an NDA. An ANDA provides for marketing of a drug product that has the same active pharmaceutical ingredients in the same strengths and dosage form as the listed drug and has been shown through bioequivalence testing to be therapeutically equivalent to the listed drug. Under the ANDA procedure, the FDA waives the requirement to submit complete reports of preclinical and clinical studies of safety and efficacy, and instead, requires the submission of bioequivalency data, that is, demonstration that the generic drug produces the same blood levels of drug in the body as its brand-name counterpart, although the FDA may agree or require other means of establishing bioequivalence.
     For each patent listed for the approved product in the Orange Book, the ANDA applicant must certify to the FDA that (1) the required patent information has not been filed; (2) the listed patent has expired; (3) the listed patent has not expired, but will expire on a particular date and approval is sought after patent expiration; or (4) the listed patent is invalid or unenforceable or will not be infringed by the manufacture, use or sale of the new product. A certification that the new product will not infringe the already approved product’s listed patents or that such patents are invalid or unenforceable is called a Paragraph IV certification.
     If the ANDA applicant has made a Paragraph IV certification, it must also send notice to the NDA and patent holders once the ANDA has been accepted for filing by the FDA. The NDA and patent holders may then initiate a patent infringement lawsuit against the ANDA applicant. The filing of a patent infringement lawsuit within 45 days of the receipt of a Paragraph IV notice automatically prevents the FDA from approving the ANDA until the earlier of 30 months from the receipt of notice by the patent holder, expiration of the patent, or a decision or settlement in the infringement case finding the patent to be invalid, unenforceable or not infringed.
     The Hatch-Waxman Act explicitly encourages generic challenges to listed patents by providing for a 180 day period of generic product exclusivity to the first generic applicant to file an ANDA with a Paragraph IV certification. Thus, many, if not most, successful new drug products are subject to generic applications and patent challenges prior to the expiration of all listed patents.
505(b)(2) Application Process
     Most drug products obtain FDA marketing approval pursuant to an NDA or an ANDA but a third alternative is a special type of NDA, commonly referred to as a Section 505(b)(2) NDA, which enables the applicant to rely, in part, on the FDA’s findings of safety and efficacy of

-16-


 

an approved product, or published literature, in support of its application. Section 505(b)(2) NDAs often provide an alternate path to FDA approval for new or improved formulations or new uses of previously approved products. A 505(b)(2) application allows the applicant to file an application where at least some of the information required for approval comes from studies not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference. The applicant may rely upon the FDA’s findings with respect to particular preclinical studies or clinical trials conducted for an approved product, although the FDA may also require companies to perform additional studies or measurements to support the change from the approved product.
     Relative to normal regulatory requirements for a 505(b)(1) NDA, regulation may permit a 505(b)(2) applicant to forego costly and time-consuming drug development studies by relying on the FDA’s finding of safety and efficacy for a previously approved drug product. Under some circumstances, the extent of this reliance approaches that permitted under the generic drug approval provisions. This approach is intended to encourage innovation in drug development without requiring duplicative studies to demonstrate what is already known about a drug, while protecting the patent and exclusivity rights for the approved drug. Notwithstanding the approval of many products by the FDA pursuant to Section 505(b)(2), over the last few years, some pharmaceutical companies and others have objected to the FDA’s interpretation of Section 505(b)(2).
Data Exclusivity
     Under the Hatch-Waxman Act, newly-approved drugs and indications may benefit from a statutory period of non-patent data exclusivity. The Hatch-Waxman Act provides five-year data exclusivity to the first applicant to gain approval of an NDA for a new chemical entity, or NCE, meaning that the FDA has not previously approved any other drug containing the same active pharmaceutical ingredient. Although protection under the Hatch-Waxman Act will not prevent the submission or approval of another full NDA, such an NDA applicant would be required to conduct its own preclinical and adequate, well-controlled clinical trials to demonstrate safety and effectiveness.
     The Hatch-Waxman Act also provides three years of data exclusivity for the approval of new and supplemental NDAs, including Section 505(b)(2) applications, for, among other things, new indications, dosage forms, routes of administration, or strengths of an existing drug, or for a new use, if new clinical investigations that were conducted or sponsored by the applicant are determined by the FDA to be essential to the approval of the application. This exclusivity, which is sometimes referred to as clinical investigation exclusivity, would not prevent the approval of another application if the applicant has conducted its own adequate, well-controlled clinical trials demonstrating safety and efficacy, nor would it prevent approval of a generic product that did not incorporate the exclusivity-protected changes of the approved drug product.
Canadian Regulations
     The requirements for selling pharmaceutical drugs in Canada are substantially similar to those of the U.S. described above, with the exception of the 505(b)(2) route, which is not available in Canada. Canadian regulations also include provisions relating to marketing and data exclusivity.
European Economic Area
     A medicinal product may only be placed on the market in the European Economic Area, or EEA, composed of the 27 European Union member states, plus Norway, Iceland and Lichtenstein, when a marketing authorization has been issued by the competent authority of a member state. There are essentially three community procedures created under prevailing European pharmaceutical legislation that, if successfully completed, allow an applicant to place a medicinal product on the market in the EEA.
     Centralized Procedure
     A centralized procedure exists when a marketing authorization is granted by the European Commission, acting in its capacity as the European Licensing Authority on the advice of the European Medicines Agency. That authorization is valid throughout the entire community and directly or indirectly (in the case of Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein) allows the applicant to place the product on the market in all member states of the EEA. The European Medicines Agency is the administrative body responsible for coordinating the existing scientific resources available in the member states for evaluation, supervision and pharmacovigilance of medicinal products.
     Mutual Recognition and Decentralized Procedures
     The competent authorities of the member states are responsible for granting marketing authorizations for medicinal products that are placed on their markets. If the applicant for a marketing authorization intends to market the same medicinal product in more than one member state, the applicant may seek an authorization progressively in the community under the mutual recognition or decentralized procedure.
     Mutual Recognition
     Mutual recognition is used if the medicinal product has already been authorized in one member state. In this case, the holder of this marketing authorization requests the member state where the authorization has been granted to act as reference member state by preparing an updated assessment report that is then used to facilitate mutual recognition of the existing authorization in the other member states in which approval is sought (the so-called concerned member states). The reference member state must prepare an updated assessment report which, together with the approved Summary of Product Characteristics, or SmPC (which sets out the conditions of use of the product), and a

-17-


 

labeling and package leaflet are sent to the concerned member states for their consideration. The concerned member states are required to make an approval decision on the assessment report, the SmPC, and the labeling and package leaflet within 90 days of receipt of these documents.
     Decentralized Procedure
     This procedure is used in cases where the medicinal product has not received a marketing authorization in the EU at the time of application. The applicant sends its application simultaneously to all concerned member states and requests a member state of its choice to act as reference member state to prepare an assessment report that is then used to facilitate agreement with the concerned member states and the granting of a national marketing authorization in all of these member states. In this procedure, the reference member state must prepare, for consideration by the concerned member states, the draft assessment report, a draft SmPC and a draft of the labeling and package leaflet within 120 days after receipt of a valid application. As in the case of mutual recognition, the concerned member states are required to make an approval decision on these documents within 90 days of their receipt.
International Regulations
     Sales of our products outside the U.S., Canada and the EU are subject to local regulatory requirements governing the testing, registration and marketing of pharmaceuticals, which vary widely from country to country.
     In addition to the regulatory approval process and regulations relating to the manufacture of drugs, pharmaceutical companies are subject to regulations under provincial, state and federal laws, including requirements regarding occupational safety, laboratory practices, environmental protection and hazardous substance control, and may be subject to other present and future local, provincial, state, federal and foreign regulations, including possible future regulations of the pharmaceutical industry. We believe that we are in compliance in all material respects with such regulations as are currently in effect.
Trademarks and Patents
     We believe that trademark protection is an important part of establishing product and brand recognition. We own a number of registered trademarks and trademark applications, including trademarks for all of our key product lines, and have acquired the rights to trademarks for several of our smaller product lines by license. We actively manage our trademark portfolio and maintain trademark registrations in a number of jurisdictions where we sell our products and regularly file applications where we sell or intend to distribute our products. In the U.S., trademark registrations remain in force for 10 years and may be renewed every 10 years after issuance, provided the mark is still being used in commerce.
     A patent is a statutory private right that grants to the patentee exclusive rights to exclude others from using the patented invention during the term of the patent. A patent is territorial and may be sought in many jurisdictions. In the U.S., as in most other countries, the term of patent protection is 20 years from the date the patent application was filed. An invention may be patentable if it meets the criteria of being “new,” “useful” and “non-obvious.” Depending upon whether a particular drug is patentable and the relative cost associated with obtaining patents for the invention, an inventor will either apply for a patent in order to protect the invention or maintain the confidentiality of the information to rely on the common-law protection afforded to trade secrets.
     A company may also enter into licensing agreements with third-party licensors in order to obtain the right to make, use and sell certain products, thereby gaining access to know-how, trade secrets and patented technology. The value of a license is generally enhanced by the existence of one or more patents. A license gives the licensee access to developed and, in many cases, tested technology and provides the licensee faster and often less expensive entry into the market. Licensing also establishes relationships, which may provide access to additional products or technology or may lead to joint ventures or alliances affording the licensor and the licensee an opportunity to evaluate each other’s products and technology. This is also true, to a lesser extent, for distribution relationships.
     Pursuant to license agreements with third parties, we have acquired rights to manufacture, market and used related know-how, tade secrets and, in certain cases, patented technology for our existing products, as well as many of our development products and technologies. Such agreements typically contain provisions requiring us to use commercially reasonable efforts or otherwise exercise diligence in pursuing market development for such products in order to maintain the rights granted under the agreements, and may be cancelled upon our failure to perform our payment or other obligations.
     We further rely and expect to continue to rely upon unpatented proprietary know-how and technological innovation in the development and manufacture of many of our marketed and development products. We also maintain and rely on trade secrets, know-how, product innovations, in-licensed technologies and in-licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our proprietary positions. Our success depends in part on our ability to obtain and maintain proprietary protection for our products and product candidates, to operate without infringing the proprietary rights of others, and to prevent others from infringing our proprietary rights as we develop products or expand into new territories.
     We also depend upon the skills, knowledge and experience of our scientific and technical staff, as well as that of our advisors, consultants and other contractors. To help protect our proprietary know-how that is not patentable, and for inventions for which patents may be difficult to enforce, we rely on trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect our interests. To this end, we require our employees, consultants, advisors and certain other contractors to enter into confidentiality agreements that prohibit the disclosure of confidential information and, where applicable, require disclosure and assignment to us of the ideas, developments, discoveries and

-18-


 

inventions pertinent to our business. Additionally, these confidentiality agreements require that our employees, consultants and advisors do not bring to us, or use without proper authorization, any third-party’s proprietary technology.
     We have entered into several types of collaborative agreements with licensors, licensees and other third parties and will continue to do so. The following provides an overview of relevant patent, trademark and regulatory protection and, where applicable, agreements which have been entered into, with respect to products marketed by us or under development.
ULTRASE
     We own the trademark ULTRASE and we market certain pancreatic enzyme-based microspheres and mini-tablets under the ULTRASE brand in North and Latin America, under an exclusive development, license and supply agreement with Eurand. This agreement, entered into in 2000, was amended in 2007, to extend its term to 2015. We have paid Eurand licensing fees totaling $3.5 million, and we have agreed to pay Eurand royalties of 6% on our annual net sales of ULTRASE.
     There are currently no issued U.S. patents covering ULTRASE. However, there are three (3) pending patent applications in the U.S. with claims related to pancrelipase products. The patent applications include claims intended to provide market exclusivity for certain technological and commercial aspects of pancrelipase products and their manufacture.
     In addition, based on the 29th edition of the “Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations,” commonly known as the Orange Book, published by the FDA in August 2009, CREON®, ZENPEP® and PANCREAZE™ have been granted the status of New Chemical Entity, or NCE, which entitles them to certain market exclusivity protections pursuant to the Hatch-Waxman Act. We believe that, upon approval of its NDA, ULTRASE MT will also be designated as an NCE and will equally benefit from the same market exclusivity provided pursuant to the Hatch-Waxman Act. This would afford ULTRASE MT a measure of protection from new competition in the marketplace, as this exclusivity generally prohibits the FDA from reviewing ANDAs for products containing the same active moiety for a period of five years. Further, in its “Guidance for Industry—Exocrine Pancreatic Insufficiency Drug Products—Submitting NDAs” of April 2006, the FDA has stated that because of their complexity, pancreatic enzyme extract products are not likely to be appropriate for ANDA filings. For more details on NCE data exclusivity, see “Item 1 — Business - Government Regulation — U.S. Regulations — Data Exclusivity”.
MAX-002
     In June 2008, the USPTO approved our application and granted us a patent covering MAX-002 (U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2009-0264386 A1). This patent includes claims covering the product’s formulation and methods of treatment, including for active ulcerative proctitis. We believe this patent should provide significant protection for this novel suppository by preventing third parties from making, selling, offering to sell, or using an infringing mesalamine suppository in the U.S. The patent will expire June 6, 2028 and is expected to be eligible for listing in the FDA’s Orange Book once MAX-002 receives FDA regulatory approval. We have also filed and are pursuing the prosecution of a continuation-in-part application to this issued patent that includes claims covering other dosage strengths of our novel suppository formulation.
Ursodiol
URSO
     In March 1999, we entered into two agreements with Synthélabo of France (now, Sanofi-Aventis) that secured our right to manufacture, use and market URSO for the treatment of PBC in Canada and the U.S.
     For the U.S., we licensed the rights to a patent covering the use of ursodiol in the treatment of PBC, which expired on November 19, 2007. On May 13, 2009, the Office of Generic Drugs approved a generic version of our ursodiol tablet products, which was launched by a third-party shortly thereafter. On July 2, 2009, we announced that we had entered into an agreement with Prasco Laboratories under which Prasco will market and sell an authorized generic of URSO 250 and URSO FORTE in the U.S. For Canada, we acquired full ownership of the patent relating to the use of ursodiol for the treatment of PBC, which expired in June 2010. However, in May 2006, the Canadian PBC patent was held to be invalid for the purposes of opposing the issuance of a Notice of Compliance for a generic version of URSO, under proceedings pursuant to the Canadian Patented Medicines (Notice of Compliance) Regulations.
PHOTOFRIN
     In May 2000, we purchased from QLT Inc., or QLT, the trademark PHOTOFRIN for the U.S., Canada and all other countries where it has been registered as a trademark or used in marketing. We also purchased, licensed or sublicensed from QLT, as the case may be, the worldwide rights in and to other assets and intellectual property related to PHOTOFRIN. As part of the transaction, we also acquired a European subsidiary of QLT, which holds the European regulatory approvals for PHOTOFRIN. The last of the patents, which form part of the licensed and acquired assets, expire in 2016 in the U.S. and in 2017 in certain other territories. As part of the acquisition, we agreed to assume QLT’s obligation to pay royalties of up to 5% on net sales of PHOTOFRIN to Health Research Inc., or Health Research, pursuant to arrangements under which we are a sub-licensee of the technology that QLT licensed from Health Research. Pursuant to the terms of the transaction between us and QLT, we have paid to QLT milestone cash payments of CAN$20.0 million (representing the maximum potential aggregate amount of milestone cash payments under the terms of the transaction).

-19-


 

PANZYTRAT
     In November 2002, we acquired from Abbott Laboratories and its affiliates, or Abbott, certain assets related to the distribution, marketing and sale of a line of pancreatic enzyme products used to enhance the digestion of fats. This pancreatic enzyme product line is commonly marketed under the trademark PANZYTRAT. Abbott directly assigned us certain patents related to the product, the last of which expired in 2006. The know-how and trade secrets associated with these products and their manufacture are the object of a perpetual unrestricted license from Abbott. The PANZYTRAT and related trademark portfolio, was assigned directly by Abbott to our French subsidiary, Axcan Pharma S.A. (now Axcan Pharma SAS). This portfolio contains trademarks associated with the product line for a number of countries throughout the world.
PYLERA
     In January 2000, we entered into a worldwide (excluding Australia and New Zealand) licensing agreement (which was amended in November 2000 and August 2001) with Exomed Australia Pty Ltd, Gastro Services Pty Ltd, Ostapat Pty Ltd, and Capability Services Pty Ltd. This agreement, as amended, provided us with exclusive rights in a number of countries, including Canada and the U.S., to a series of patents covering triple and quadruple therapies for Helicobacter pylori eradication. These patents cover the treatment of duodenal ulcer disease (and in some countries reflux esophagitis and gastric ulcer) through the eradication of Helicobacter pylori using a bismuth compound together with two or more antibiotics. We paid approximately $1.64 million cash for the license and will pay a 5.5% royalty based on sales. The expiry dates of these licensed patents vary depending on the jurisdiction. In the U.S., the patents expired in March 2010 and in other territories, the last patent will expire in July 2011.
     In May 1999, we acquired the rights to a double-capsule delivery technology to be used for PYLERA and related patents issued or applied for in various jurisdictions. This patent expires in December 2018 in the U.S. Prior to November 2008, the U.S. patents covering PYLERA’s triple and quadruple therapies for Helicobacter pylori eradication and capsule formulation were not eligible for listing in the FDA’s Orange Book and to benefit from the automatic 30-month stay provisions of the Hatch-Waxman Act. In November 2008, pursuant to the enactment of the Q1 Program Supplemental Funding Act (Q1 Act), the FDCA was amended to permit the Orange Book listing of patents covering products containing antibiotic active ingredients included in an application submitted to FDA for review prior to November 21, 1997 or, “old” antibiotics, which is the case of PYLERA. In December 2008, our patents were submitted for listing and, as a result, were listed in the FDA’s Orange Book. Accordingly, we believe we are eligible to benefit from the automatic stay provisions of the Hatch-Waxman Act for an ANDA submitted subsequent to the date these patents were listed in the Orange Book and which contains a paragraph IV certification. For more details regarding the 30-month stay provisions of the Hatch-Waxman Act, see “Item 1. Business — Government Regulation — U.S. Regulations — Abbreviated New Drug Application”.
LACTEOL
     In April 2002, we acquired all of the shares of Laboratoire du Lactéol du Docteur Boucard (now Axcan Pharma SAS), which owns all the intellectual property rights to the bacterial strain (Lactobacillus LB) composition marketed by Laboratoire du Lactéol under different trademarks, including LACTEOL.
     In April 2009, we entered into a license agreement with a leading multi-national company (the “Licensee”) whereby we granted the Licensee the right to use the active ingredient contained in one of our commercialized products, LACTEOL, to develop and commercialize new food products that will contain this active ingredient. Under the terms of the agreement, the Licensee will have exclusive rights to commercialize these new products. We will continue to own all other rights related to the active ingredient, including the right to use the active ingredient and develop, manufacture and commercialize non-food products containing the active ingredient, including pharmaceutical products. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, we recorded as revenue milestones that we are entitled to receive under the agreements in the amount of $7.1 million.
     LACTEOL has no patent protection or regulatory exclusivity. However, the product is derived from proprietary strains of bacterium for which the ultimate parent organism is protected by a number of security safeguards, such that access by third parties seeking to reproduce it for competitive or other purposes is limited and controlled.
Cx401
     Under the terms of the agreement signed with Cellerix on September 30, 2007, relating to Cx401, an innovative biological product in development for the treatment of perianal fistulas, we made a $10.0 million upfront payment to Cellerix (which was charged to expense in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007), and will make regulatory milestone payments that could total up to $30.0 million. In addition, patent applications were submitted, which, if granted, could provide protection until at least 2025. However, we cannot provide assurances that such patents will be granted.
     Based on the results of a Phase III study conducted by Cellerix in Europe, we have decided to not pursue the development of this formulation. We are awaiting the results of trials related to a new formulation to which we have certain exerciseable development rights.

-20-


 

Employees
     As of September 30, 2010, we employed 525 people. Of these employees, 194 were located in the U.S., 186 were located in Canada and 145 were located in the EU. In Canada, we are a party to a collective bargaining agreement expires March 24, 2011. As of September 30, 2010, this agreement covers 53 employees, all of whom are non management employees. In France, our employees are subject to the Convention Collective Nationale de l’Industrie Pharmaceutique, a collective bargaining agreement which applies to the entire pharmaceutical industry. We believe that relations with both our unionized and non unionized employees are good.
     We believe that our future success will depend in part on our continued ability to attract, hire, and retain qualified personnel, including sales and marketing personnel in particular. Competition for such personnel is intense, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to identify, attract, and retain such personnel in the future.

-21-


 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
     This report contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in this report. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed below and elsewhere in this report.
     If any of the following risks, or other risks are not presently known to us or that we currently believe to not be significant, develop into actual events, then our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects could be materially adversely affected. If that happens, the market value of our bonds could decline, and bond holders could lose all or part of their investment.
RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS
Since we ceased distributing PEPs products in the U.S., we currently depend on three categories of products for a large portion of our revenues; any material decline in the sales of any of them or our inability to relaunch PEPs in the U.S. would have an adverse impact on our business.
     Any factor that adversely affects the sale or price of our key products could significantly decrease our sales and profits. Ursodiol products (URSO, URSO 250, URSO DS, URSO FORTE and DELURSAN,), mesalamine products (CANASA and SALOFALK) and sucralfate products (CARAFATE and SULCRATE) accounted for 18.0%, 25.3% and 16.7%, respectively, of our net product sales for fiscal year 2009 and for 12.6%, 28.4% and 24.4%, respectively, of our net product sales for fiscal year 2010. With the exception of ursodiol products that now face generic competition both in the U.S. and Canada, we believe that sales of other groups of products will continue to constitute a significant portion of our total revenues until we launch additional products. Any significant setback with respect to any one of these products, including shipping, manufacturing, regulatory issues, product safety, marketing, government licenses and approvals, intellectual property rights problems, or generic or other forms of competition, could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, cash flows or overall trends in results of operations.
     Pancreatic enzyme products (ULTRASE, VIOKASE and PANZYTRAT) were representing the fourth category of products that was accounting for a large portion of our revenues. PEPs accounted for 27.5% of our net product sales for fiscal year 2009 and for 19.3% of our net product sales for fiscal year 2010. We ceased distributing our ULTRASE and VIOKASE product lines in the U.S. effective April 28, 2010. This action was taken because we did not receive FDA approval for ULTRASE MT or VIOKASE by April 28, 2010, the date mandated by the FDA to obtain approval for pancreatic enzyme products. ULTRASE and VIOKASE have accounted for 24.0% of our net product sales in fiscal year 2009 and for 15.1% of our net product sales in fiscal year 2010. If ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE are not approved, it will continue to adversely affect our financial position, cash flows or overall trends in results of operations.
The entry of generics versions of our CARAFATE and CANASA products in the U.S. could have a material adverse impact on our financial position, cash flows or overall trends in results of operations.
     CANASA
     CANASA does not have any patent protection in the U.S. On November 5, 2007, clinical investigation exclusivity previously granted pursuant to the Hatch-Waxman Act, covering a change in the formulation of this drug from a 500 mg formulation to a 1,000 mg suppository formulation, expired. As a result, if a generic mesalamine suppository were to be launched, it could have a significant negative impact on sales of CANASA in the U.S.
     In June 2007, the FDA published draft guidance on the requirements it expects manufacturers seeking approval of a mesalamine suppository to meet in order to obtain approval of mesalamine suppositories. This draft guidance specifies that a request for regulatory approval of a mesalamine suppository product must be supported by placebo and reference-drug controlled clinical studies with clinical endpoints demonstrating safety and effectiveness in patients with ulcerative proctitis. We cannot provide assurances that the FDA requirements reflected in this draft guidance will be applied by the FDA or will be formally adopted in their current form.
     In a July 2010 posting on clinicaltrial.gov that was updated in November 2010, Sandoz Inc. disclosed that it had initiated in June 2010 a clinical trial to establish therapeutic equivalence of a 1,000 mg rectal mesalamine suppository product to CANASA rectal suppositories, for the treatment of mild to moderate ulcerative proctitis. The disclosure states that the trial is being conducted in India and has an estimated duration of 18 months. Cadila Healthcare Inc. also recently disclosed that it is conducting a similar clinical study in India to establish therapeutic equivalence of a 1,000 mg rectal mesalamine suppository product to CANASA.
     CARAFATE
     CARAFATE does not have any patent protection or regulatory exclusivity in the United States.
     In a public filing on May 7, 2010, K-V Pharmaceutical Company announced the sale of certain intellectual property and other assets related to its Abbreviated New Drug Application, submitted with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for the approval to engage in the commercial manufacture and sale of 1gm/10mL sucralfate suspension, the active pharmaceutical ingredient in our CARAFATE product. We do not have any information on the status of this ANDA.
     Generic competition against any of our products could potentially lower prices and unit sales and could have a material adverse impact on our financial position, cash flows or overall trends in results of operations.

-22-


 

The launch of a product that competes with our ursodiol product line in France could have a material adverse impact on our financial position, cash flows or overall trends in results of operations.
     We reported net sales of $23.4 million, $20.8 million and $21.4 million for DELURSAN in fiscals 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. (In local currency, net sales of DELURSAN were €17.3 million, €15.4 million and €14.2 million in fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively).
     DELURSAN mainly competes with URSOLVAN® (Sanofi-Aventis S.A.). However, we expect another competing branded product to be launched in France by the end of calendar year 2011. An additional request for marketing approval was submitted by another competitor for an ursodiol product, based on well-established use. Under this procedure, a company can submit for approval a product similar to one that is already marketed by submitting evidence of therapeutic efficacy based on published literature. If this other ursodiol product is launched, it could have a significant negative impact on sales of DELURSAN in France.
     Competition to DELURSAN, which made up approximately 6.6% of our net product sales in fiscal year 2010, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
Some of our key products face competition from generic or unbranded products.
     Some of our key products, including products from our URSO and CANASA lines, currently face competition from generic or unbranded products (such as ACTIGALL™ , its generics and the launched generic in the case of URSO, and other mesalamine rectal dosage forms in the case of CANASA). Third-party payors and pharmacists can substitute generic or unbranded products for our products even if physicians prescribe our products by name. Particularly in the U.S., government agencies and third-party payors often put pressure on patients to purchase generic products instead of brand-name products as a way to reduce health-care costs.
     Generic competition against any of our products could lower prices and unit sales and could therefore have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
Future sales of our marketed products might be less than expected.
     The degree of continued market acceptance of our products among physicians, patients, health-care payors and the medical community will depend upon a number of factors including
    the timing of regulatory approvals and product launches by us or competitors, and any generic or over-the-counter competitors;
 
    perceptions by physicians and other members of the health-care community regarding the safety and efficacy of the products;
 
    price increases, and the price of our products relative to other drugs or competing treatments;
 
    patient and physician demand;
 
    adverse side effects or unfavorable publicity regarding our products or other drugs in our class;
 
    the results of product development efforts for new indications;
 
    the scope and timing of additional marketing approvals and favorable reimbursement programs for expanded uses;
 
    availability of sufficient commercial quantities of the products; and
 
    our success in getting other companies to distribute our products outside our target markets.
The concentration of our product sales to only a few wholesale distributors increases the risk that we will not be able to effectively distribute our products if we need to replace any of these distributors, which would cause our sales to decline.
     The majority of our sales are to a small number of pharmaceutical wholesale distributors, which in turn sell our products primarily to retail pharmacies, which ultimately dispense our products to the end consumers. In fiscal year 2010, sales to our main customer, Customer A, accounted for 29.9% of our net product sales, sales to Customer B accounted for 28.1% of our net product sales, and sales to Customer C accounted for 12.2% of our net product sales.
     If any of these distributors cease doing business with us for any or all of our products, or materially reduce the amount of product they purchase from us and we cannot conclude agreements with replacement wholesale distributors on commercially reasonable terms, we might not be able to effectively distribute our products through retail pharmacies. The possibility of this occurring is exacerbated by the consolidation occurring in the wholesale drug distribution industry, including through mergers and acquisitions among wholesale distributors and the growth of large retail drugstore chains. As a result, a small number of large wholesale distributors control a significant share of the market. However, this risk is mitigated by the fact that we now have DSAs with our three largest U.S. wholesalers.
Wholesaler buying patterns may change, and this could have a detrimental effect on our future revenue and financial condition.
     Since fiscal year 2005, some wholesalers have changed their business model from one depending on drug price inflation to a fee-for-service arrangement, whereby manufacturers pay wholesalers a fee for inventory management and other services. These fees typically are a percentage of the wholesaler’s purchases from the manufacturer or a fixed charge per item or per unit. The fee-for-service approach results in

-23-


 

wholesalers’ compensation being more stable and volume-based as opposed to price-increase-based. As a result of the move to a fee-for-service business model, many wholesalers are no longer investing in inventory ahead of anticipated price increases and have reduced their inventories from their historical levels. Under the new model, the consequence of manufacturers using wholesalers is that they now realize the benefit of price increases more rapidly in return for paying wholesalers for the services they provide, on a fee-for-service basis. Fees resulting from distribution service agreements, or DSAs, are deducted from gross sales. We have DSAs with our three largest U.S. wholesalers, which provide that these wholesalers will maintain the levels of inventory of our products that they carry within specific agreed upon target levels. A reduction in inventory levels by a pharmaceutical wholesale distributor would result in a reduction in our sales to that wholesale distributor for the period during which the reduction occurs, and would have a negative effect on our results of operations for the period.
     We deduct DSA fees, which totaled approximately $3.6 million and $5.6 million for fiscal year 2009 and fiscal year 2010, respectively, from our total revenues. If we enter into DSAs with additional wholesalers, we will likely have to pay them DSA fees, which will further reduce our revenue in future periods.
     Generally, changes in wholesaler buying patterns may occur in the future, and these changes could result in a reduction in our revenues and could have a detrimental effect on our overall financial condition or results of operations.
We use third parties to manufacture and test most of our products and product candidates. This may increase the risk of not having sufficient quantity of our products or product candidates, quantity at an acceptable cost or product with acceptable quality or in compliance with standards and specifications. This could adversely affect sales of our products or result in the clinical development or commercialization of our products or product candidates being delayed, prevented or impaired.
     With the exception of SALOFALK and LACTEOL, we have limited capabilities in manufacturing pharmaceutical products. We do not expect to engage directly in the manufacturing of products, but instead will continue to contract with third-party organizations. There are a limited number of manufacturers capable of manufacturing our marketed products and our product candidates. We could fail to contract or renew contracts with the relevant manufacturers or could contract with manufacturers under terms and conditions that may not be entirely acceptable to us.
     We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for (i) the supply and testing of the active pharmaceutical ingredients used in our products and product candidates, and (ii) the manufacturing, packaging and testing of the finished products. The current manufacturers of our products and product candidates and likely future third-party manufacturers with whom we would enter into an agreement, are or could be sole suppliers of our products and product candidates for a given period of time. These manufacturers are commonly referred to as single-source suppliers. Our agreements for the manufacturing of our core products expire at various dates over the next three to five years. Should we be unable to renew these agreements under favorable terms or find suitable alternates, our business may be adversely affected. Some of our contracts prohibit us from using alternate manufacturers or suppliers for the products supplied under these contracts, which prevents us from reducing dependence on single sources of supply. In addition, we currently purchase materials and clinical supplies for some of our products and product candidates from third-party manufacturers on a purchase order basis. Should any of these manufacturers be unable to supply us for any reason, we may be delayed in identifying and qualifying replacements. In any event, identifying and qualifying a new supplier or third-party manufacturer could involve significant cost, is associated with the transfer of the active pharmaceutical ingredient or finished-product manufacturing process. In addition, any change in manufacturing generally requires formal approval by the regulatory agency, e.g. the FDA, prior to proceeding with manufacturing at the new site. This approval process typically takes a minimum of 12 to 18 months and during that time we may face a shortage of supply of our products.
     Reliance on third-party manufacturers entails risks to which we would not be subject if we manufactured or tested products or product candidates ourselves; risks revolve around, without being limited to, the followings:
    Manufacturing of products may be difficult to scale up when required, which could result in delays, inefficiencies and poor or low yields of quality products.
 
    Some of our contracts contain purchase commitments that require us to make minimum purchases that might exceed needs or limit the ability to negotiate with other manufacturers, which might increase costs.
 
    Cost involved in manufacturing certain products may lead to such products being prohibitively expensive.
 
    Delays in site transfers or scale-up to commercial quantities and any difficulty in manufacturing could delay clinical studies, regulatory submissions, approval and commercialization or continued commercialization of our products.
 
    In the event of a manufacturing change, the FDA and other comparable country regulators require testing and compliance inspections; new manufacturers may have to be educated to our products’ production process, which requires time.
 
    There is a limited number of manufacturers that operate under cGMP regulations and that are both capable of manufacturing for us and willing to do so. If the third parties that we engage to manufacture and/or test a product for commercial sale or for our clinical trials were to cease to continue to do so for any reason, we could experience delays in obtaining sufficient quantities of our products for us to meet commercial demand or in advancing production of our commercial products or our clinical trials while we identify and qualify replacement suppliers.

-24-


 

    If, for any reason, we were not able to obtain adequate supply of our product and product candidates or the drug substances used to manufacture them, it would be difficult for us to develop, transfer or manufacture our products ourselves and compete effectively.
     Our current and anticipated future dependence upon others for the manufacturing and testing of our products and product candidates may adversely affect our profit margins and our ability to develop products and commercialize additional products that receive regulatory approval in a timely and competitive manner.
We rely on our third-party manufacturers for compliance with applicable regulatory requirements. This may increase the risk of sanctions being imposed on us or on a manufacturer of our products or product candidates, which could result in our inability to obtain sufficient quantities of these products or product candidates.
     Manufacturers are subject to the FDA’s cGMP regulations and similar foreign standards, and we do not have control over compliance with these regulations by our third-party manufacturers. Our manufacturers may not be able to comply with cGMP regulations or other regulatory requirements or similar regulatory requirements outside the U.S.
     Our manufacturers are subject to unannounced inspections by the FDA, state regulators and similar regulators outside the U.S. Our failure, or the failure of our third-party manufacturers, to comply with applicable regulations could result in sanctions being imposed on us, including
    fines;
 
    injunctions;
 
    civil penalties;
 
    failure of regulatory authorities to grant marketing approval of our product candidates;
 
    delays, suspension or withdrawal of approvals;
 
    suspension of manufacturing operations;
 
    license revocation;
 
    seizures or recalls of products or product candidates;
 
    operating restrictions; and
 
    criminal prosecutions.
Any of these sanctions could significantly and adversely affect supplies of our products and product candidates and might adversely affect our profit margins and our ability to develop product candidates and commercialize any additional products that receive regulatory approval on a timely and competitive basis.
We rely on third parties to conduct, supervise and monitor our clinical trials, and those third parties may perform in an unsatisfactory manner, such as by failing to meet established deadlines for the completion of such trials.
     We rely on third parties such as contract research organizations, medical institutions and clinical investigators to enroll qualified patients and conduct, supervise and monitor our clinical trials. Our reliance on these third parties for clinical development activities reduces our control over these activities. Our reliance on these third parties, however, does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities, including ensuring that our clinical trials are conducted in accordance with good clinical practice regulations, and the investigational plan and protocols contained in the relevant regulatory application, such as the IND. In addition, such third parties may not complete activities on schedule, or may not conduct our preclinical studies or clinical trials in accordance with regulatory requirements or our trial design. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines, our efforts to obtain regulatory approvals for, and to commercialize, our product candidates may be delayed or prevented.
Our business could suffer as a result of adverse drug reactions to the products we market.
     Unexpected adverse drug reactions by patients to any of our products could negatively impact utilization or market availability of our product.
     Absence of long-term safety data may also limit the approved uses of our products, if any. If we fail to comply with the regulatory requirements of the FDA and other applicable regulatory authorities, or if previously unknown problems with any approved commercial products, manufacturers or manufacturing processes are discovered, we could be subject to administrative or judicially imposed sanctions or other setbacks, including
    restrictions on the products, manufacturers or manufacturing processes;
 
    warning letters and untitled letters;
 
    civil penalties and criminal prosecutions and penalties;

-25-


 

    fines;
 
    injunctions;
 
    product seizures or detentions;
 
    import or export bans or restrictions;
 
    voluntary or mandatory product recalls and related publicity requirements;
 
    suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals;
 
    total or partial suspension of production; and
 
    refusal to approve pending applications for marketing approval of new products or of supplements to approved applications.
The publication of negative results of studies or clinical trials may adversely impact our sales revenue.
     From time to time, studies or clinical trials on various aspects of pharmaceutical products are conducted by academics or others, including government agencies. The results of these studies or trials, when published, may have a dramatic effect on the market for the pharmaceutical product that is the subject of the study. The publication of negative results of studies or clinical trials related to our products or the therapeutic areas in which our products compete could adversely affect our sales, the prescription trends for our products and the reputation of our products. In the event of the publication of negative results of studies or clinical trials related to our products or the therapeutic areas in which our products compete, our business, financial condition, results of operation and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
We may not be able to acquire or successfully integrate new products or businesses.
     Our products are maturing, and therefore a significant component of our strategy is growth through acquisitions of products or businesses. However, we cannot be certain that we will be able to identify appropriate acquisition candidates. Even if an acquisition candidate is identified, there can be no assurance we will be able to successfully negotiate any such acquisition on favorable terms or at all, finance such an acquisition or integrate such an acquired product or business into our existing business. We face significant competition from other pharmaceutical companies for acquisition candidates, which makes it more difficult to find attractive transaction opportunities for products or companies on acceptable terms. Furthermore, the negotiation of potential acquisitions and the integration of such acquired products or businesses could divert management’s time and resources and require significant financial resources to consummate. Failure to acquire new products may diminish our rate of growth and adversely affect our competitive position.
Acquisitions that we may undertake will involve a number of inherent risks, any of which could cause us not to realize the anticipated benefits.
     One of our key strategies will be acquisitions of additional products and/or businesses. Acquisition transactions involve various inherent risks, such as assessing the value, strengths, weaknesses, contingent and other liabilities, and potential profitability of the acquisition; the potential loss of key personnel of an acquired business; the ability to achieve operating and financial synergies anticipated to result from an acquisition and unanticipated changes in business, industry or general economic conditions that affect the assumptions underlying the acquisition. Any one or more of these factors could cause us not to realize the anticipated benefits from the acquisition of businesses or products.
There is no assurance that we will continue to be successful in our licensing and marketing operations.
     Certain of our products are sold and marketed by third parties. Such third-party arrangements may not be successfully negotiated in the future. Any such arrangements may not be available on commercially reasonable terms. Even if acceptable and timely marketing arrangements are available, the products we develop may not be accepted in the marketplace, and even if such products are initially accepted, sales may thereafter decline. Additionally, our clients or marketing partners may make important marketing and other commercialization decisions with respect to products we develop that are not within our control. As a result, many of the variables that may affect our revenues, cash flows and net income are not exclusively within our control.
The success of our strategic investments, partnerships or development alliances depends upon the performance of the companies in which we invest, or with which we partner or co-develop products.
     Economic, governmental, industry and internal company factors outside our control affect each of the companies in which we may invest or with which we may partner or co-develop products. Some of the material risks relating to such companies include:
    the ability of these companies to successfully develop, manufacture and obtain necessary governmental approvals for the products that serve as the basis for our investments in, or relationship with, such companies;
 
    the ability of competitors of these companies to develop similar or more effective products, making the drugs developed by these companies difficult or impossible to market;
 
    the ability of these companies to adequately secure patents for their products and protect their proprietary information;
 
    the ability of these companies to enter the marketplace without infringing upon competitors’ patents;

-26-


 

    the ability of these companies to finance their operations;
 
    the ability of these companies to remain technologically competitive; and
 
    the dependence of these companies upon key scientific and managerial personnel.
     We may have limited or no control over the resources that any such company may devote to developing the products for which we collaborate with them. Any such company may not perform as expected. These companies may breach or terminate their agreements with us or otherwise fail to conduct product discovery and development activities successfully, or in a timely manner. If any of these events occurs, it could have a material adverse effect on our business and our financial results.
Our operations could be disrupted if our information systems fail or if we are unsuccessful in implementing necessary upgrades.
     Our business depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our computer and communications systems and networks, hardware and software systems, and other information technology. If our systems were to fail or we were unable to successfully expand the capacity of these systems, or we were unable to integrate new technologies into our existing systems, our operations and financial results could suffer.
Our quarterly results may fluctuate.
     Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated in the past and may continue to fluctuate in the future. Factors that could cause quarterly operating results to decline, many of which are not within our control, include, for example, the size and timing of product orders, which can be affected by customer budgeting and buying patterns, or the size and timing of expenses associated with our development and marketing programs. As a result, if customer buying patterns cause revenue shifts from one fiscal quarter to another, or if the development and marketing of our products causes our expenses to change from one fiscal quarter to another, our net quarterly income may fluctuate.
Our business depends on key scientific, sales and managerial personnel for continued success.
     Much of our success to date has resulted from the skills of certain of our officers, scientific personnel and sales force. If these individuals were no longer employed by us, we might not be able to attract or retain employees with similar skills or carry out our business plan.
RISKS RELATED TO OUR PANCREATIC ENZYME PRODUCTS (PEPs)
Our ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE PEPs may never be approved in the U.S.
     We ceased distributing our ULTRASE and VIOKASE product lines in the United States effective April 28, 2010. ULTRASE and VIOKASE have accounted for 24.0% of our net product sales in fiscal year 2009 and for 15.1% of our net product sales in fiscal year 2010. This action was taken because we did not receive FDA approval for ULTRASE MT or VIOKASE by April 28, 2010, the date mandated by the FDA to obtain approval for pancreatic enzyme products. In April 2004, the FDA mandated that all manufacturers of PEPs file an NDA and receive approval for their products by April 2008 or be subject to regulatory action. In October 2007, the FDA published a notice in the Federal Register extending the deadline within which to obtain marketing approval for PEPs until April 28, 2010, for those companies that (a) were marketing unapproved PEPs as of April 28, 2004; (b) submitted NDAs on or before April 28, 2009; and (c) continued diligent pursuit of regulatory approval.
     We completed the initial submission of our NDA for ULTRASE MT and, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, received a first complete response letter from the FDA. Further to the filing of our response to this letter, we received a second complete response letter from the FDA in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009. On May 5, 2010 the FDA issued an additional complete response with respect to our NDA for ULTRASE MT. As was the case with prior letters, the FDA requires that deficiencies raised with respect to the manufacturing and control processes at the manufacturer of the active ingredient of ULTRASE MT be addressed before approval can be granted. We submitted our response to this letter to the FDA that confirmed a November 28, 2010 Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, date for our ULTRASE MT NDA.
     The submission of our rolling NDA for VIOKASE was completed in the first quarter of fiscal 2010. At the time we completed this submission we requested a priority review and the FDA advised us in the second quarter of fiscal 2010 that it would not grant a priority review for this NDA. The initial PDUFA date for VIOKASE was August 30, 2010. In August 2010, we received feedback from the FDA regarding the timeline to review the VIOKASE NDA. At that time, the FDA indicated that the review was progressing but postponed the PDUFA date to November 30, 2010 to allow more time to complete their review.
     On November 28, 2010, the FDA issued complete response letters regarding the NDAs for ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE. The letters require that unresolved deficiencies raised with respect to the manufacturing and control processes at the manufacturer of the active ingredient for both ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE be addressed before approval can be granted. The letters also require that deficiencies identified in an FDA inspection of such manufacturer must be resolved before the NDAs can be approved. We are in ongoing discussions with the FDA and continue to work with the manufacturer of the active pharmaceutical ingredient to address the remaining open issues identified by the FDA, as soon as possible. However, those remaining issues do not require additional clinical studies.

-27-


 

     If ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE are not approved, it will continue to adversely affect our financial position, cash flows or overall trends in results of operations.
If ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE are approved and relaunched, competition in the PEP market could be more intense than expected.
     If approved and relaunched, the level of competition that ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE will face in the U.S. will be more intense than before April 28, 2010, when we ceased distributing these products. A number of branded pancreatic enzyme products have been approved and are currently marketed in the United States, including CREON® (Abbott Laboratories), PANCREAZE (Ortho-McNeil Pharmaceutical, Inc.) and ZENPEP® (Eurand N.V.). In order to relaunch ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE, we will need to re-establish the market position for these products and succeed in having customers using other marketed products start or restart using our products. These efforts will likely result in increased marketing and other expenses. If we are not successful, this would have a material adverse effect on our business and our financial results.
If ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE are approved and relaunched, our future revenues and profitability will be adversely affected if governmental, private third-party payors and other third-party payors, including Medicare and Medicaid, do not sufficiently defray the cost of ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE to the consumer.
     Our future revenues and profitability will be adversely affected if governmental, private third-party payors and other third-party payors, including Medicare and Medicaid, do not sufficiently defray the cost of ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE to the consumer. If these entities do not provide coverage and reimbursement for ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE or determine to provide an insufficient level of coverage and reimbursement, ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE may be too costly for general use, and physicians may not prescribe it. Many third-party payors cover only selected drugs, making drugs that are not preferred by such payor more expensive for patients, and often require prior authorization or failure on another type of treatment before covering a particular drug.
     In addition to potential restrictions on coverage, the amount of reimbursement for our products may adversely affect results of operations. In the U.S., there have been, and we expect there will continue to be, actions and proposals to control and reduce health-care costs. Government and other third-party payors are challenging the prices charged for health-care products and increasingly limiting and attempting to limit both coverage and level of reimbursement for prescription drugs.
     If adequate coverage and reimbursement by third-party payors does not continue to be available, our ability to successfully relaunch ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE may be adversely impacted. Any limitation on the use of ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE or any decrease in the price of ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE will have a material adverse effect on our business.
RISKS RELATED TO REGULATORY MATTERS
If our products fail in clinical studies or if we fail, or encounter difficulties, in obtaining regulatory approval for our new products or new indications of existing products or relaunching our PEPs, we will have expended significant resources for no return.
     If our products are not successful in clinical trials or if we do not obtain such regulatory approvals, we will have expended significant resources for no return. Our ongoing clinical studies might be delayed or halted or additional studies might be required, for various reasons, including the following:
    Our products are shown not to be effective.
 
    We do not comply with requirements concerning the investigational NDAs, biologic license applications (BLAs) or new drug submissions (NDSs), for the protection of the rights and welfare of human subjects.
 
    Patients experience unacceptable side effects or die during clinical trials.
 
    Patients do not enroll in the studies at the rate we expect.
 
    A drug is modified during testing.
 
    Product supplies are delayed or are not sufficient to treat the patients participating in the studies.
 
    Failure by our manufacturers or suppliers to comply with any of the FDA’s or other relevant foreign counterparts continuing regulations.
     If we cannot obtain regulatory approvals for the products we are developing or may seek to develop in the future, our rate of sales growth and competitive position will suffer. This risk is most acute for products that are currently in the development of the final formulation, or ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE, our pancreatic enzyme products, for which we need to comply with FDA’s requirement in order to return to the market.
     Approval might entail ongoing requirements for post-marketing studies. Even if regulatory approval is obtained, labeling and promotional activities are subject to continual scrutiny by the regulatory agencies, in particular the FDA, and, in some circumstances, the Federal Trade Commission. FDA enforcement policy prohibits the marketing of approved products for unapproved, or off-label, uses. These regulations and the FDA’s interpretation of them might impair our ability to effectively market our products.
     We, our third-party manufacturers and certain of our suppliers are also required to comply with the applicable FDA cGMP regulations,

-28-


 

which include requirements relating to quality control and quality assurance, as well as the corresponding maintenance of records and documentation. Furthermore, manufacturing facilities must be approved by regulatory authorities before they can be used to manufacture our products and certain raw materials used therein, and they are subject to additional inspections. If we or any of our manufacturers or suppliers fails to comply with any of the FDA’s or other relevant foreign counterparts continuing regulations, we could be subject to sanctions, including:
    delays, warning letters and fines;
 
    product recalls or seizures and injunctions on sales;
 
    refusal to review pending applications;
 
    total or partial suspension of production;
 
    withdrawals of previously approved marketing applications; and
 
    civil penalties and criminal prosecutions.
     In addition, identification of side effects after a drug is on the market or the occurrence of manufacturing problems could cause subsequent withdrawal of the product from the market, reformulation of the drug, additional testing or changes in labeling of the product.
We may find it difficult to achieve market acceptance of our PEPS or products in our product pipeline.
     The commercial success of any of our product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval from the FDA, Health Canada’s Therapeutic Products Directorate, or TPD, the European medicines Agency, or EMA, or other regulatory authorities will depend upon the acceptance of these products by the medical community, including physicians, patients and health-care payors. The degree of market acceptance of any of our approved products will depend on a number of factors, including
    demonstration of clinical safety and efficacy compared to other products;
 
    the relative convenience and ease of administration;
 
    the prevalence and severity of any adverse side effects;
 
    limitations or warnings contained in a product’s FDA, TPD or EMA approved labeling;
 
    availability of alternative treatments for the indications we target;
 
    pricing and cost effectiveness compared to competing products, particularly generic products;
 
    the effectiveness of our or any future collaborators’ sales and marketing strategies;
 
    the effectiveness of our manufacturing and distribution plans;
 
    our ability to obtain sufficient third-party coverage or reimbursement; and
 
    the willingness of patients to pay out-of-pocket in the absence of third-party coverage.
     If any of our product candidates are approved but do not achieve an adequate level of acceptance by physicians, health-care payors and patients, we may not generate sufficient revenue from these products for such products to become or remain profitable. In addition, our efforts to educate the medical community and third-party payors on the benefits of our product candidates may require significant resources and may never be successful.
Our business is subject to limitations imposed by government regulations.
     Governmental agencies in the countries in which we conduct business regulate pharmaceutical products intended for human use. These regulations normally require extensive clinical trials and other testing in addition to governmental review and final approval before products can be marketed. Governmental authorities in such countries also regulate the research and development, manufacture, distribution, promotion, testing and safety of products, and therefore, the cost of complying with governmental regulations can be substantial.
     Requirements for approval can vary widely from country to country. A product must normally be approved by regulatory authorities in each country in which we intend to market it, prior to the commencement of marketing in that country. There can be long delays in obtaining required clearances from regulatory authorities in many countries after applications are filed. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will obtain regulatory approvals in such countries or that we will not incur significant costs in obtaining or maintaining such regulatory approvals. Moreover, the regulations applicable to our existing and future products may change.
     Government regulations require the detailed inspection and control of research and laboratory procedures, clinical studies, manufacturing procedures and marketing and distribution methods, all of which significantly increase the level of difficulty and the costs involved in obtaining and maintaining the regulatory approval for marketing new and existing products. Moreover, regulatory measures adopted by governments provide for the possible withdrawal of products from the market and, in certain cases, suspension or revocation of the required approvals for their production and sale.

-29-


 

     Failure to obtain necessary regulatory approvals; the restriction, suspension or revocation of existing approvals; or any other failure to comply with regulatory requirements would restrict or impair our ability to market our products and carry on our business.
Regulatory approval for our currently marketed products is limited by the regulatory authorities to those specific indications and conditions for which clinical safety and efficacy have been demonstrated.
     Any regulatory approval is limited to those specific diseases and indications for which our products are deemed to be safe and effective by the FDA, the TPD, the EMA, or other regulatory authorities. In addition to approval required for new formulations, any new indication for an approved product also requires regulatory approval. If we are not able to obtain regulatory approval for any desired future indications for our products, our ability to effectively market and sell or products may be reduced and our business may be adversely affected.
     Our ability to promote the product is limited to those indications that are specifically approved by regulatory authorities. Regulatory authorities further restrict communications by pharmaceutical companies on the subject of off-label use. If our promotional activities fail to comply with these regulations or guidelines, we may be subject to warnings from, or enforcement action by, these authorities. In addition, our failure to follow rules and guidelines relating to promotion and advertising may cause regulatory authorities to delay approval or refuse to approve a product, the suspension or withdrawal of an approved product from the market, recalls, fines, disgorgement of money, operating restrictions, injunctions or criminal prosecution, any of which could harm our business.
Our approved products and pipeline products remain subject to ongoing regulatory requirements. If we fail to comply with these requirements, we could lose these approvals, and the sales of any such approved commercial products could be suspended.
     After receipt of initial regulatory approval, each product remains subject to extensive regulatory requirements, including requirements relating to manufacturing, labeling, packaging, adverse event reporting, storage, advertising, promotion, distribution and recordkeeping. Furthermore, even if we receive regulatory approval to market a particular product, such a product will remain subject to the same extensive regulatory requirements. Even if regulatory approval of a product is granted, the approval may be subject to limitations on the uses for which the product may be marketed or the conditions of approval, or contain requirements for costly post-marketing testing and surveillance to monitor product safety or efficacy, which could reduce our revenues, increase our expenses and render the approved product not commercially viable. In addition, as clinical experience with a drug expands after approval because it is typically used by a greater number and more diverse group of patients after approval than during clinical trials, side effects and other problems may be observed after approval that were not seen or anticipated during pre-approval clinical trials or other studies.
Our approved products and pipeline products remain subject to ongoing regulatory requirements.
     Following receipt of regulatory approval, any products that we market continue to be subject to extensive regulation. These regulations affect many aspects of our operations, including the manufacture, labeling, packaging, adverse-event reporting, storage, distribution, advertising, promotion and record keeping related to the products. The FDA also frequently requires post-marketing testing and surveillance to monitor the effects of approved products or place conditions on any approvals that could restrict the commercial applications of these products. In addition, the subsequent discovery of previously unknown problems with the product may result in restrictions on the product, including withdrawal of the product from the market. If we fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, we may be subject to fines, suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, significant disbursements, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution.
     In addition to FDA restrictions on marketing of pharmaceutical products, several other types of state and federal laws have been applied to restrict certain marketing practices in the pharmaceutical industry in recent years. These laws include anti-kickback statutes and false claims statutes. The federal health-care program anti-kickback statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving remuneration to induce or in return for purchasing, leasing, ordering or arranging for the purchase, lease or order of any health-care item or service reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other federally financed health-care programs. This statute has been interpreted to apply to arrangements between pharmaceutical manufacturers on the one hand and prescribers, purchasers and formulary managers on the other. Violations of the anti-kickback statute are punishable by imprisonment, criminal fines, civil monetary penalties and exclusion from participation in federal health-care programs. Although there are a number of statutory exemptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting certain common activities from prosecution or other regulatory sanctions, the exemptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly, and practices that involve remuneration intended to induce prescribing, purchases or recommendations may be subject to scrutiny if they do not qualify for an exemption or safe harbor. Our practices may not in all cases meet all of the criteria for safe harbor protection from anti-kickback liability.
     Federal false claims laws prohibit any person from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, a false claim for payment to the federal government, or knowingly making, or causing to be made, a false statement to have a false claim paid. Several pharmaceutical and other health-care companies have been prosecuted under these laws for allegedly inflating drug prices they report to pricing services, which in turn are used by the government to set Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement rates, and for allegedly providing free products to customers with the expectation that the customers would bill federal programs for those products. In addition, certain marketing practices, including off-label promotion, may also violate false claims laws. The majority of states also have statutes or regulations similar to the federal anti-kickback law and false claims laws, which apply to items and services reimbursed under Medicaid and other state programs, or, in several states, apply regardless of the payor. Sanctions under these federal and state laws may include civil monetary penalties, exclusion of a manufacturer’s products from reimbursement under government programs, criminal fines and imprisonment.
     Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the safe harbors, it is possible that some of our business activities could be

-30-


 

subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. Such a challenge could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
     In addition, as part of the sales and marketing process, pharmaceutical companies frequently provide samples of approved drugs to physicians. This practice is regulated by the FDA and other governmental authorities, including, in particular, requirements concerning record keeping and control procedures. Any failure to comply with the regulations may result in significant criminal and civil penalties as well as damage to our credibility in the marketplace.
RISKS RELATED TO OUR INDUSTRY
The pharmaceutical industry is highly competitive and is subject to rapid and significant change, which could render our products obsolete or uncompetitive.
     Competition in our business is intense and characterized by extensive research efforts and rapid technological progress. Technological developments by competitors, regulatory approval for marketing competitive products, including potential generic or over-the-counter products, or competitors’ superior marketing resources could adversely affect the commercial potential of our products and could have a material adverse effect on our revenue and results of operations. We believe that there are numerous pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, including large well-known pharmaceutical companies, as well as academic research groups throughout the world, engaged in research and development efforts with respect to pharmaceutical products targeted at gastrointestinal diseases and conditions addressed by our current and potential products. In particular, we are aware of products in research or development by competitors that address the diseases targeted by our products. Developments by others might render our current and potential products obsolete or noncompetitive. Competitors might be able to complete the development and regulatory approval process sooner and, therefore, market their products earlier than we can. They may succeed in developing products that are more effective or less expensive to use than any that we may develop or license. These developments could render our products obsolete or uncompetitive, which would have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.
     Many of our competitors have greater financial resources and selling and marketing capabilities, have greater experience in clinical testing and human clinical trials of pharmaceutical products, and have greater experience in obtaining approvals from the FDA, the TPD or other applicable regulatory approvals.
Pricing pressures from, and other measures taken by, third-party payors, including managed care organizations, government sponsored health-care systems and regulations relating to Medicare and Medicaid, Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, pharmaceutical reimbursements and pricing in general could decrease our revenues.
     Our ability to successfully commercialize our products and product candidates—even if FDA, TPD or EMA approval is obtained— depends, in part, on whether appropriate reimbursement levels for the cost of the products and related treatments are obtained from government authorities and private health insurers and other organizations, such as health maintenance organizations, or HMOs, managed-care organizations, or MCOs, and provincial formularies.
     Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the pricing of pharmaceutical products. In addition, the trend toward managed health-care in the U.S., the growth of organizations such as HMOs and MCOs, and the recently enacted Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, could significantly influence the purchase of pharmaceutical products, resulting in lower prices and a reduction in product demand. One way in which MCOs and government sponsored health-care systems seek to control their costs is by developing formularies to encourage plan beneficiaries to use preferred products for which the plans have negotiated favorable terms. Exclusion of a product from a formulary, or placement of a product on a disfavored formulary tier, can lead to sharply reduced usage in the patient population covered by the applicable MCO or government-sponsored health-care system. If our products are not included in an adequate number of formularies or if adequate reimbursement levels are not provided, or if reimbursement policies increasingly favor generic products, our market share and business could be negatively affected.
     Recent reforms to Medicare added an out-patient prescription drug reimbursement for all Medicare beneficiaries beginning in 2006. The U.S. federal government and private plans contracting with the government to deliver the benefit, through their purchasing power under these programs, are demanding discounts from pharmaceutical companies that may implicitly create price controls on prescription drugs. These reforms may decrease our future revenues from product lines covered by the Medicare drug benefit, thereby adversely affecting our results or operations and cash flows.
     Uncertainty also exists regarding the reimbursement status of certain newly-approved pharmaceutical products and reimbursement may not be available for some of our products. Any reimbursements granted may not be maintained or limits on reimbursements available from third-party payors may reduce the demand for, or negatively affect the price of, these products. If our products do not qualify for reimbursement, if reimbursement levels diminish, or if reimbursement is denied, our sales and profitability would be adversely affected.

-31-


 

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, known together as the Affordable Care Act, enacted in the U.S in March 2010 contain several provisions that could impact our business.
     Although many provisions of the new legislation do not take effect immediately, several provisions became effective during fiscal year 2010. These include (1) an increase in the minimum Medicaid rebate to States participating in the Medicaid program on our branded prescription drugs; (2) the extension of the Medicaid rebate to Managed Care Organizations that dispense drugs to Medicaid beneficiaries; and. (3) the expansion of the 340B Public Health Service Act drug pricing program, which provides outpatient drugs at reduced rates, to include certain children’s hospitals, free standing cancer hospitals, critical access hospitals, and rural referral centers.
     In addition, beginning in 2011, the new law requires drug manufacturers to provide a 50% discount to Medicare beneficiaries for any covered prescription drugs purchased during a Medicare Part D coverage gap (i.e. the “donut hole”). Also, beginning in 2011, new fees will be assessed on all branded prescription drug manufacturers and importers. This fee will be calculated based upon each organization’s percentage share of total branded prescription drug sales to U.S. government programs (such as Medicare Parts B and D, Medicaid, Department of Veterans Affairs and Department of Defense programs and TRICARE retail pharmacy program) made during the previous year. The aggregated industry wide fee is expected to total $28 billion through 2019, ranging from $2.5 billion to $4.1 billion annually. The IRS has issued guidance for calculating preliminary fees, but there is still uncertainty as to final implementation, since the IRS has requested public comment and may make changes in response. The new law also imposes a 2.3% excise tax on sales of certain taxable medical devices that are made after December 31, 2012, including our FLUTTER mucus clearance device. Further, effective March 31, 2013, the law requires pharmaceutical, medical device, biological, and medical supply manufacturers to begin reporting to the federal government the payments they make to physicians and teaching hospitals, and physician ownership interests in those entities. The law also provides for the creation of an abbreviated regulatory pathway for FDA approval of biosimilars and interchangeable biosimilar products. While creation of the biosimilars program is authorized as of passage of the legislation in 2010, the process of creating the regulatory pathway for approval of biosimilars will likely be lengthy, and the FDA is in the process of soliciting public input.
     The impact in terms of additional reserves recorded in contract rebates has been $1.8 million for the fiscal year 2010. However, we continue to assess the full extent of this legislation’s longer-term impact on our business. While certain aspects of the new legislation implemented in 2010 are expected to reduce our revenues in future years, other provisions of this legislation may offset, at some level, any reduction in revenues when these provisions become effective. In future years, based on our understanding, these other provisions are expected to result in higher revenues due to an increase in the total number of patients covered by health insurance and an expectation that existing insurance coverage will provide more comprehensive consumer protections. This would include a federal subsidy for a portion of a beneficiary’s out-of-pocket cost under Medicare Part D. However, these higher revenues will be negatively impacted by the branded prescription drug manufacturers’ fee.
Uncertainties regarding the Affordable Care Act and third-party reimbursement may impair our ability to continue to sell our products or form collaborations.
     The continuing efforts of governmental and third-party payers to contain or reduce the costs of health-care through various means may harm our business. For example, in some foreign markets, the pricing or profitability of health-care products is subject to government control. In the United States, there have been, and we expect there will continue to be, a number of federal and state proposals to implement similar government control. The implementation or even the announcement of any of these legislative or regulatory proposals or reforms could harm our business by reducing the prices we are able to charge for our products, or impeding our ability to continue to achieve profitability or form collaborations. In addition, the availability of reimbursement from third-party payers determines, in large part, the demand for health-care products in the United States and elsewhere. Examples of such third-party payers are government and private insurance plans. Significant uncertainty exists as to the reimbursement status of newly approved health-care products and third-party payers are increasingly challenging the prices charged for medical products and services. Reimbursement from third-party payers may not be available or may not be sufficient to allow us to continue to sell our products on a competitive or profitable basis.
Our relationships with customers and payors are subject to applicable fraud and abuse and other health-care laws and regulations, which could expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm, and diminished profits and future earnings.
     Health-care providers, physicians and others play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of our products. Our arrangements with third-party payors and customers may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other health-care laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell and distribute our products. Applicable U.S. federal and state health-care laws and regulations, include, but are not limited to, the following:
    The federal health-care anti-kickback statute prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made under federal health-care programs such as Medicare and Medicaid.
 
    The federal False Claims Act imposes criminal and civil penalties, against individuals or entities for knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease, or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government.
 
    The federal false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or

-32-


 

      making any materially false statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for health-care benefits, items or services.
 
    Analogous state laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving health-care items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers, and some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government.
 
    There are similar laws in countries outside the U.S.
     Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties comply with applicable health-care laws and regulations could be costly. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other health-care laws and regulations. If our past or present operations, including activities conducted by our sales team or agents, are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from third-party payor programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. If any of the physicians or other providers or entities with whom we do business are found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded health-care programs.
     Many aspects of these laws have not been definitively interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of subjective interpretations, which increases the risk of potential violations. In addition, these laws and their interpretations are subject to change. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses, divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business and damage our reputation.
The FDAAA may make it more difficult and costly for us to obtain regulatory approval of our product candidates and to produce, market and distribute our existing products.
     The Food and Drug Administration Amendments Act of 2007, or FDAAA, grants a variety of powers to the FDA, many of which are aimed at improving drug safety and assuring the safety of drug products after approval. Under the FDAAA, companies that violate the new law are subject to substantial civil monetary penalties. We expect the FDAAA to have a substantial effect on the pharmaceutical industry. As the FDA issues regulations, guidance and interpretations relating to the new legislation, the impact on the industry, as well as our business, will become clearer. The requirements and other changes that the FDAAA imposes may make it more difficult, and likely more costly, to obtain approval of new pharmaceutical products and to produce, market and distribute existing products.
Changes in laws and regulations could affect our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
     Our future operating results, financial position or cash flows could be adversely affected by changes in laws and regulations such as (i) changes in the FDA, TPD or EMA (or their foreign equivalents) approval processes that may cause delays in, or prevent the approval of, new products; (ii) new laws, regulations and judicial decisions affecting product development, marketing, promotion or the health-care field generally; (iii) new laws or judicial decisions affecting intellectual property rights and (iv) changes in the application of tax principles, including tax rates, new tax laws, or revised interpretations of existing tax laws and precedents, which result in a shift of taxable earnings between tax jurisdictions.
We may be subject to investigations or other inquiries concerning our compliance with reporting obligations under federal health-care program pharmaceutical pricing requirements.
     Under federal health-care programs, some state governments and private payors investigate and have filed civil actions against numerous pharmaceutical companies alleging that the reporting of prices for pharmaceutical products has resulted in false and overstated average wholesale price, or AWP, which in turn may be alleged to have improperly inflated the reimbursements paid by Medicare, private insurers, state Medicaid programs, medical plans and others to health-care providers who prescribed and administered those products or pharmacies that dispensed those products. These same payors may allege that companies do not properly report their “best prices” to the state under the Medicaid program. Suppliers of outpatient pharmaceuticals to the Medicaid program are also subject to price rebate agreements. Failure to comply with these price rebate agreements may lead to federal or state investigations, criminal or civil liability, exclusion from federal health-care programs, contractual damages, and otherwise harm our reputation, business and prospects.
Future litigation and the outcome of current litigation may harm our business.
     In general, and subject to the terms of each specific agreement, we have agreed to indemnify our licensors, distributors and certain of our contract manufacturers for product liability claims and there is a risk that we will be subject to product liability claims and claims for indemnification under these agreements. A substantial portion of our revenues are derived and will continue to be derived from activities in the U.S., where pharmaceutical companies are exposed to a higher risk of litigation than in other jurisdictions.
     Currently, we maintain claims-based product liability insurance coverage in respect of all our products marketed in the U.S. We cannot be certain that existing or future insurance coverage available to us will be adequate to satisfy any or all future product liability claims and defense costs in the U.S.

-33-


 

Exposure relating to product liability claims may harm our business.
     We face an inherent business risk of exposure to product liability and other claims in the event that the use of our products results, or is alleged to have resulted, in adverse effects. While we have taken, and will continue to take, what we believe are appropriate precautions, there can be no assurance that we will avoid significant product liability claims. Although we currently carry product liability insurance that we believe is appropriate for the risks that we face, there can be no assurance that we have sufficient coverage, or can in the future obtain sufficient coverage at a reasonable cost. An inability to obtain product liability insurance at an acceptable cost or to otherwise protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the growth of our business or the number of products we can successfully market. Our obligation to pay indemnities, the withdrawal of a product following complaints, or a product-liability claim could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition. For details regarding certain litigation matters in which we are currently involved, see “Item 3. Legal Proceedings”.
RISKS RELATED TO INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
We rely on the intellectual property of others, and we may not be able to protect our own intellectual property.
     Our continued success will depend, in part, on our ability to obtain, protect and maintain intellectual property rights and licensing arrangements for our products. Some of the proprietary rights in some of our products are held by third parties, which require us to obtain licenses for the use of such products. Despite these licenses, there can be no guarantees that the rights or patents used by us will not be challenged by third parties. Furthermore, an adverse outcome could lead to an infringement or other legal action being brought against us directly. We have filed and/or licensed patent applications related to certain of our products, but such applications may fail to be granted, or, even if granted, may be challenged or invalidated or may fail to provide us with any competitive advantages.
     To protect our own intellectual property, we have historically relied on patents and trade secrets, know-how and other proprietary information, as well as requiring our employees and other vendors and suppliers to sign confidentiality agreements prohibiting them from taking our proprietary information and technology or from using or disclosing proprietary information to third parties except in specified circumstances. However, confidentiality agreements may be breached despite all precautions taken, and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. Third parties may gain access to our proprietary information or may independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information. Our inability to protect and maintain intellectual property rights in our products may impair our competitive position and adversely affect our growth.
Litigation or third-party claims of intellectual property infringement could require substantial time and money to resolve. Unfavorable outcomes to these proceedings could limit our intellectual property rights and our activities.
     Third-party patents (now or in the future) may cover the materials or methods of treatment related to our products, and third parties may make allegations of infringement, regardless of merit. We cannot provide any assurances that our products or activities, or those of our licensors, will not infringe patents or other intellectual property owned by third parties. We have been (and from time to time we may be) notified that third parties consider their patents or other intellectual property relevant to our products.
     In addition, we may from time to time have access to confidential or proprietary information of third parties that could bring a claim against us asserting that we have misappropriated their technology (which, although not patented, may be protected by trade secrets) and that we have improperly incorporated that technology into our products. Some of our employees may have been employed by other pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies that may allege violations of their trade secrets by these individuals, irrespective of the steps that we may take to prevent such allegations.
     If a lawsuit is commenced with respect to any alleged intellectual property infringement by us, the uncertainties inherent in such litigation make the outcome difficult to predict, and the costs that we may incur as a result may have an adverse effect on our profitability. Such litigation would involve significant expense and would be a substantial diversion of the efforts of our scientific and our management teams. During the course of any intellectual property litigation, there may be public announcements regarding claims and defenses, and regarding the results of hearings, motions and other interim proceedings or developments in the litigation. If securities analysts or investors perceive these announcements as negative, the market price of the secured notes or any other securities that we may issue from time to time may decline.
     Any such lawsuit that culminates in an adverse determination may result in the award of monetary damages to the intellectual property holder and payment by us of any such damages, and/or an injunction prohibiting all of our business activities that infringe the intellectual property, or may require us to obtain licenses from third parties on terms that may not be commercially acceptable to us, which would in each case adversely affect our profitability and our business. If so, we may attempt to redesign our processes, products or technologies so that they do not infringe, but that might not be possible. If we cannot obtain a necessary or desirable license, can obtain such a license only on terms that we consider to be unattractive or unacceptable, or cannot redesign our products or processes to avoid potential patent or other intellectual property infringement, then we or our collaborators may be restricted or prevented from developing and commercializing our products and our business will be harmed.

-34-


 

Our intellectual property rights might not afford us with meaningful protection.
     The intellectual property rights protecting our products might not afford us with meaningful protection from generic and other competition. In addition, because our strategy is to in-license or acquire pharmaceutical products that typically have been discovered and initially researched by others, future products might have limited or no remaining patent protection due to the time elapsed since their discovery. Competitors could also design around any of our intellectual property or otherwise design competitive products that do not infringe our intellectual property.
     Any litigation that we become involved in to enforce intellectual property rights could result in substantial cost to us. In addition, claims by others that we infringe their intellectual property rights could be costly. Our patent or other proprietary rights related to our products might conflict with the current or future intellectual property rights of others. Litigation or patent interference proceedings, either of which could result in substantial cost to us, might be necessary to defend any patents to which we have rights and our other proprietary rights or to determine the scope and validity of other parties’ proprietary rights. The defense of patent and intellectual property claims is both costly and time consuming, even if the outcome is favorable. Any adverse outcome could subject us to significant liabilities to third parties, require disputed rights to be licensed from third parties, or require us to cease selling one or more of our products. We might not be able to obtain a license to any third-party technology that we require to conduct our business, or, if obtainable, that technology might not be available at a reasonable cost.
     We also rely on trade secrets, proprietary know-how and technological advances, which we seek to protect, in part, through confidentiality agreements with collaborative partners, employees and consultants. These agreements might be breached and we might not have adequate remedies for any such breach. In addition, our trade secrets and proprietary know-how might otherwise become known or be independently developed by others.
RISKS RELATED TO GENERAL ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL CONDITIONS
We are exposed to political, economic and other risks that arise from operating a multinational business.
     We have operations in several different countries. For the fiscal years ended September 30, 2008, 2009 and 2010, approximately 27.0%, 24.5% and 27.9% of our revenues, respectively, were derived from sources outside the U.S. We are therefore exposed to risks inherent in international operations. These risks include, but are not limited to
    changes in general economic, social and political conditions;
 
    adverse tax consequences;
 
    the difficulty of enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through certain legal systems;
 
    inadequate protection of intellectual property;
 
    required compliance with a variety of laws and regulations of jurisdictions outside of the U.S., including labor and tax laws;
 
    customers outside of the U.S. may have longer payment cycles;
 
    changes in laws and regulations of jurisdictions outside of the U.S.; and
 
    terrorist acts and natural disasters.
Our business success depends in part on our ability to anticipate and effectively manage these and other regulatory, economic, social and political risks inherent in multinational business. We cannot provide assurances that we will be able to effectively manage these risks or that they will not have a material adverse effect on our multinational business or on our business as a whole.
Currency exchange rate fluctuations may have a negative effect on our financial condition.
     We operate internationally, but a majority of our revenue and expense activities, including our debt service obligations, and capital expenditures are denominated in U.S. dollars. The other currencies in which we engage in significant transactions are Canadian dollars and euros. As a consequence, we are exposed to currency fluctuations from purchases of goods, services and equipment and investments in other countries, and funding denominated in the currencies of other countries. In particular, we are exposed to the fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar, the euro and the Canadian dollar. During fiscal year 2010, approximately 17.8% of our revenues was denominated in euros, 9.0% of our revenue was denominated in Canadian dollar, while the remainder was denominated in U.S. dollars.
     Fluctuations in currency exchange rates may affect the results of our operations and the value of our assets and revenues, and increase our liabilities and costs, which in turn may adversely affect reported earnings and the comparability of period-to-period results of operations. For example, in 2010, we experienced a positive foreign exchange effect on revenues of approximately 0.8%. Changes in currency exchange rates may affect the relative prices at which we and our competitors sell products in the same market. Changes in the value of the relevant currencies also may affect the cost of goods, services and equipment required in our operations.
     In addition, due to the constantly changing currency exposures and the potential substantial volatility of currency exchange rates, we cannot predict the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on our future results and, because we do not currently hedge fully against all currency risks and fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and the euro, such fluctuations may result in currency exchange rate losses. Fluctuations in exchange rates could result in our realizing a lower profit margin on sales of our product candidates than we anticipate at the time of entering into commercial agreements. Adverse movements in exchange rates could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

-35-


 

     A 1% change in the value of foreign currencies as compared the U.S. dollar to in which we had sales, income or expense in 2010 would have increased or decreased the translation of foreign sales by $0.9 million and income by $0.1 million.
We might be impacted by unfavorable decisions in proceedings related to future tax assessments.
     We operate in a number of jurisdictions and are from time to time subject to audits and reviews by various taxation authorities with respect to income, consumption, payroll and other taxes and remittances, for current as well as past periods. Accordingly, we may become subject to future tax assessments by various authorities. Any amount we might be required to pay in connection with a future tax assessment may have a material adverse effect on our financial position, cash flows or overall results of operations. There is a possibility of a material adverse effect on the results of operations of the period in which the matter is ultimately resolved, if it is resolved unfavorably, or in the period in which an unfavorable outcome becomes probable and reasonably estimable.
RISKS RELATED TO OUR INDEBTEDNESS
We may need additional capital.
     We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents, together with cash generated from the sale of our products will be sufficient to fund our operations for fiscal year 2011. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including but not limited to:
    any impact on us of current conditions and uncertainties in the economy;
 
    patient and physician demand for our products;
 
    the status of competitive products, including current and potential generics;
 
    the results, costs and timing of our research and development activities, regulatory approvals and product launches;
 
    our ability to reduce our costs in the event product demand is less than expected, or regulatory approvals are delayed or more expensive than expected;
 
    the number of products and/or companies we acquire or in-license;
 
    the actual amounts of returns we receive compared to our current estimates; and
 
    our ability to maintain our current credit facility.
     If we need additional capital, we might seek additional debt to fund our operations or acquisitions. If we incur more debt, we might be restricted in our ability to raise additional capital and be subject to financial and restrictive covenants. We might also enter into additional collaborative arrangements that could provide us with additional funding in the form of equity, debt, licensing, milestone and/or royalty payments. We might not be able to enter into such arrangements or raise any additional funds on terms favorable to us or at all, especially in the current economic environment.
Our substantial level of indebtedness could materially adversely affect our ability to generate sufficient cash to fulfill our obligations under our existing indebtedness, our ability to react to changes in our business and our ability to incur additional indebtedness to fund future needs.
     We have a substantial amount of indebtedness. As of September 30, 2010, our total indebtedness was $594.5 million and we had an additional $115.0 million of borrowing capacity available under our senior secured revolving credit facility. The following chart shows our level of indebtedness as of September 30, 2010.
         
($ in millions of dollars)        
Debt:
       
Senior secured term loan facility(1)
  $ 135.2  
Senior secured revolving credit facility
    0  
Secured Notes(2)
    226.2  
Senior Notes(3)
    233.1  
 
     
Total
  $ 594.5  
 
     
 
(1)   Represents the net proceeds received on our $175.0 million senior secured term loan facility after original issue discount.
 
(2)   Represents the net proceeds received on $228.0 million aggregate principal amount of secured notes after original issue discount.
 
(3)   Represents the net proceeds received on $235.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes after original issue discount.
     In addition, we have significant other commitments, including milestone and royalty payments. See Note 19 in “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements”. As of September 30, 2010, we had outstanding approximately $135.2 million in aggregate principal amount of indebtedness under our senior secured credit facilities that would bear interest at a floating rate. Although we may enter into interest rate swap agreements, and did enter into an interest rate swap on February 28, 2008, related to $115.0 million under our senior secured revolving credit facility, we are exposed to interest rate increases on the floating portion of our senior secured credit facility that is

-36-


 

not covered by an interest rate swap. Effective March 3, 2008, we entered into two pay-fixed, receive-floating interest rate swap agreements, effectively converting $115 million of variable-rate debt under our secured senior credit facilities to fixed-rate debt. Through the first two quarters of 2008, our two interest rate swaps were designated as effective hedges of cash flows. For the quarter ended September 30, 2008, due to the increased volatility in short-term interest rates and a realignment of our LIBOR rate election on our debt capital repayment schedule, hedge accounting was discontinued as the hedge relationship ceased to satisfy the strict conditions of hedge accounting. On December 1, 2008, we redesignated our $50 million notional interest rate swap that matures in February 2010 anew as a cash flow hedge using an improved method of assessing the effectiveness of the hedging relationship. Our $65 million notional interest rate swap matured in February 2009. Effective March 2009, we entered into a pay-fixed, receive-floating interest rate swap of a notional amount of $52 million amortizing to $13 million through February 2010. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, our two interest rate swaps with a combined $63 million notional that were designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk matured during the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and we have not entered into any new derivative agreement. The weighted average fixed interest rate on these swaps was 1.91%. Absent any such interest rate swap agreements, a change of 1/8% in floating rates would affect our annual interest expense on the senior secured borrowings by approximately $0.2 million. See “Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Interest Rate Risk”.
     Our substantial level of indebtedness increases the possibility that we may be unable to generate cash sufficient to pay, when due, the principal of, interest on or other amounts due in respect of our indebtedness. Our substantial indebtedness, combined with our other financial obligations and contractual commitments, could have important consequences for our note holders. For example, it could:
    make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, including the notes, and any failure to comply with the obligations under any of our debt instruments, including restrictive covenants, could result in an event of default under the indentures governing the notes and the agreements governing such other indebtedness;
 
    require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing funds available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, selling and marketing efforts, research and development and other purposes;
 
    increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions, which could place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have relatively less indebtedness;
 
    limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industries in which we operate;
 
    limit our ability to borrow additional funds, or to dispose of assets to raise funds, if needed, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, research and development and other corporate purposes; and
 
    prevent us from raising the funds necessary to buy back all notes tendered to us upon the occurrence of certain changes of control, which would constitute a default under the indentures governing the notes.
We, including our subsidiaries, have the ability to incur substantially more indebtedness, including senior secured indebtedness.
     Subject to the restrictions in our senior secured credit facilities and the indentures governing the notes, we, including our subsidiaries, may incur significant additional indebtedness. As of September 30, 2010:
    we had $361.4 million of senior secured debt, including borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities, and the secured notes;
 
    we had $233.1 million of senior unsecured indebtedness under the senior notes;
 
    we had approximately $115.0 million available for borrowing under our senior secured revolving credit facilities, which, if borrowed, would be senior secured indebtedness; and
 
    subject to our compliance with certain covenants under the terms of our senior secured credit facility, we have the option to increase the senior secured term loan facility by up to $75 million without satisfying any additional financial tests under the indentures governing the notes, which, if borrowed, would be senior secured indebtedness.
     Although the terms of our senior secured credit facilities and the indentures governing the notes contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of important exceptions, and indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. If we and our restricted subsidiaries incur significant additional indebtedness, the related risks that we face could increase.
Restrictions imposed by the indentures governing the notes, our senior secured credit facilities and our other outstanding indebtedness may limit our ability to operate our business and to finance our future operations or capital needs or to engage in other business activities.
     The terms of our senior secured credit facilities and the indentures governing the notes restrict us and our subsidiaries from engaging in specified types of transactions. These covenants restrict our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries, among other things, to:
    incur or guarantee additional indebtedness;
 
    pay dividends on our capital stock or redeem, repurchase or retire our capital stock or indebtedness;

-37-


 

    make investments, loans, advances and acquisitions;
 
    create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to us from our restricted subsidiaries;
 
    engage in transactions with our affiliates;
 
    sell assets, including capital stock of our subsidiaries;
 
    consolidate or merge; and
 
    create liens.
     In addition, the agreements governing our senior secured credit facilities require us to comply with certain financial ratio maintenance covenants. Our ability to comply with these ratios can be affected by events beyond our control, and we may not be able to satisfy them. A breach of any of these covenants would be an event of default. In the event of a default under any of our senior secured credit facilities, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the agreements governing our senior secured credit facilities to be immediately due and payable or terminate their commitments to lend additional money. If the indebtedness under our senior secured credit facilities accelerates, the indebtedness under the notes would also accelerate and our assets may not be sufficient to repay such indebtedness in full. In particular, holders of senior notes will be paid only if we have assets remaining after we pay amounts due on our secured indebtedness, including our senior secured credit facilities and the secured notes. We have pledged a significant portion of our assets as collateral under our senior secured credit facilities and the secured notes.
We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.
     Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our debt obligations depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We may not be able to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, including the notes.
     If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures, or to sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including the notes. Our ability to restructure or refinance our debt will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. The terms of existing or future debt instruments and the indentures governing the notes may restrict us from adopting some of these alternatives. In addition, any failure to make payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness on a timely basis would likely result in a reduction of our credit rating, which could harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. Our senior secured credit facilities and the indentures governing the notes restrict our ability to dispose of assets and use the proceeds from the disposition. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain the proceeds that we could realize from them and these proceeds may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our debt service obligations.
Our note holders’ right to receive payments on the senior notes is effectively junior to the right of lenders who have a security interest in our assets to the extent of the value of those assets.
     Our obligations under the senior notes and our guarantors’ obligations under their guarantees of the senior notes are unsecured, but our obligations under our senior secured credit facilities and the secured notes and each guarantor’s obligations under its guarantee of our senior secured credit facilities and secured notes are secured by a security interest in substantially all of our domestic tangible and intangible assets, including the stock of substantially all of our wholly-owned U.S. subsidiaries and all or a portion of the stock of certain of our non-U.S. subsidiaries. If we are declared bankrupt or insolvent, or if we default under our senior secured credit facilities or the secured notes, the lenders could declare all of the funds borrowed thereunder, together with accrued interest, immediately due and payable. If we were unable to repay such indebtedness, the lenders could foreclose on the pledged assets to the exclusion of holders of the senior notes, even if an event of default exists under the indenture governing the senior notes at such time. Furthermore, if the lenders foreclose and sell the pledged equity interests in any guarantor under the senior notes, then that guarantor will be released from its guarantee of the senior notes automatically and immediately upon such sale. In any such event, because the senior notes will not be secured by any of our assets or the equity interests in the guarantors, it is possible that there would be no assets remaining from which our note holders’ claims could be satisfied or, if any assets remained, they might be insufficient to satisfy our note holders’ claims in full.
     As of September 30, 2010, we had:
    $361.4 million of senior secured debt, including borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities, and the secured notes;
 
    an additional $115.0 million of borrowing capacity under our senior secured revolving credit facility, which, if borrowed, would be senior secured indebtedness; and
 
    subject to our compliance with certain covenants under the terms of our senior secured credit facilities, the option to increase our senior secured term loan facility by up to $75 million, which, if borrowed, would be senior secured indebtedness.

-38-


 

     Subject to the limits set forth in the indentures governing the notes, we may also incur additional secured debt.
Our ability to repay our debt is affected by the cash flow generated by our subsidiaries.
     Our subsidiaries own substantially all of our assets and conduct substantially all of our operations. Accordingly, repayment of our indebtedness is dependent on the generation of cash flow by our subsidiaries and their ability to make such cash available to us, by dividend, debt repayment or otherwise. Unless they are guarantors of the notes, our subsidiaries will not have any obligation to pay amounts due on the notes or to make funds available for that purpose. Our subsidiaries may not be able to, or may not be permitted to, make distributions to enable us to make payments in respect of our indebtedness, including the notes. Each subsidiary is a distinct legal entity and, under certain circumstances, legal and contractual restrictions may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries. While the indentures governing the notes limit the ability of our subsidiaries to incur consensual restrictions on their ability to pay dividends or make other intercompany payments to us, these limitations are subject to certain qualifications and exceptions. In the event that we do not receive distributions from our subsidiaries, we may be unable to make required principal and interest payments on our indebtedness, including the notes.
Claims of note holders will be structurally subordinated to claims of creditors of certain of our subsidiaries that will not guarantee the notes.
     The notes are not guaranteed by certain of our subsidiaries, including all of our significant non-U.S. subsidiaries (other than Axcan Pharma Inc.). Accordingly, claims of holders of the notes will be structurally subordinated to the claims of creditors of these non-guarantor subsidiaries, including trade creditors. All obligations of our non-guarantor subsidiaries will have to be satisfied before any of the assets of such subsidiaries would be available for distribution, upon liquidation or otherwise, to us or a guarantor of the notes.
     For fiscal year 2010, our non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for approximately $64.0 million, or 18.0% of our consolidated revenue. As of September 30, 2010, our non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for approximately $168.4 million, or 23.6% of our consolidated total assets and $13.2 million, or 1.8% of our consolidated total liabilities. All amounts are presented after giving effect to intercompany eliminations. The indentures governing the notes permit these subsidiaries to incur certain additional debt and does not limit, or will not limit, their ability to incur other liabilities that are not considered indebtedness under the indentures.
The lenders under our senior secured credit facilities have the discretion to release any guarantors under these facilities in a variety of circumstances, which will cause those guarantors to be released from their guarantees of the notes.
     While any obligations under our senior secured credit facilities remain outstanding, any guarantee of the notes may be released without action by, or consent of, any holder of the notes or the trustee under the indentures governing the notes, at the discretion of lenders under our senior secured credit facilities, if the related guarantor is no longer a guarantor of obligations under our senior secured credit facilities or any other indebtedness. The lenders under our senior secured credit facilities have the discretion to release the guarantees under our senior secured credit facilities in a variety of circumstances. Any of our subsidiaries that is released as a guarantor of our senior secured credit facilities will automatically be released as a guarantor of the notes. Our note holders will not have a claim as a creditor against any subsidiary that is no longer a guarantor of the notes, and the indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, whether secured or unsecured, of those subsidiaries will effectively be senior to claims of note holders.
If we default on our obligations to pay our other indebtedness, we may not be able to make payments on the notes.
     Any default under the agreements governing our indebtedness, including a default under our senior secured credit facilities, that is not waived by the required lenders, and the remedies sought by the holders of such indebtedness, could prevent us from paying principal, premium, if any, and interest on the notes and substantially decrease the market value of the notes. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow and are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants, including financial and operating covenants in the instruments governing our indebtedness (including covenants in our senior secured credit facilities and the indentures governing the notes), we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness, including our senior secured credit facilities and the indentures governing the notes. In the event of such default:
    the holders of such indebtedness could elect to declare all the funds borrowed thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest;
 
    the lenders under our senior secured credit facilities could elect to terminate their commitments thereunder, cease making further loans and institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets; and
 
    we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.
     If our operating performance declines, we may in the future need to obtain waivers from the required lenders under our senior secured credit facilities to avoid being in default. If we breach our covenants under our senior secured credit facilities and seek a waiver, we may not be able to obtain a waiver from the required lenders. If this occurs, we would be in default under our senior secured credit facilities, the lenders could exercise their rights, as described above, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.

-39-


 

We may not be able to repurchase the notes upon a change of control.
     Upon the occurrence of specific kinds of change of control events, we will be required to offer to repurchase all outstanding notes at 101% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. The source of funds for any such purchase of the notes will be our available cash or cash generated from our operations or the operations of our subsidiaries or other sources, including borrowings, sales of assets or sales of equity. We may not be able to repurchase the notes upon a change of control because we may not have sufficient financial resources to purchase all of the notes that are tendered upon a change of control. Further, under the terms of our senior secured credit facilities, a change of control is an event of default that permits lenders to accelerate the maturity of borrowings and requires us to offer to repay loans thereunder. Any of our future debt agreements may contain similar provisions. Accordingly, we may not be able to satisfy our obligations to purchase the notes unless we are able to refinance or obtain waivers under our senior secured credit facilities. Our failure to repurchase the notes upon a change of control would cause a default under the indentures governing the notes and a cross-default under our senior secured credit facilities.
Insolvency and fraudulent transfer laws and other limitations may preclude the recovery of payment under the notes and the guarantees.
     Federal bankruptcy and state fraudulent transfer and conveyance statutes may apply to the issuance of the notes and the incurrence of any guarantees. In addition, insolvency, fraudulent transfer and conveyance statutes in Canada, the Netherlands and Luxembourg may apply to the incurrence of the guarantees by our subsidiaries organized in these countries. Although laws differ among these jurisdictions, in general, under applicable fraudulent transfer or conveyance laws, the notes or guarantees could be voided as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance if (1) we or any of the guarantors, as applicable, issued the notes or incurred the guarantees with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors; (2) in the case of a guarantee incurred by any of our foreign subsidiaries, such subsidiary issued the guarantee in a situation where a prudent businessperson as a shareholder of such a subsidiary would have contributed equity to such subsidiary; or (3) we or any of the guarantors, as applicable, received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in return for either issuing the notes or incurring the guarantees and, in the case of (3) only, one of the following is also true:
    We or any of the guarantors, as applicable, were insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of the issuance of the notes or the incurrence of the guarantees or subsequently become insolvent for other reasons.
 
    The issuance of the notes or the incurrence of the guarantees left us or any of the guarantors, as applicable, with an unreasonably small amount of capital to carry on the business.
 
    We or any of the guarantors intended to, or believed that we or such guarantor would, incur debts beyond our or such guarantor’s ability to pay such debts as they mature.
 
    We or any of the guarantors was a defendant in an action for money damages, or had a judgment for money damages docketed against us or such guarantor if, in either case, after final judgment, the judgment is unsatisfied.
     A court could find that we or a guarantor did not receive reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the notes or such guarantee if we or such guarantor did not substantially benefit directly or indirectly from the issuance of the notes or the applicable guarantee. As a general matter, value is given for a transfer or an obligation if, in exchange for the transfer or obligation, property is transferred or an antecedent debt is secured or satisfied. A debtor will generally not be considered to have received value in connection with a debt offering if the debtor uses the proceeds of that offering to make a dividend payment or otherwise retire or redeem equity securities issued by the debtor. In addition, because the debt was incurred for our benefit, and only indirectly for the benefit of the guarantors, a court could conclude that the guarantors did not receive fair value.
     Different jurisdictions evaluate insolvency on various criteria. Generally, however, an entity would be considered insolvent if, at the time it incurred indebtedness,
    the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of all its assets;
 
    the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or
 
    it could not pay its debts as they become due.
     We cannot be certain as to the standards a court would use to determine whether or not we or the guarantors were solvent at the relevant time or, regardless of the standard that a court uses, that the issuance of the senior notes and the incurrence of the guarantees would not be held to constitute fraudulent transfers or conveyances on other grounds. If a court were to find that the issuance of the notes or the incurrence of the guarantee was a fraudulent transfer or conveyance, the court could void the payment obligations under the notes or such guarantee or further subordinate the notes or such guarantee to presently existing and future indebtedness of ours or of the related guarantor, or require the holders of the notes to repay any amounts received with respect to such guarantee. In the event of a finding that a fraudulent transfer or conveyance occurred, our note holders may not receive any repayment on the notes.
     Although each guarantee entered into by a guarantor will contain a provision intended to limit that guarantor’s liability to the maximum amount that it could incur without causing the incurrence of obligations under its guarantee to be a fraudulent transfer, this provision may not

-40-


 

be effective to protect those guarantees from being voided under fraudulent transfer or conveyance laws, or may reduce that guarantor’s obligation to an amount that effectively makes its guarantee worthless.
     In addition, enforcement of any of the guarantees against any guarantor will be subject to certain other defenses available to guarantors generally. These laws and defenses include those that relate to voidable preference, financial assistance, corporate purpose or benefit, preservation of share capital, thin capitalization, and regulations or defenses affecting the rights of creditors generally. If one or more of these laws and defenses are applicable, a guarantor may have no liability or decreased liability under its guarantee.
Enforcing our note holders’ rights under the guarantees entered into by certain of our foreign subsidiaries across multiple jurisdictions may be difficult.
     We are a U.S. company incorporated in the state of Delaware. The notes are guaranteed by all of our significant U.S. subsidiaries and certain of our foreign subsidiaries in Canada, the Netherlands and Luxembourg. In the event of bankruptcy, insolvency or a similar event, proceedings could be initiated in any of these jurisdictions and in the jurisdiction of organization of any future guarantor of the notes. Our note holders’ rights under the notes and the guarantees will thus be subject to the laws of several jurisdictions, and they may not be able to effectively enforce our note holders’ rights in multiple bankruptcies, insolvency and other similar proceedings. Moreover, such multi jurisdictional proceedings are typically complex and costly for creditors and often result in substantial uncertainty and delay in the enforcement of creditors’ rights.
We are indirectly owned and controlled by the Sponsor, and the Sponsor’s interests as equity holders may conflict with the interests of our note holders.
     The Sponsor owns approximately 70% of our indirect parent’s equity and, accordingly, has the ability to control our policies and operations. The Sponsor does not have any liability for any obligations under the notes, and the interests of the Sponsor may not in all cases be aligned with our note holders’ interests. For example, if we encounter financial difficulties or are unable to pay our debts as they mature, the interests of our equity holders might conflict with our note holders’ interests. In addition, our equity holders may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, financings or other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their equity investments, even though such transactions might involve risks to our note holders. Furthermore, the Sponsor may in the future own businesses that directly or indirectly compete with us. The Sponsor also may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. For information concerning our arrangements with the Sponsor, see “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.”
Holders of secured notes may not be able to fully realize the value of their liens.
The security for the benefit of holders of secured notes may be released without such holders’ consent.
     The liens for the benefit of the holders of secured notes may be released without vote or consent of such holders, as summarized below:
    The security documents generally provide for an automatic release of all liens on any asset that is disposed of in compliance with the provisions of the senior secured credit facilities.
 
    Any lien can be released if approved by the requisite number of lenders under our senior secured credit facilities.
 
    The collateral agent and the issuer may amend the provisions of the security documents with the consent of the requisite number of lenders under our senior secured credit facilities and without consent of the holders of secured notes.
 
    The lenders under our senior secured credit facilities will have the sole ability to control remedies (including upon sale or liquidation of the collateral after acceleration of the secured notes or debt under the senior secured credit facilities) with respect to the collateral.
 
    So long as we have the senior secured credit facilities or another senior secured credit facility, the secured notes will automatically cease to be secured by those liens if those liens no longer secure our senior secured credit facilities for other reasons.
     As a result, we cannot assure holders of secured notes that the secured notes will continue to be secured by a substantial portion of our assets. Holders of secured notes will have no recourse if the lenders under our senior secured credit facilities approve the release of any or all of the collateral, even if that action adversely affects any rating of the secured notes.
     In addition, securities of our subsidiaries will be excluded from the liens to the extent liens thereon would trigger reporting obligations under Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X, which requires financial statements from any company whose securities are collateral if its book value or market value would exceed 20% of the principal amount of the notes secured thereby. However, the liens on such securities will continue to secure obligations under our senior secured credit facilities.
The collateral may not be valuable enough to satisfy all the obligations secured by the collateral.
     We secured our obligations under the secured notes by the pledge of certain of our assets. This pledge is also for the benefit of the lenders under the senior secured credit facilities.
    The value of the pledged assets in the event of a liquidation will depend upon market and economic conditions, the availability of

-41-


 

buyers and similar factors. As of September 30, 2010, before taking into consideration the effect of intercompany eliminations, the pledged assets had a book value of approximately $1,952.7 million, approximately $347.6 million of which consisted of intangible assets, including goodwill. Accordingly, we cannot assure holders of secured notes that the proceeds of any sale of the pledged assets following an acceleration to maturity with respect to the secured notes would be sufficient to satisfy, or would not be substantially less than, amounts due on the secured notes and the other debt secured thereby.
     If the proceeds of any sale of the pledged assets were not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the secured notes, the holders of secured notes (to the extent their secured notes were not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the pledged assets) would have only an unsecured claim against our remaining assets. By their nature, some or all of the pledged assets may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value. Likewise, we cannot assure holders of secured notes that the pledged assets will be saleable or, if saleable, that there will not be substantial delays in their liquidation. To the extent that liens, rights and easements granted to third parties encumber assets located on property owned by us or constitute subordinate liens on the pledged assets, those third parties may have or may exercise rights and remedies with respect to the property subject to such encumbrances (including rights to require marshalling of assets) that could adversely affect the value of the pledged assets located at that site and the ability of the collateral agent to realize or foreclose on the pledged assets at that site.
     In addition, the indenture governing the secured notes permits us, subject to compliance with certain financial tests, to issue additional secured debt, including debt secured equally and ratably by the same assets pledged for the benefit of the holders of secured notes. This would reduce amounts payable to holders of secured notes from the proceeds of any sale of the collateral.
Bankruptcy laws may limit the ability of holders of secured notes to realize value from the collateral.
     The right of the collateral agent to repossess and dispose of the pledged assets upon the occurrence of an event of default under the indenture is likely to be significantly impaired by applicable bankruptcy law if a bankruptcy case were to be commenced by or against us before the collateral agent repossessed and disposed of the pledged assets. For example, under Title 11 of the U.S. Code, or the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, pursuant to the automatic stay imposed upon the bankruptcy filing, a secured creditor is prohibited from repossessing its security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case, or from disposing of security repossessed from such debtor, or taking other actions to levy against a debtor, without bankruptcy court approval. Moreover, the U.S. Bankruptcy Code permits the debtor to continue to retain and to use collateral even though the debtor is in default under the applicable debt instruments, provided that the secured creditor is given “adequate protection.” The meaning of the term “adequate protection” may vary according to circumstances (and is within the discretion of the bankruptcy court), but it is intended in general to protect the value of the secured creditor’s interest in the collateral and may include cash payments or the granting of additional security, if and at such times as the court in its discretion determines, for any diminution in the value of the collateral as a result of the automatic stay of repossession or disposition or any use of the collateral by the debtor during the pendency of the bankruptcy case. Generally, adequate protection payments, in the form of interest or otherwise, are not required to be paid by a debtor to a secured creditor unless the bankruptcy court determines that the value of the secured creditor’s interest in the collateral is declining during the pendency of the bankruptcy case. Due to the imposition of the automatic stay, the lack of a precise definition of the term “adequate protection” and the broad discretionary powers of a bankruptcy court, it is impossible to predict (1) how long payments under the secured notes could be delayed following commencement of a bankruptcy case, (2) whether or when the collateral agent could repossess or dispose of the pledged assets or (3) whether or to what extent holders of the secured notes would be compensated for any delay in payment or loss of value of the pledged assets through the requirement of “adequate protection.” Similar and other provisions of Canadian, Dutch and Luxembourg bankruptcy laws may preclude holders of secured notes to realize value from the collateral granted by foreign subsidiaries in Canada, the Netherlands and Luxembourg.
The collateral is subject to casualty risks and no mortgage title insurance has been obtained.
     We are obligated under our senior secured credit facilities to at all times cause all the pledged assets to be properly insured and kept insured against loss or damage by fire or other hazards to the extent that such properties are usually insured by corporations operating properties of a similar nature in the same or similar localities. There are, however, some losses, including losses resulting from terrorist acts, which may be either uninsurable or not economically insurable, in whole or in part. As a result, we cannot assure holders of secured notes that the insurance proceeds will compensate us fully for our losses. If there is a total or partial loss of any of the pledged assets, we cannot assure holders of secured notes that the proceeds received by us in respect thereof will be sufficient to satisfy all the secured obligations, including the secured notes.
     In the event of a total or partial loss to any of the mortgaged facilities, certain items of equipment and inventory may not be easily replaced. Accordingly, even though there may be insurance coverage, the extended period needed to manufacture replacement units or inventory could cause significant delays.
     Additionally, we are not required under our senior secured credit facilities and the security documents to purchase any title insurance insuring the collateral agent’s lien on the respective mortgaged properties if the costs of creating or perfecting liens would be considered excessive in view of the benefits obtained therefrom by the lenders under the senior secured credit facilities. If a loss occurs arising from a title defect with respect to any mortgaged property, we cannot assure holders of secured notes that we could replace such property with collateral of equal value.

-42-


 

Rights of holders of secured notes in the collateral may be adversely affected by the failure to perfect security interests in collateral.
     Applicable law requires that a security interest in certain tangible and intangible assets can only be properly perfected and its priority retained through certain actions undertaken by the secured party. The liens in the collateral securing the secured notes may not be perfected with respect to the claims of the secured notes if the collateral agent was not able to take the actions necessary to perfect any of these liens on or prior to the date of the indenture governing the secured notes. There can be no assurance that the lenders under the senior secured credit facilities have taken all actions necessary to create properly perfected security interests, which may result in the loss of the priority of the security interest in favor of the holders of the secured notes to which they would otherwise have been entitled. In addition, applicable law requires that certain property and rights acquired after the grant of a general security interest, such as real property, equipment subject to a certificate of title and certain proceeds, can only be perfected at the time such property and rights are acquired and identified. We and the guarantors have limited obligations to perfect the security interest of the holders of secured notes in specified collateral. There can be no assurance that the trustee or the collateral agent for the secured notes will monitor, or that we will inform such trustee or collateral agent of, the future acquisition of property and rights that constitute collateral, and that the necessary action will be taken to properly perfect the security interest in such after-acquired collateral. Neither the trustee nor the collateral agent for the secured notes has an obligation to monitor the acquisition of additional property or rights that constitute collateral or the perfection of any security interest. Such failure may result in the loss of the security interest in the collateral or the priority of the security interest in favor of the secured notes against third parties.
Any future pledge of collateral in favor of the holders of secured notes might be voidable in bankruptcy.
     Any future pledge of collateral in favor of the holders of secured notes, including pursuant to security documents delivered after the date of the indenture governing the secured notes, might be voidable by the pledgor (as debtor in possession) or by its trustee in bankruptcy if certain events or circumstances exist or occur, including, under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, if the pledgor is insolvent at the time of the pledge, the pledge permits the holders of secured notes to receive a greater recovery than if the pledge had not been given and a bankruptcy proceeding in respect of the pledgor is commenced with 90 days following the pledge, or, in certain circumstances, a longer period. Similar and other provisions of Canadian, Dutch and Luxembourg bankruptcy laws may make any future pledge of collateral granted by foreign subsidiaries in Canada, the Netherlands and Luxembourg voidable.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
Not applicable.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
     We own and lease space for manufacturing, warehousing, research, development, sales, marketing, and administrative purposes. All these facilities are inspected on a regular basis by regulatory authorities, and our own internal auditing team ensures compliance on an ongoing basis with such standards.
     We own 107,000 square feet of office space, manufacturing facilities and warehousing in Mont-Saint-Hilaire, Quebec (Canada). The building houses administrative and pharmaceutical manufacturing operations as well as our research and development activities. We further own property next to that building, which could be used to expand. The building and real estate we own is subject to security granted in favor of our lenders, pursuant to the credit facilities described under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations— Liquidity and Capital Resources.”
     We own 606,837 square feet of office space, manufacturing facilities and land in Houdan, France.
     We lease approximately 18,233 square feet of office space in Birmingham, Alabama, (U.S.A.) under a lease expiring in December 2013.
     We lease approximately 18,584 square feet of office space in Bridgewater, New Jersey, (U.S.A.), under a lease expiring in June 2014.
     We believe that we have sufficient facilities to conduct our operations during fiscal year 2011 and that our facilities are in satisfactory condition and are suitable for their intended use, although investments to improve and expand our manufacturing and other related facilities are contemplated, as our business requires.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
     From time to time, we are party to various legal proceeding or claims, either asserted or unasserted, which arise in the ordinary course of business. We have reviewed pending legal matters and believe that the resolution of such matters will not have a significant adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
     One of our subsidiaries, Axcan Scandipharm (now Axcan Pharma US, Inc.), has been a party to several legal proceedings related to the product line it markets under the trademark ULTRASE and, in particular, with respect to dosage strengths that are no longer marketed by us.

-43-


 

These lawsuits were filed and claims were asserted against Axcan Scandipharm and other defendants, including the products’ manufacturer and a related company and, in certain cases, the manufacturers and distributors of other similar enzyme products, stemming from allegations that, among other things, the defendant’s enzyme products caused colonic strictures. In October 2006, in O’Mahony v. Axcan Scandipharm, Inc., et al., a complaint alleging a claim for damages related to products taken in the early part of the 1990’s, while the plaintiff was a minor, was filed in the Supreme Court of the state of New York. This complaint was settled in March 2009. Of the twelve other previous lawsuits, the last of which was filed in 2001, Axcan Scandipharm was dismissed from one, non-suited in another and settled ten. All these cases relates to product taken in or before early 1994. Because of the young age of the patients involved, Axcan Scandipharm’s product liability exposure for this issue in the U.S. will remain for a number of years. Axcan Scandipharm’s insurance carriers have defended the lawsuits to date and we expect them to continue to defend Axcan Scandipharm (to the extent of its product liability insurance) should other lawsuits be filed in the future. In addition, the enzyme manufacturer and a related company had claimed a right to recover amounts paid by them to defend and settle these claims and seeking a declaration that we were required to provide indemnification. These claims were submitted to binding arbitration and we were successful in obtaining a ruling which dismissed those claims. The arbitrators’ final ruling in the matter was appealed by one of the plaintiffs and in January 2010, the Court dismissed the appeal and further awarded damages to the defendants, including Axcan Scandipharm Inc., to compensate for certain legal fees incurred in defending the matter.
     In December 2003 and May 2004, Pharmascience Inc., or PMS, served us two notices of allegation in accordance with section 5 of the Patented Medicines (Notice of Compliance) Regulations in Canada, or the Regulations. The first notice of allegation indicated that PMS was seeking a regulatory approval to market a generic version of URSO 250 in the Canadian market, or the PMS Product, for use in gallstone dissolution, an indication for which URSO 250 was formerly approved and marketed in Canada. The second notice of allegation dealt with the validity of our Canadian PBC use patent. We opposed both these notices of allegation by seeking prohibition orders. In September 2005, with respect to the first notice of allegation, the Federal Court of Canada held that, for purposes of the Regulations, the PMS Product did not infringe the patent that we own for the use of URSO in the treatment of PBC.
     In May 2006, the second application seeking a prohibition order was dismissed as our Canadian PBC use patent was held to be invalid for purposes of the Regulations. PMS has since filed a claim against us pursuant to section 8 of the Regulations seeking recovery of alleged damages sustained by reason of the delay to commercialize its product sustained as a result of our opposition.
     In September 2010, one of our subsidiaries, and our indirect parent, received notice of sanofi-aventis U.S. LLC’s (“SA”) complaint filed with the Superior Court of New Jersey, Somerset County, requesting certain remedies in connection with SA’s stated intention to close its Kansas City facility where CARAFATE product is currently manufactured. The supply agreement with SA, as amended, provides that the CARAFATE product’s manufacturing site may not be changed without our subsidiary’s prior written consent. Pursuant to the complaint filed, SA is seeking an order for specific performance compelling the defendants to consent to the transfer of the manufacturing site of CARAFATE product to an alleged SA facility located in Laval, Canada and to execute related documentation, and for a declaration that SA will not be liable, including for lost profits, for any interruption in supply by reason of the current site’s closure or by reason of a site transfer to Laval. Our subsidiary removed the case to the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey; SA has moved to remand the case back to the Superior Court of New Jersey. The defendants believe that SA’s claims lack merit, and that under the supply agreement as amended, our subsidiary is entitled to have CARAFATE product continue to be manufactured at the Kansas City site until the expiry of that agreement as amended which, assuming our subsidiary exercises its option to extend the term as amended, will be in August 2016. Because of ongoing discussions and by agreement of the parties extending deadlines in the case, the defendants have yet to file responses to the SA complaint, including any counterclaims, or to file responses to SA’s motion to remand the case.
ITEM 4. (REMOVED AND RESERVED)

-44-


 

PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Market and other information
     We are a privately-owned company with no established public trading market for our common stock.
Holders
     As of December 16, 2010, there was one holder of our common stock, Axcan MidCo Inc., one holder of Axcan MidCo Inc.’s common stock, Axcan Holdings Inc. and 55 holders of Axcan Holdings Inc.’s common stock. See “Item 12 — Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” for additional information about the ownership of Axcan Holdings Inc.’s common stock.
Dividends
     We are currently restricted in our ability to pay dividends under various covenants of our debt agreements, including our senior secured credit facilities and the indentures governing our notes. Save to the extent required to finance the repurchase by our indirect parent corporation, Axcan Holdings Inc., of stock issued pursuant to our equity-based compensation programs, in connection with the administration of this program, we do not expect for the foreseeable future to pay dividends on our common stock. Any future determination to pay dividends will depend upon, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, any contractual restrictions and any other considerations our Board of Directors deems relevant.

-45-


 

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
Transactions
  The February 2008 Transactions
     On November 29, 2007, Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc., then known as Atom Intermediate Holdings Inc., entered into an Arrangement Agreement with Axcan Pharma Inc., or Axcan Pharma, pursuant to which we agreed to acquire, through an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, all of the outstanding common stock of Axcan Pharma and enter into various other transactions in accordance with the Plan of Arrangement. We refer to such transactions collectively in this report as the Arrangement.
     The Arrangement was financed through the proceeds from the initial offering of $228.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 9.25% secured notes due in 2015, or the secured notes, the initial borrowings under a credit facility composed of term loans and a revolving credit facility, collectively the new senior secured credit facilities, borrowings under a senior unsecured bridge facility maturing on February 25, 2009, or the senior unsecured bridge facility, equity investments funded by direct and indirect equity investments from the Sponsor Funds, or certain investment funds associated with or designated by TPG Capital, or the Sponsor, certain investors who co-invested with the Sponsor Funds, including investment funds affiliated with certain of the initial purchasers of the outstanding notes, or the Co-investors, and the cash on hand of Axcan Pharma and its subsidiaries. The closing of the offering of the secured notes, the new senior secured credit facilities and the senior unsecured bridge facility occurred substantially concurrently with the closing of the Arrangement on February 25, 2008. We refer to the Arrangement, the closing of the transactions relating to the Arrangement, and our payment of any fees and expenses related to the Arrangement and such transactions collectively in this report as the February 2008 Transactions.
     Subsequent to the February 2008 Transactions, we became an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Axcan Holdings Inc., or Holdings, an entity controlled by the Sponsor Funds and the Co-investors, and Axcan Pharma became our indirect wholly-owned subsidiary.
The Refinancing
     On May 6, 2008, we completed our offering of $235.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 12.75% senior unsecured notes due in 2016, or the senior notes. The net proceeds from this offering, along with our cash on hand, were used to repay in full our senior unsecured bridge facility. We refer to this offering of our senior notes, along with the related use of proceeds, as the Refinancing and, collectively, with the February 2008 Transactions, as the Transactions.
Financial Information
     Financial information for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008, including product revenue, is presented as the mathematical combination of the relevant financial information of the Predecessor (from October 1, 2007, to February 25, 2008) and the Successor (from February 26, 2008, to September 30, 2008) for the period. The financial information presented for the Predecessor is the financial information for Axcan Pharma Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries and the financial information presented for the Successor is the financial information for Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

-46-


 

     Our results of operations for the Predecessor Periods and the Successor Periods should not be considered representative of our future results of operations.
                                                 
    Successor     Predecessor  
                    February 26,     October 1,        
                    2008     2007        
    Fiscal Year     Fiscal Year     through     through        
    Ended     Ended     September 30,     February 25,     Fiscal Years Ended September 30,  
    September 30, 2010     September 30, 2009     2008     2008     2007     2006  
    ($ in thousands)     ($ in thousands)  
Statement of Operations Data:
                                               
Net product sales
  $ 354,587     $ 409,826     $ 223,179     $ 158,579     $ 348,947     $ 292,317  
Other Revenue
          7,113                          
         
Total Revenue
  $ 354,587     $ 416,939     $ 223,179     $ 158,579     $ 348,947     $ 292,317  
Cost of goods sold(1)
    130,915       103,023       77,227       38,739       83,683       72,772  
Selling and administrative expenses(1)(2)
    115,033       122,942       88,246       76,198       101,273       93,338  
Management Fees
    4,412       5,351       99                    
Research and development expenses(1)(3)
    31,715       36,037       17,768       10,256       28,655       39,789  
Depreciation and amortization
    61,011       60,305       35,579       9,595       22,494       22,823  
Acquired in-process research
    7,948             272,400             10,000        
Partial write-down of intangible assets
    107,158       55,665                         5,800  
         
 
                                               
Operating Income (loss)
    (103,605 )     33,616       (268,140 )     23,791       102,842       57,795  
Financial expenses
    64,956       69,809       41,513       262       4,825       6,988  
Other interest income
    (688 )     (389 )     (808 )     (5,440 )     (11,367 )     (5,468 )
Other income
    (9,704 )     (3,500 )                        
Loss (gain) on foreign currency
    1,247       (328 )     (1,841 )     (198 )     2,352       (1,110 )
         
 
                                               
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (159,416 )     (31,976 )     (307,004 )     29,167       107,032       57,385  
Income taxes
    10,950       (24,082 )     (17,740 )     12,042       35,567       18,266  
         
 
                                               
Net income (loss)
  $ (170,366 )   $ (7,894 )   $ (289,264 )   $ 17,125     $ 71,465     $ 39,119  
         
 
                                               
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 161,503     $ 126,435     $ 56,105     $ 348,791     $ 179,672     $ 55,830  
Short-term investments, available for sale
                            129,958       117,151  
Total current assets
    226,749       250,682       176,980       471,170       402,127       262,378  
Total assets
    713,177       914,602       944,812       902,384       832,611       695,817  
Total short-term borrowings
    13,163       30,708       10,938       373       527       681  
Total debt
    594,475       613,294       622,184       441       649       126,246  
Total current liabilities
    111,329       121,022       99,300       166,456       104,737       64,617  
Total liabilities
    734,209       750,838       779,142       206,903       142,414       228,393  
Total shareholders’ equity(4)
    (21,032 )     163,764       165,670       695,401       690,197       467,424  
 
                                               
Statement of Cash Flows Data:
                                               
Net cash from (used in):
                                               
Operating activities
  $ 63,120     $ 92,382     $ (47,512 )   $ 73,245     $ 136,102     $ 84,334  
Investing activities
    (6,058 )     (10,600 )     (961,556 )     126,630       (19,415 )     (108,139 )
Financing activities
    (21,338 )     (11,594 )     1,066,053       (31,243 )     6,553       (616 )
 
                                               
Other Financial Data:
                                               
EBITDA(5)
    (34,137 )     97,749       (230,720 )     33,584       122,984       81,728  
 
                                               
Adjusted EBITDA(5)
    162,397       172,828       84,539       70,119       141,407       92,582  
         
 
(1)   Exclusive of depreciation and amortization.
 
(2)   Amounts shown for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2007, five-month period ended February 25, 2008, seven-month period ended September 30, 2008, and for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009 include expenses related to the February 2008 Transactions. Amount shown for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010 includes reorganization, special projects and due diligence costs.
 
(3)   Amount shown for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2006 includes an up-front licensing fee equal to $1,500,000 paid in connection with a co-development agreement with AGI Therapeutics Ltd. Such amount is counted as acquired in-process research for purposes of calculating Adjusted EBITDA.
 
(4)   A portion of our common stock was issued to our parent company, Axcan MidCo Inc., in the February 2008 Transactions in exchange for a note receivable amounting to $133,154,405. Pursuant to U.S. GAAP, we report the principal amount as a separate balance offset against shareholders’ equity. Furthermore, we do not recognize interest income related to this note receivable due from Axcan MidCo Inc. in our income statement.

-47-


 

(5)   EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are both non-U.S. GAAP financial measures and are presented in this report because our management considers them important supplemental measures of our performance and believes that they are frequently used by interested parties in the evaluation of companies in the industry. EBITDA, as we use it, is net income before financial expenses, interest income, income taxes and depreciation and amortization. We believe that the presentation of EBITDA enhances an investor’s understanding of our financial performance. We believe that EBITDA is a useful financial metric to assess our operating performance from period to period by excluding certain items that we believe are not representative of our core business. The term EBITDA is not defined under U.S. GAAP, and EBITDA is not a measure of net income, operating income or any other performance measure derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and is subject to important limitations. Adjusted EBITDA, as we use it, is EBITDA adjusted to exclude certain non-cash charges, unusual or non-recurring items and other adjustments set forth below. Adjusted EBITDA is calculated in the same manner as “EBITDA” and “Consolidated EBITDA” as those terms are defined under the indentures governing our notes and Credit Facility further described in the section “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Long-term Debt and New Senior Secured Credit Facility”. We believe that the inclusion of supplementary adjustments applied to EBITDA in presenting Adjusted EBITDA are appropriate to provide additional information to investors about certain material non-cash items and unusual or non-recurring items that we do not expect to continue in the future and to provide additional information with respect to our ability to meet our future debt service and to comply with various covenants in our indentures and Credit Facility. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of net income, operating income or any other performance measure derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and is subject to important limitations. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as an analytical tool, and they should not be considered in isolation, or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
  EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect all cash expenditures, future requirements for capital expenditures, or contractual commitments;
 
  EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, working capital needs;
 
  EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt;
 
  Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements;
 
  Adjusted EBITDA reflects additional adjustments as provided in the indentures governing our secured and unsecured notes and new senior secured credit facilities; and
 
  Other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

-48-


 

Because of these limitations, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as measures of discretionary cash available to us to invest in our business. Our management compensates for these limitations by relying primarily on the U.S. GAAP results and using EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as supplemental information.
                                                 
    Successor   Predecessor
                    February 26,   October 1,    
                    2008   2007    
    Fiscal Year   Fiscal Year   through   through   Fiscal Years Ended
    Ended   Ended   September 30,   February 25,   September 30,
    September 30, 2010   September 30, 2009   2008   2008   2007   2006
    ($ in thousands)   ($ in thousands)
Net income to EBITDA:
                                               
Net income (loss)
  $ (170,366 )   $ (7,894 )   $ (289,264 )   $ 17,125     $ 71,465     $ 39,119  
Financial expenses
    64,956       69,809       41,513       262       4,825       6,988  
Interest income
    (688 )     (389 )     (808 )     (5,440 )     (11,367 )     (5,468 )
Income taxes expense (benefit)
    10,950       (24,082 )     (17,740 )     12,042       35,567       18,266  
Depreciation and amortization
    61,011       60,305       35,579       9,595       22,494       22,823  
         
 
                                               
EBITDA
  $ (34,137 )   $ 97,749     $ (230,720 )   $ 33,584     $ 122,984     $ 81,728  
         
 
                                               
EBITDA to Adjusted EBITDA:
                                               
EBITDA
  $ (34,137 )   $ 97,749     $ (230,720 )   $ 33,584     $ 122,984     $ 81,728  
Transaction, integration refinancing costs and other payments to third parties(a)
    9,058       7,891       12,603       26,489              
Management Fees(b)
    4,412       5,351       99                    
Stock-based compensation expense excluding impact of the unapproved PEPs event(c)
    4,540       6,172       7,443       10,046       4,548       3,554  
Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill related to the unapproved PEPs event(d)
    107,158                                
Partial write-down of intangible assets(e)
          55,665                         5,800  
Other adjustments related to the unapproved PEPs event(f)
    63,418                                
Acquired in-process research
    7,948             272,400             10,000       1,500  
Loss of disposal and write-down of assets
                            3,875        
Inventories stepped-up value expensed(g)
                22,714                    
         
Adjusted EBITDA(h)
  $ 162,397     $ 172,828     $ 84,539     $ 70,119     $ 141,407     $ 92,582  
         
 
a)   Represents integration and refinancing costs as well as due diligence costs related to certain non-recurring transactions, payments to third parties in respect of research and development milestones and other progress payments as defined within our credit agreement.
 
b)   Represents management fees and other charges associated with the Management Services Agreement with TPG.
 
c)   Represents stock-based employee compensation expense under the provisions of FASB guidance, excluding the impact of the unapproved PEPs event.
 
d)   Intangible assets and goodwill impairment charges related to the unapproved PEPs event.
 
e)   Partial write-down of intangible assets related to URSO products.
 
f)   Adjustments and other charges related to the unapproved PEPs event, including an additional product returns and other sales deduction provision of $23.4 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, inventory net realizable value and accrual for purchases and other materials and supply commitments of $44.9 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, and a stock-based compensation recovery of $4.9 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010.
 
g)   Represents inventories stepped-up value, arising from the February 2008 Transactions, expensed as acquired inventory is sold.
 
h)   EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are both non-U.S. GAAP financial measures and are presented in this report because our management considers them important supplemental measures of our performance and believes that they are frequently used by interested parties in the evaluation of companies in the industry. EBITDA, as we use it, is net income before financial expenses, interest income, income taxes

-49-


 

    and depreciation and amortization. We believe that the presentation of EBITDA enhances an investor’s understanding of our financial performance. We believe that EBITDA is a useful financial metric to assess our operating performance from period to period by excluding certain items that we believe are not representative of our core business. The term EBITDA is not defined under U.S. GAAP, and EBITDA is not a measure of net income, operating income or any other performance measure derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and is subject to important limitations. Adjusted EBITDA, as we use it, is EBITDA adjusted to exclude certain non-cash charges, unusual or non-recurring items and other adjustments set forth below. Adjusted EBITDA is calculated in the same manner as “EBITDA” and “Consolidated EBITDA” as those terms are defined under the indentures governing our notes and Credit Facility further described in the section “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Long-term Debt and New Senior Secured Credit Facility”. We believe that the inclusion of supplementary adjustments applied to EBITDA in presenting Adjusted EBITDA are appropriate to provide additional information to investors about certain material non-cash items and unusual or non-recurring items that we do not expect to continue in the future and to provide additional information with respect to our ability to meet our future debt service and to comply with various covenants in our indentures and Credit Facility. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of net income, operating income or any other performance measure derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and is subject to important limitations. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as an analytical tool, and they should not be considered in isolation, or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
    EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect all cash expenditures, future requirements for capital expenditures, or contractual commitments;
 
    EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, working capital needs;
 
    EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt;
 
    Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements;
 
    Adjusted EBITDA reflects additional adjustments as provided in the indentures governing our secured and unsecured notes and new senior secured credit facilities; and
 
    Other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.
Because of these limitations, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as measures of discretionary cash available to us to invest in our business. Our management compensates for these limitations by relying primarily on the U.S. GAAP results and using EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as supplemental information.

-50-


 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion of our results of operations and financial condition with “Item 6. Selected Financial Data” and the historical audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Report. The results of operations for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, and September 30, 2009, and the seven-month period ended September 30, 2008, reflect the results of operations for Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries (the Successor). The results of operations for the five-month period ended February 25, 2008, reflect the results of operations for Axcan Pharma Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries (the Predecessor).
Unless the context otherwise requires, in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, the terms “Axcan”,“Axcan Pharma Inc.”, “Company”, “we”, “us” and “our” refer (i) for the period prior to the consummation of the February 2008 Transactions (as defined in this section), to Axcan Pharma Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries and (ii) for periods following the consummation of the February 2008 Transactions, to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.
This discussion contains forward-looking statements and involves numerous risk and uncertainties, including but not limited to those described in “Item 1A Risk Factors and Forward-Looking Statements”. Actual results may differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.
Overview
Our Business
We are a specialty pharmaceutical company focused on marketing and selling pharmaceutical products used in the treatment of a variety of gastrointestinal, or GI, diseases and disorders, which are those affecting the digestive tract. Our vision is to become the reference gastrointestinal company, and we hope to achieve this through our mission: to improve the quality of care and health of patients suffering from gastrointestinal diseases and disorders by providing effective therapies for patients and specialized caregivers.
In addition to our marketing activities, we carry out research and development activities on products at late stages of development. These activities are carried out primarily with respect to products we currently market in connection with lifecycle management initiatives, as well as product candidates in late stage of development that we acquired or licensed from third parties. Our focus on products in late-stage development enables us to reduce risks and expenses typically associated with new drug development.
We intend to enhance our position as the leading specialty pharmaceutical company concentrating in the field of gastroenterology by pursuing the following strategic initiatives: 1) growing sales of existing products; 2) launching new products; 3) selectively acquiring or in-licensing complementary products; 4) pursuing growth opportunities through development pipeline; and 5) expanding internationally.
Business Environment
While the ultimate end users of our products are the individual patients to whom our products are prescribed by physicians, our direct customers include a number of large pharmaceutical wholesale distributors and large pharmacy chains. The pharmaceutical wholesale distributors that comprise a significant portion of our customer base sell our products primarily to retail pharmacies, which ultimately dispense our products to the end consumers.
Increasingly, in North America, third-party payors, such as private insurance companies and drug plan benefit managers, aim to rationalize the use of pharmaceutical products and medical treatments, in order to ensure that prescribed products are necessary for the patients’ disorders. Moreover, large drug store chains now account for an increasing portion of retail sales of prescription medicines. The pharmacists and managers of such retail outlets are under pressure to reduce the number of items in inventory in order to reduce costs.
We use a “pull-through” marketing approach that is typical of pharmaceutical companies. Under this approach, our sales representatives actively promote our portfolio products by demonstrating the features and benefits of our products to physicians and, in particular, gastroenterologists who may prescribe our products for their patients. The patients, in turn, take the prescriptions to pharmacies to be filled. The pharmacies then place orders, directly or through buying groups, with the wholesalers, to whom we sell our products.
Our expenses are comprised primarily of selling and administrative expenses (including marketing expenses), cost of goods sold (including royalty payments to those companies from which we license some of our commercialized products), research and development expenses, financial expenses as well as depreciation and amortization.
Since 2005, some U.S. wholesalers have changed their business model from one depending on drug price inflation to a fee-for-service arrangement, whereby manufacturers pay wholesalers a fee for inventory management and other services. These fees typically are a percentage of the wholesaler’s purchases from the manufacturer or a fixed charge per item or per unit. The fee-for-service approach results in wholesalers’ compensation being more stable and volume-based as opposed to price-increase based. As a result of the move to a fee-for-service business model, many wholesalers are no longer investing in inventory ahead of anticipated price increases and have reduced their inventories from their historical levels. As a consequence of the new model, manufacturers now realize the benefit of price increases more rapidly in return for paying

-51-


 

wholesalers for the services they provide, on a fee-for-service basis. Fees resulting from distribution services agreements, or DSAs, are deducted from gross sales. We have had DSAs in place with our three largest U.S. wholesalers since the first quarter of fiscal year 2009.
In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, known together as the Affordable Care Act, was enacted in the U.S. This legislation contains several provisions that impact our business, which include expanding rebate coverage to managed Medicaid and an increase to the rate of rebates for all our drugs dispensed to Medicaid beneficiaries; expanding the 340(B) drug pricing program requiring drug manufacturers to provide discounted product to reduce the Medicare Part D coverage gap; and assessing a new fee on manufacturers and importers of branded prescription drugs paid for pursuant to coverage provided under specified government programs. The impact of these changes is further discussed below under the “Affordable Care Act” subsection.
On April 29, 2010, we announced that we had taken steps to cease the distribution of ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE, effective April 28, 2010, in response to FDA guidance related to the distribution of unapproved pancreatic enzyme products, or PEPs. The effects of ceasing to distribute these product lines on our financial statements are summarized in the section “Unapproved pancreatic enzyme products (“PEPs”) event” below. Reserves recorded at that time were based on Management’s estimates and, as previously disclosed, were subject to change. We have reflected certain adjustments to these reserves in our financial statements for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”).
The Transactions
The February 2008 Transactions
On November 29, 2007, Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc., then known as Atom Intermediate Holdings Inc., entered into an Arrangement Agreement with Axcan Pharma Inc., or Axcan Pharma, pursuant to which we agreed to acquire, through an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, all of the outstanding common stock of Axcan Pharma and enter into various other transactions in accordance with the Plan of Arrangement. We refer to such transactions collectively in this report as the Arrangement or the Acquisition.
On February 25, 2008, the Arrangement was completed and as a result,
    each share of Axcan Pharma common stock outstanding was deemed transferred to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. and holders of such common stock received $23.35 per share of Axcan Pharma common stock, or the offer price, in compensation from us, without interest and less any required withholding taxes;
 
    all granted and outstanding options to purchase common stock of Axcan Pharma under Axcan Pharma’s stock plans, other than those options held by Axcan Holdings Inc. or its affiliates, were deemed vested and transferred to Axcan Pharma and cancelled in exchange for an amount in cash equal to the excess, if any, of the offer price over the applicable exercise price for the option for each share of common stock subject to such option, less any required withholding taxes; and
 
    all vested and unvested deferred stock units, or DSUs, and restricted stock units, or RSUs, issued under Axcan Pharma’s stock option plans, were deemed vested and then cancelled and terminated. Each holder of a DSU or RSU received the offer price, less any required withholding taxes, for each DSU and RSU formerly held.
The Arrangement was financed through the proceeds from the initial offering of $228.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 9.25% secured notes due in 2015, or the secured notes, the initial borrowings under a credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) composed of term loans and a revolving credit facility, collectively the new senior secured credit facilities, borrowings under a senior unsecured bridge facility maturing on February 25, 2009, or the senior unsecured bridge facility, equity investments funded by direct and indirect equity investments from the Sponsor Funds, or certain investment funds associated with or designated by TPG Capital (“TPG”), or the Sponsor, certain investors who co-invested with the Sponsor Funds, including investment funds affiliated with certain of the initial purchasers of the outstanding notes, or the Co-investors, and the cash on hand of Axcan Pharma and its subsidiaries. The closing of the offering of the secured notes, the new senior secured credit facilities and the senior unsecured bridge facility occurred substantially concurrently with the closing of the Arrangement on February 25, 2008. We refer to the Arrangement, the closing of the transactions relating to the Arrangement, and our payment of any fees and expenses related to the Arrangement and such transactions collectively in this report as the February 2008 Transactions.
Subsequent to the February 2008 Transactions, we became an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Axcan Holdings Inc., or Holdings, an entity controlled by the Sponsor Funds and the Co-investors, and Axcan Pharma became our indirect wholly-owned subsidiary.
The Refinancing
On May 6, 2008, we completed our offering of $235.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 12.75% senior unsecured notes (“Senior Unsecured Notes”) due in 2016, or the senior notes. The net proceeds from this offering, along with our cash on hand, were used to repay in full our senior unsecured bridge facility. We refer to this offering of our senior notes, along with the related use of proceeds, as the Refinancing and, collectively, with the February 2008 Transactions, as the Transactions.
In connection with the Transactions, we incurred significant indebtedness. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources”. In addition, we accounted for the acquisition as a business combination and, accordingly, the purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the acquisition date.

-52-


 

The final purchase price allocation is as follows (in millions of U.S. dollars):
         
    $  
Cash
    348.8  
Inventories
    54.1  
Other current assets
    91.9  
Property, plant and equipment
    36.9  
Intangible assets
    581.7  
Acquired in-process research
    272.4  
Goodwill
    169.6  
Deferred debt issue expenses
    0.9  
Deferred income tax assets
    7.2  
Current liabilities
    (174.5 )
Long-term debt
    (0.1 )
Deferred income tax liabilities
    (81.6 )
 
Total
    1,307.3  
 
Presentation of Financial Information
In this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” when financial information for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008, is presented, including the results of operations, the information presented is the mathematical combination of the relevant financial information of the Predecessor (from October 1, 2007, to February 25, 2008) and the Successor (from February 26, 2008, to September 30, 2008) for such period. This mathematical combination is presented because we believe it assists in a reader’s analysis of our fiscal years 2010 and 2009 results as compared to our fiscal year 2008 results in comparable time periods. However, this approach is not consistent with U.S. GAAP and may yield results that are not strictly comparable on a period-to-period basis primarily due to the impact of purchase accounting entries recorded as a result of the February 2008 Transactions and the lack of substantial debt outstanding of the Predecessor as compared to the Successor. In addition, the “combined” financial information has not been prepared as pro forma information and does not reflect all of the adjustments that would be required if the results and cash flows for the period were reflected on a pro forma basis. Furthermore, this financial information may not reflect the actual financial results we would have achieved if the February 2008 Transactions had occurred prior to such period and may not be predictive of future financial results.
FINANCIAL OVERVIEW FOR FISCAL YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2010, 2009 AND 2008
This discussion and analysis is based on our audited annual consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto reported under U.S. GAAP. For a description of our products, see the section entitled “Business Products”.
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, total revenue was $354.6 million ($416.9 million in fiscal year 2009 and $381.8 million in fiscal year 2008), operating loss was $103.6 million ($33.6 million of operating income in fiscal year 2009 and $244.3 million of operating loss in fiscal year 2008) and net loss was $170.4 million ($7.9 million of net loss in fiscal year 2009 and $272.2 million of net loss in fiscal year 2008). Net product sales in the U.S. were $259.0 million (73.0% of net product sales) for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, compared to $319.6 million (78.0% of net product sales) for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, and $280.4 million (73.4% of net product sales) for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008. In the European Union, net product sales were $63.2 million (17.8% of net product sales) for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, compared to $58.7 million (14.3% of net product sales) for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, and $66.0 million (17.3% of net product sales) for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008. In Canada, net product sales were $32.4 million (9.1% of net product sales) for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, compared to $30.9 million (7.5% of net product sales) for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, and $34.9 million (9.1% of net product sales) for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008.
Unapproved pancreatic enzyme products (“PEPs”) event
As previously disclosed, we ceased distributing our ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE product lines in the U.S. effective April 28, 2010. ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE have accounted for approximately 19% of our total net sales in the last three fiscal years ended September 30, 2009.
This action was taken as we did not receive FDA approval for ULTRASE MT or VIOKASE by April 28, 2010, the date mandated by the FDA to obtain approval for pancreatic enzyme products. . We also interrupted shipments of ULTRASE MT from the U.S. to Canada and export markets to allow time for the FDA to review our request confirming that applicable export requirements were being met. As of September 30, 2010, this interruption of shipments was still in place.

-53-


 

We completed the initial submission of our NDA for ULTRASE MT and, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, received a first complete response letter from the FDA. Further to the filing of our response to this letter, we received a second complete response letter from the FDA in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009. On May 5, 2010 the FDA issued an additional complete response with respect to our NDA for ULTRASE MT. As was the case with prior letters, the FDA requires that deficiencies raised with respect to the manufacturing and control processes at the manufacturer of the active ingredient of ULTRASE MT be addressed before approval can be granted. We have submitted our response to this letter to the FDA that confirmed a November 28, 2010 Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, date for our ULTRASE MT NDA.
The submission of our rolling NDA for VIOKASE was completed in the first quarter of fiscal 2010. At the time we completed this submission we requested a priority review and the FDA advised us in the second quarter of fiscal 2010 that it would not grant a priority review for this NDA. The initial PDUFA date for VIOKASE was August 30, 2010. In August 2010, we received feedback from the FDA regarding the timeline to review the VIOKASE NDA. At that time, the FDA indicated that the review was progressing but postponed the PDUFA date to November 30, 2010 to allow more time to complete their review.
On November 28, 2010, the FDA issued complete response letters regarding the NDAs for ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE. The letters require that unresolved deficiencies raised with respect to the manufacturing and control processes at the manufacturer of the active ingredient for both ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE be addressed before approval can be granted. The letters also require that deficiencies identified in an FDA inspection of such manufacturer must be resolved before the NDAs can be approved. We are in ongoing discussions with the FDA and continue to work with the manufacturer of the active pharmaceutical ingredient to address the remaining open issues identified by the FDA, as soon as possible. However, those remaining issues do not require additional clinical studies.
As a result of taking steps to cease distribution of ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE and in accordance with U.S. GAAP, we recorded an additional $23.4 million sales deduction reserve for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010. This reserve was an estimate of our liability for ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE that may be returned by the original purchaser under our DSAs or applicable return policies as well as other incremental sales deductions that may be incurred in addition to those previously recorded for ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE prior to the PEPs event. The cease distribution order issued by the FDA was not considered as a product recall. This reserve was based on management estimates of ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE inventory in the distribution channel, assumptions on related expiration dates of this inventory as well as estimated erosion of ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE demand, based on competition from approved PEPs and the resulting estimated sell-through of ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE, actual return activity and other factors. As at September 30, 2010, the remaining PEP liability reserve balance was $11.0 million which is equal to sales value of the estimated remaining inventory in the distribution channel as at September 30, 2010.
We recorded a charge of $44.9 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, to cost of goods sold to reduce inventories to their net realizable value and for estimated loss for purchase and other materials and supply commitments related to ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE products. We recorded this charge for inventory related to ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE, in light of the fact that these products did not obtain regulatory approval by the April 28, 2010 deadline established by the FDA.
This event has also resulted in a change in circumstance that caused us to review the carrying value of our U.S. reporting unit long lived intangible assets, including goodwill. Based on this review, an impairment charge of $107.2 million was recorded during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010.
The income tax benefits of the above charges were estimated and an additional $31.1 million was recorded in income taxes benefit during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010. We also recorded an increase in valuation allowance on deferred tax assets of $57.2 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010.
The charges that we have taken as a result of having ceased distribution of our PEPs reflect many subjective estimates that were required to be made by management. These estimates include:
a)   The quantity and expiration dates of PEPs inventory in the distribution channel;
 
b)   Short-term prescription demand during the period of time during which the products continued to be available at the pharmacy level;
 
c)   Assumptions regarding the probability of obtaining an eventual NDA approval for our PEPs and the time required for such approval;
 
d)   Assumptions regarding market share growth after an eventual re-launch of our PEPs; and
 
e)   Other factors.
In future periods, we will monitor and review the assumptions and estimates and will prospectively record changes to provisions reflected in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010.
The following table summarizes the assessment by management of the impacts of our ceasing to distribute ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE, or the “unapproved PEPs event’’ as it is sometimes referred to herein, on our consolidated financial statements of operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010:

-54-


 

         
    For the fiscal  
    year ended  
    September 30,  
(in millions of U.S. dollars)   2010  
    $  
Net product sales (increase in product returns)
    (23.4 )
 
Cost of goods sold (inventory net realizable value adjustment and estimated loss for purchase and other materials and supply commitments)
    44.9  
Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill
    107.2  
Selling and administrative expenses (decrease in stock-based compensation expense)
    (4.9 )
 
Total operating expenses
    147.2  
 
Operating loss
    (170.6 )
Income tax expense (tax benefit of above items, net of an increase in valuation allowance)
    26.1  
 
Net loss
    (196.7 )
 
Financial highlights
                 
    September 30,     September 30,  
(in millions of U.S. dollars)   2010     2009  
    $     $  
Total assets
    713.2       914.6  
Long-term debt (a)
    594.5       613.3  
Shareholders’ equity (deficiency)
    (21.0 )     163.8  
 
(a)   Including the current portion
                                         
                            For the     For the  
    For the fiscal     For the fiscal     For the fiscal     seven-month     five-month  
    year ended     year ended     year ended     period ended     period ended  
    September 30,     September 30,     September 30,     September 30,     February 25,  
(in millions of U.S. dollars)   2010     2009     2008     2008     2008  
                    Combined              
                    Predecessor/              
    Successor     Successor     Successor     Successor     Predecessor  
    $     $     $     $     $  
Total revenue
    354.6       416.9       381.8       223.2       158.6  
EBITDA (1)
    (34.1 )     97.7       (197.1 )     (230.7 )     33.6  
Adjusted EBITDA (1)
    162.4       172.8       154.6       84.5       70.1  
Net income (loss)
    (170.4 )     (7.9 )     (272.2 )     (289.3 )     17.1  
 

-55-


 

(1)   A reconciliation of net income to EBITDA (a non-U.S. GAAP measure) and from EBITDA to Adjusted EBITDA (a non-U.S. GAAP measure) for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:
                                         
                            For the     For the  
    For the fiscal     For the fiscal     For the fiscal     seven-month     five-month  
    year ended     year ended     year ended     period ended     period ended  
    September 30,     September 30,     September 30,     September 30,     February 25,  
(in millions of U.S. dollars)   2010     2009     2008     2008     2008  
                    Combined              
                    Predecessor/              
    Successor     Successor     Successor     Successor     Predecessor  
    $     $     $     $     $  
Net income (loss)
    (170.4 )     (7.9 )     (272.2 )     (289.3 )     17.1  
Financial expenses
    65.0       69.8       41.8       41.5       0.3  
Interest income
    (0.7 )     (0.4 )     (6.2 )     (0.8 )     (5.4 )
Income tax expense (benefit)
    11.0       (24.1 )     (5.7 )     (17.7 )     12.0  
Depreciation and amortization
    61.0       60.3       45.2       35.6       9.6  
 
EBITDA i)
    (34.1 )     97.7       (197.1 )     (230.7 )     33.6  
Transaction, integration, refinancing costs and other payments to third parties a)
    9.0       7.8       39.1       12.6       26.5  
Management fees b)
    4.4       5.4       0.1       0.1        
Stock-based compensation expense excluding impact of the unapproved PEPs event c)
    4.5       6.2       17.4       7.4       10.0  
Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill related to the unapproved PEPs event d)
    107.2                          
Partial write-down of intangible assets e)
          55.7                    
Other adjustments related to the unapproved PEPs event f)
    63.4                          
Acquired in-process research g)
    8.0             272.4       272.4        
Inventory stepped-up value expenses h)
                22.7       22.7        
 
Adjusted EBITDA i)
    162.4       172.8       154.6       84.5       70.1  
 
 
a)   Represents integration and refinancing costs as well as due diligence costs related to certain non-recurring transactions, payments to third parties in respect of research and development milestones and other progress payments as defined within our credit agreement.
 
b)   Represents management fees and other charges associated with the Management Services Agreement with TPG.
 
c)   Represents stock-based employee compensation expense under the provisions of FASB guidance, excluding the impact of the unapproved PEPs event.
 
d)   Intangible assets and goodwill impairment charges related to the unapproved PEPs event.
 
e)   Partial write-down of intangible assets related to URSO products.
 
f)   Adjustments and other charges related to the unapproved PEPs event, including an additional product returns and other sales deduction provision of $23.4 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, inventory net realizable value adjustment and accrual for purchases and other materials and supply commitments of $44.9 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, and a stock-based compensation recovery of $4.9 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010.
 
g)   Represents the acquired in-process research.
 
h)   Represents inventories stepped-up value, arising from the February 2008 Transactions, expensed as acquired inventory is sold.
 
i)   EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are both non-U.S. GAAP financial measures and are presented in this report because our management considers them important supplemental measures of our performance and believes that they are frequently used by interested parties in the evaluation of companies in the industry. EBITDA, as we use it, is net income before financial expenses, interest income, income taxes and depreciation and

-56-


 

    amortization. We believe that the presentation of EBITDA enhances an investor’s understanding of our financial performance. We believe that EBITDA is a useful financial metric to assess our operating performance from period to period by excluding certain items that we believe are not representative of our core business. The term EBITDA is not defined under U.S. GAAP, and EBITDA is not a measure of net income, operating income or any other performance measure derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and is subject to important limitations. Adjusted EBITDA, as we use it, is EBITDA adjusted to exclude certain non-cash charges, unusual or non-recurring items and other adjustments set forth below. Adjusted EBITDA is calculated in the same manner as “EBITDA” and “Consolidated EBITDA” as those terms are defined under the indentures governing our notes and Credit Facility further described in the section “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Long-term Debt and New Senior Secured Credit Facility”. We believe that the inclusion of supplementary adjustments applied to EBITDA in presenting Adjusted EBITDA are appropriate to provide additional information to investors about certain material non-cash items and unusual or non-recurring items that we do not expect to continue in the future and to provide additional information with respect to our ability to meet our future debt service and to comply with various covenants in our indentures and Credit Facility. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of net income, operating income or any other performance measure derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and is subject to important limitations. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as an analytical tool, and they should not be considered in isolation, or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
    EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect all cash expenditures, future requirements for capital expenditures, or contractual commitments;
 
    EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, working capital needs;
 
    EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt;
 
    Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements;
 
    Adjusted EBITDA reflects additional adjustments as provided in the indentures governing our secured and unsecured notes and new senior secured credit facilities; and
 
    Other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.
Because of these limitations, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as measures of discretionary cash available to us to invest in our business. Our management compensates for these limitations by relying primarily on the U.S. GAAP results and using EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as supplemental information.
Fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, compared to fiscal year ended September 30, 2009
Overview of results of operations
                                 
    For the fiscal     For the fiscal        
    year ended     year ended        
    September 30,     September 30,        
(in millions of U.S. dollars)   2010     2009     Change  
    $     $     $     %  
Net product sales b)
    354.6       409.8       (55.2 )     (13.5 )
Other revenue
          7.1       (7.1 )     (100.0 )
 
Total revenue
    354.6       416.9       (62.3 )     (14.9 )
 
Cost of goods sold a) b)
    130.9       103.0       27.9       27.1  
Selling and administration expenses a) b)
    115.0       122.9       (7.9 )     (6.4 )
Management fees
    4.4       5.4       (1.0 )     (18.5 )
Research and development expenses a)
    31.7       36.0       (4.3 )     (11.9 )
Acquired in-process research
    8.0             8.0        
Depreciation and amortization
    61.0       60.3       0.7       1.2  
Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill b)
    107.2       55.7       51.5       92.5  
 
Total operating expenses
    458.2       383.3       74.9       19.5  
 
Operating income (loss)
    (103.6 )     33.6       (137.2 )     (408.3 )
 
Financial expenses
    65.0       69.8       (4.8 )     (6.9 )
Interest income
    (0.7 )     (0.4 )     (0.3 )     (75.0 )
Other income
    (9.7 )     (3.5 )     (6.2 )     (177.1 )
Loss (gain) on foreign currencies
    1.2       (0.3 )     1.5       500.0  
 
Total other expenses
    55.8       65.6       (9.8 )     (14.9 )
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (159.4 )     (32.0 )     (127.4 )     (398.1 )
Income taxes expense (benefit) b)
    11.0       (24.1 )     35.1       145.6  
 
Net income (loss)
    (170.4 )     (7.9 )     (162.5 )     (2,057.0 )
 
a)   Exclusive of depreciation and amortization
 
b)   2010 includes charges related to the unapproved PEPs event

-57-


 

Net product sales
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, net product sales were $354.6 million compared to $409.8 million for the preceding fiscal year, a decrease of 13.5%.
This decrease was primarily derived from lower sales in the U.S., which amounted to $259.0 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, compared to $319.6 million for the preceding fiscal year, a decrease of 19.0%. The decrease in sales in the U.S. is mainly due to the effects of the unapproved PEPs event and the continued decrease in sales of certain of our URSO branded products. This decrease in URSO sales resulted from the entry on the U.S. market of generic versions of URSO 250 and URSO FORTE following their approval by the Office of Generic Drugs on May 13, 2009, combined with increases in sales deductions discussed hereafter in the gross-to-net product sales analysis.
Net product sales in the European Union increased 7.7%, to $63.2 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, from $58.7 million for the preceding fiscal year. The increase in sales resulted primarily from higher sales volume of DELURSAN, and the introduction of a new product, FLEET PHOSPHO-SODA in our distribution channel.
Net product sales in Canada increased 4.9%, to $32.4 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, from $30.9 million for the preceding fiscal year. The increase in sales resulted primarily from the positive impact of currency fluctuations compared to the preceding fiscal year, as the value of the Canadian dollar improved against the U.S. dollar by 10.9%. This increase was partially offset by the decrease in sales of certain products.
Net product sales are stated net of deductions for product returns, chargebacks, contract rebates, DSA fees, discounts and other allowances. The following table summarizes our gross-to-net product sales adjustments for each significant category:
                                 
    For the fiscal     For the fiscal        
    year ended     year ended        
    September 30,     September 30,        
(in millions of U.S. dollars)   2010     2009     Change  
    $     $     $     %  
Gross product sales
    474.6       503.1       (28.5 )     (5.7 )
 
Gross-to-net product sales adjustments
                               
Product returns
    9.3       10.7       (1.4 )     (13.1 )
Chargebacks
    37.3       33.7       3.6       10.7  
Contract rebates
    36.3       36.5       (0.2 )     (0.5 )
DSA fees
    5.6       3.6       2.0       55.6  
Discounts and other allowances
    8.1       8.8       (0.7 )     (8.0 )
Provisions related to the unapproved PEPs event
    23.4             23.4        
 
Total gross-to-net product sales adjustments
    120.0       93.3       26.7       28.6  
 
Total net product sales
    354.6       409.8       (55.2 )     (13.5 )
 
Product returns, contract rebates, DSA fees, discounts and other allowances totalled $120.0 million (25.3% of gross product sales) for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, compared to $93.3 million (18.5% of gross product sales) for the preceding fiscal year. The increase in total deductions as a percentage of gross product sales was mainly due to the additional provision of $23.4 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, related to the unapproved PEPs event and to an increase of 1.2% in chargebacks. The increase in chargebacks is primarily due to Medicaid and the Affordable Care Act.
In May 2009, we entered into an agreement with the Department of Defense, or DOD, to remain eligible for inclusion on the DOD’s formulary and pursuant to which we agreed to pay rebates under the TRICARE retail pharmacy program. We began accounting for these rebates in the third quarter of fiscal year 2009. Under its contracting process, the DOD is further seeking rebates from pharmaceutical manufacturers on all prescriptions of covered prescription drugs filled under TRICARE from January 28, 2008, forward, unless DOD agrees to a waiver or compromise of amounts due. On November 30, 2009, in litigations initiated by third parties seeking to have the DOD’s ability to seek retroactive rebates invalidated, the Court affirmed DOD’s position that it is entitled to retroactive refunds on prescriptions filled on or after January 28, 2008. In October 2010, the DOD affirmed its former rulemaking which was the subject of litigation and its intention to seek to collect rebates for periods prior to the contract date. We have estimated that our exposure to the retroactive rebates claimed by the DOD would not be material and have recorded an accrual in fiscal year 2010.
Deductions also increased due to increases in DSA fees resulting from new DSA agreements signed with two additional U.S. wholesalers during the previous year.

-58-


 

     Affordable Care Act
The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, known together as the Affordable Care Act, enacted in the U.S in March 2010 contain several provisions that could impact our business.
Although many provisions of the new legislation do not take effect immediately, several provisions became effective during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010. These include (1) an increase in the minimum Medicaid rebate to States participating in the Medicaid program on our branded prescription drugs; (2) the extension of the Medicaid rebate to Managed Care Organizations that dispense drugs to Medicaid beneficiaries; and (3) the expansion of the 340(B) Public Health Service Act drug pricing program, which provides outpatient drugs at reduced rates, to include certain children’s hospitals, free standing cancer hospitals, critical access hospitals, and rural referral centers.
In addition, beginning in 2011, the new law requires drug manufacturers to provide a 50% discount to Medicare beneficiaries for any covered prescription drugs purchased during a Medicare Part D coverage gap (i.e. the “donut hole”). Also, beginning in 2011, new fees will be assessed on all branded prescription drug manufacturers and importers. This fee will be calculated based upon each organization’s percentage share of total branded prescription drug sales to U.S. government programs (such as Medicare Parts B and D, Medicaid, Department of Veterans Affairs and Department of Defense programs and TRICARE retail pharmacy program) made during the previous fiscal year. The aggregated industry wide fee is expected to total $28 billion through 2019, ranging from $2.5 billion to $4.1 billion annually. The Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, has issued guidance for calculating preliminary fees, but there is still uncertainty as to final implementation, since the IRS has requested public comment and may make changes in response. The new law also imposes a 2.3% excise tax on sales of certain taxable medical devices that are made after December 31, 2012, including our FLUTTER mucus clearance device. Further, effective March 31, 2013, the law requires pharmaceutical, medical device, biological, and medical supply manufacturers to begin reporting to the federal government the payments they make to physicians and teaching hospitals, and physician ownership interests in those entities. The law also provides for the creation of an abbreviated regulatory pathway for FDA approval of biosimilars and interchangeable biosimilar products. While creation of the biosimilars program is authorized as of passage of the legislation in 2010, the process of creating the regulatory pathway for approval of biosimilars will likely be lengthy, and the FDA is in the process of soliciting public input.
The impact in terms of additional reserves recorded in contract rebates has been $1.8 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010. However, we continue to assess the full extent of this legislation’s longer-term impact on our business. While certain aspects of the new legislation implemented in 2010 are expected to reduce our revenues in future years, other provisions of this legislation may offset, at some level, any reduction in revenues when these provisions become effective. In future years, based on our understanding, these other provisions are expected to result in higher revenues due to an increase in the total number of patients covered by health insurance and an expectation that existing insurance coverage will provide more comprehensive consumer protections. This would include a federal subsidy for a portion of a beneficiary’s out-of-pocket cost under Medicare Part D. However, these higher revenues will be negatively impacted by the branded prescription drug manufacturers’ fee.
     Performance of our main product lines
Variations in sales performance in fiscal year 2010 versus the preceding fiscal year were the result of a combination of changes in sales volume as well as price increases.
Key sales figures for our main product lines for the fiscal year 2010 are as follows:
  Sales of pancreatic enzyme products (ULTRASE, PANZYTRAT and VIOKASE) decreased $44.5 million (39.5%) to $68.3 million from $112.8 million for the preceding fiscal year mainly due to decreases in sales volume as a result of the unapproved PEPs event.
 
  Sales of ursodiol products (URSO, URSO 250, URSO FORTE, URSO DS and DELURSAN,) decreased $29.3 million (39.6%) to $44.6 million from $73.9 million for the preceding fiscal year. This decrease resulted mainly in sales volume from the entry of generic versions of URSO 250 and URSO FORTE on the U.S. market, approved by the Office of Generic Drugs on May 13, 2009.
 
  Sales of mesalamine products (CANASA and SALOFALK) decreased $3.0 million (2.9%) to $100.7 million from $103.7 million for the preceding fiscal year.
 
  Sales of sucralfate products (CARAFATE and SULCRATE) increased $18.0 million (26.3%) to $86.5 million from $68.5 million for the preceding fiscal year. The increase mainly resulted from price increases announced during the preceding fiscal year and, to a lesser extent, from an increase in prescription volumes.
 
  Sales of other products increased $3.6 million (7.1%) to $54.5 million from $50.9 million for the preceding fiscal year.
Other revenue
In April 2009, we entered into a license agreement with a leading multi-national company (the “Licensee”) whereby we granted the Licensee the right to use the active ingredient contained in one of our commercialized products, LACTEOL, to develop and commercialize new food products that will contain this active ingredient. Under the terms of the agreement, the Licensee will have exclusive rights to commercialize these new products. We will continue to own all other rights related to the active ingredient, including the right to use the active ingredient and develop,

-59-


 

manufacture and commercialize non-food products containing the active ingredient, including pharmaceutical products. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, we recorded as revenue milestones that we are entitled to receive under the agreements in the amount of $7.1 million.
Cost of goods sold
Cost of goods sold consists principally of the costs of raw materials, royalties and manufacturing. We outsource most of our manufacturing requirements. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, cost of goods sold increased $27.9 million (27.1%) to $130.9 million from $103.0 million for the preceding fiscal year. As a percentage of net product sales, cost of goods sold for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, increased compared to the preceding fiscal year from 25.1% to 36.9%. The increase in cost of goods sold is mostly due to adjustments to reduce certain inventory to net realizable value and purchase commitments reserves related to the unapproved PEPs event that amounted to $44.9 million (12.7% of net product sales) for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010,. Excluding the impact related to the unapproved PEPs event, cost of goods sold as a percentage of net product sales would have been 22.8% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010.
Selling and administrative expenses
Selling and administrative expenses, on an ongoing basis, consist principally of salaries and other costs associated with our sales force and marketing activities. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, selling and administrative expenses decreased $7.9 million (6.4%) to $115.0 million from $122.9 million for the preceding fiscal year. This decrease in selling and administrative expenses is mainly due to a reduction of PEPs marketing expenses combined with the adjustment of $6.5 million for stock-based compensation further to changes in assumptions affecting our valuation of these expenses primarily due to the impact of the unapproved PEPs event on our business amounting to $4.9 million. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in non-recurring professional fees.
Management fees
Management fees consist of fees and other charges associated with the Management Services Agreement with TPG. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, management fees decreased $1.0 million (18.5%) to $4.4 million from $5.4 million for the preceding fiscal year. The variance was due to the fact that historically, these fees were previously unallocated to subsidiaries of Axcan Holdings Inc., the indirect parent company of Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. In the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, they were allocated from the closing date of February 2008 Transactions based on revenue.
Research and development expenses
Research and development expenses consist principally of fees paid to outside parties that we use to conduct clinical studies and to submit governmental approval applications on our behalf, as well as the salaries and benefits paid to personnel involved in research and development projects. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, research and development expenses decreased $4.3 million (11.9%) to $31.7 million, from $36.0 million for the preceding fiscal year. The research and development expenses include a reduction in expenses related to the development work on PEPs and European clinical trial costs for PYLERA as compared to the previous fiscal year. This decrease was offset by the effect of foreign currencies on some of our expenses denominated in Canadian dollars and in Euros.
Acquired in-process research
During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, we entered into an asset purchase and license agreement to acquire rights in and to the intellectual property, assigned contracts, permits and inventories related to a compound to be used in the development of an undisclosed product in the field of gastroenterology. Certain other rights were licensed under the agreement. Pursuant to the agreement, we made an upfront payment of $8.0 million on closing and will make additional payments of up to $86.0 million may be required based on the achievement of certain development, regulatory and commercialization milestones. In addition, we will pay royalties on the basis of net sales. We completed the asset acquisition in April 2010 and recorded an expense of $8.0 million for the payment of acquired in-process research in the third quarter of fiscal year 2010.
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization consists principally of the amortization of intangible assets with a finite life. Intangible assets include trademarks, trademark licenses and manufacturing rights. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, depreciation and amortization increased $0.7 million (1.2%) to $61.0 million from $60.3 million for the preceding fiscal year.
Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill
The value of goodwill and intangible assets with an indefinite life are subject to an annual impairment test unless events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of these assets may not be recoverable. The intangible assets with a finite life and property, plant and equipment are subject to an impairment test whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of these assets may not be recoverable. As a result of the unapproved PEPs event, we compared the carrying value of the intangible assets with a finite life affected by the unapproved PEPs event to estimated future undiscounted cash flows. The change in circumstances associated with the unapproved PEPs event also caused us to review the carrying value of our long lived intangible assets including goodwill. Based on this review,

-60-


 

an impairment charge of $107.2 million was recorded during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, reflecting charges of $91.4 million for the goodwill allocated to our U.S. reporting unit and of $15.8 million related to finite life intangible assets.
As a result of certain factors related to the ongoing marketing of certain of our products including the approval of a generic formulation of URSO 250 and URSO FORTE, during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, we reviewed the carrying amount of our intangible assets specifically related to these products. Based on a discounted cash-flow analysis and market prices, we concluded that a $55.7 million reduction to the carrying value of the related intangible assets totalling $83.7 million prior to the write-down was required in that year.
Financial expenses
Financial expenses consist principally of interest and fees paid in connection with funds borrowed for acquisitions. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, financial expenses decreased $4.8 million (6.9%) to $65.0 million from $69.8 million for the preceding fiscal year. The decrease in financial expenses is mainly due to the reduction of interest on long-term debt of $3.2 million as a result of the decrease in interest rates combined with lower capital outstanding and the change in the fair value of derivatives of $1.2 million. We also had two interest rate swaps with a combined notional amount of $63.0 million that were designated as cash-flow hedges of interest rate risk. These swaps matured during the three-month period ended March 31, 2010, and were not renewed.
Interest income
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, total interest income increased $0.3 million (75.0%) to $0.7 million from $0.4 million for the preceding fiscal year. This increase is mainly due to the increase in our cash and cash equivalent investments.
Other income
We initiated claims in damages under the U.S. Lanham Act against a number of defendants alleging they falsely advertised their products to be similar or equivalent to ULTRASE. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, a settlement arrangement with respect to these claims was entered into with certain of these defendants and in the second quarter of fiscal 2010, another settlement agreement was entered into with the remaining defendants. Pursuant to each of the agreements, the settling defendants agreed to pay a confidential global amount in one or several installments; all of which have now been paid. Additionally, in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2010, pursuant to the settlement of another matter in which we were a defendant, we received compensation for legal fees incurred by reason of having to defend against unfounded claims made by the plaintiff. A total amount of $9,704,000 was paid to us during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, ($3,500,000 during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009) in respect of these settlement agreements. These amounts were recorded as other income in the statement of operations.
Income taxes
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, income tax expense amounted to $11.0 million compared to an income tax benefit of $24.1 million for the preceding fiscal year. The effective tax rate was minus 6.9% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, compared to 75.3% for the preceding fiscal year. The effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, is affected by a number of elements, the most important being the non-deductible provisions related to the unapproved PEPs event and the valuation allowance taken against deferred tax assets attributable to the U.S. reporting unit. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, we recorded a valuation allowance of $57.5 million against our net deferred tax assets mostly attributable to the U.S. reporting unit. If, in future periods, the deferred tax assets are determined by management to be more likely than not to be realized, the recognized tax benefits relating to the reversal of the valuation allowance will be recorded.
The difference between our effective tax rate and the statutory income tax rate is summarized as follows:
                                 
    For the fiscal     For the fiscal  
    year ended     year ended  
    September 30,     September 30,  
(in millions of US dollars)   2010     2009  
    %     $     %     $  
Combined statutory rate applied to pre-tax income (loss)
    35.00       (55.8 )     35.00       (11.2 )
Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:
                               
Change in promulgated rates
    0.01       0.0       (0.91 )     0.3  
Difference with foreign tax rates
    1.70       (2.7 )     8.10       (2.6 )
Valuation allowance
    (36.09 )     57.5       (2.30 )     0.7  
Tax benefit arising from a financing structure
    11.18       (17.8 )     44.46       (14.2 )
Non-deductible items
    (21.89 )     34.9       (9.72 )     3.1  
Investment tax credits
    0.96       (1.5 )     4.24       (1.3 )
State taxes
    1.95       (3.1 )     (0.34 )     0.1  
Other
    0.31       (0.5 )     (3.22 )     1.0  
 
 
    (6.87 )     11.0       75.31       (24.1 )
 

-61-


 

Net loss
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, net loss increased $162.5 million to $170.4 million from $7.9 million for the preceding fiscal year. The increase in net loss for is mainly due to the impacts of the unapproved PEPs event amounting to $196.7 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010. This increase in net loss was partially offset by the partial write-down of intangible assets related to our URSO products amounting to $55.7 million which was recorded during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009.
Balance sheets as at September 30, 2010, and September 30, 2009
The following table summarizes balance sheet information as at September 30, 2010, compared to September 30, 2009.
                                 
    As at September 30,        
(in millions of U.S. dollars)   2010     2009     Change  
    $     $     $     %  
Cash and cash equivalents
    161.5       126.4       35.1       27.8  
Current assets
    226.7       250.7       (24.0 )     (9.6 )
Total assets
    713.2       914.6       (201.4 )     (22.0 )
Current liabilities
    111.3       121.0       (9.7 )     (8.0 )
Long-term debt
    581.3       582.6       (1.3 )     (0.2 )
Total liabilities
    734.2       750.8       (16.6 )     (2.2 )
Shareholders’ equity (deficiency)
    (21.0 )     163.8       (184.8 )     (112.8 )
Working capital
    115.4       129.7       (14.3 )     (11.0 )
Working capital decreased by $14.3 million (11.0%) to $115.4 million as at September 30, 2010, from $129.7 million as at September 30, 2009. This decrease was mainly due to net working capital adjustments of $59.6 million related to the unapproved PEPs event. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in cash and cash equivalents of $35.1 million from operating activities and the reduction in installments on long-term debt. Pursuant to our credit agreement we are required to annually prepay amounts equal to a portion of our annual excess cash flow, as defined under our credit agreement. For fiscal year 2010, we will be required to offer to prepay $13.2 million of outstanding term loans in the first quarter of fiscal year 2011 ($17.6 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, was paid in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010). As allowed by the credit agreement, the prepayment is applied to the remaining scheduled installments of principal in direct order of maturity and the current portion of long-term debt was reduced accordingly.
Total assets decreased $201.4 million (22.0%) to $713.2 million as at September 30, 2010, from $914.6 million as at September 30, 2009. This decrease was mainly due to the adjustments related to the unapproved PEPs event amounting to $165.9 million. Long-term debt decreased $1.3 million (0.2%) to $581.3 million as at September 30, 2010, from $582.6 million as at September 30, 2009.

-62-


 

Fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, compared to fiscal year ended September 30, 2008
Overview of results of operations
                                                 
                    For the     For the        
    For the fiscal     For the fiscal     seven-month     five-month        
    year ended     year ended     period ended     period ended        
    September 30,     September 30,     September 30,     February 25,        
(in millions of U.S. dollars)   2009     2008     2008     2008     Change  
            Non U.S.                          
            GAAP                          
            Combined                          
            Predecessor/                          
    Successor     Successor     Successor     Predecessor              
    $     $     $     $     $     %  
Net product sales
    409.8       381.8       223.2       158.6       28.0       7.3  
Other revenue
    7.1                         7.1        
 
Total revenue
    416.9       381.8       223.2       158.6       35.1       9.2  
 
Cost of goods sold a)
    103.0       115.9       77.2       38.7       (12.9 )     (11.1 )
Selling and administration expenses a)
    122.9       164.4       88.2       76.2       (41.5 )     (25.2 )
Management fees
    5.4       0.1       0.1             5.3       5,300.0  
Research and development expenses a)
    36.0       28.1       17.8       10.3       7.9       28.1  
Acquired in-process research
          272.4       272.4             (272.4 )     (100.0 )
Depreciation and amortization
    60.3       45.2       35.6       9.6       15.1       33.4  
Partial write-down of intangible assets
    55.7                         55.7        
 
Total operating expenses
    383.3       626.1       491.3       134.8       (242.8 )     (38.8 )
 
Operating income (loss)
    33.6       (244.3 )     (268.1 )     23.8       277.9       113.8  
 
Financial expenses
    69.8       41.8       41.5       0.3       28.0       67.0  
Interest income
    (0.4 )     (6.2 )     (0.8 )     (5.4 )     5.8       93.5  
Other income
    (3.5 )                       (3.5 )      
Gain on foreign currencies
    (0.3 )     (2.0 )     (1.8 )     (0.2 )     1.7       85.0  
 
Total other expenses (income)
    65.6       33.6       38.9       (5.3 )     32.0       95.2  
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (32.0 )     (277.9 )     (307.0 )     29.1       245.9       88.5  
Income taxes expense (benefit)
    (24.1 )     (5.7 )     (17.7 )     12.0       (18.4 )     (322.8 )
 
Net income (loss)
    (7.9 )     (272.2 )     (289.3 )     17.1       264.3       97.1  
 
 
a)   Exclusive of depreciation and amortization
Net product sales
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, revenue was $409.8 million compared to $381.8 million for the preceding fiscal year, an increase of 7.3%.
The increase was primarily derived from higher sales in the U.S., which amounted to $319.6 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, compared to $280.4 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008, an increase of 14.0%. The increase in sales in the U.S. is mainly due to the combined effect of price increases on our products announced during the fiscal year and a change in prescription rates for these products compared to the previous fiscal year. It was partially offset by increases in sales deduction as well as the decreases in sale of certain of our URSO branded products resulting from the entry of generic versions of URSO 250 and URSO FORTE on the U.S. market, approved by the Office of Generic Drugs on May 13, 2009. On July 2, 2009, Axcan and Prasco Laboratories announced that they had entered into an agreement under which Prasco would market and sell an authorized generic of URSO 250 and URSO FORTE in the U.S. market. In addition, we also announced a price increase for our URSO products in the United States. Despite measures taken to defend our URSO franchise in this market, we expect future sales to continue to decline.
Net product sales in the European Union decreased 11.1%, from $66.0 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008, to $58.7 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009. The decline in sales resulted principally from the negative impact of currency fluctuations compared to the preceding fiscal year as the value of the Euro depreciated against the U.S. dollar by 11.6%.
Net product sales in Canada decreased 11.5% from $34.9 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008, to $30.9 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009. The decline in sales resulted from the negative impact of currency fluctuations compared to the preceding fiscal year as the value of the Canadian dollar depreciated against the U.S. dollar by 17.0% partially offset by an increase in sales of SALOFALK products.

-63-


 

Net product sales are stated net of deductions for product returns, chargebacks, contract rebates, DSA fees, discounts and other allowances. The following table summarizes our gross-to-net product sales adjustments for each significant category:
                                 
    For the fiscal     For the fiscal        
    year ended     year ended        
    September 30,     September 30,        
(in millions of U.S. dollars)   2009     2008     Change  
            Combined              
            Predecessor/              
    Successor     Successor              
    $     $     $     %  
Gross product sales
    503.1       447.1       56.0       12.5  
 
Gross-to-net product sales adjustments
                               
Product returns
    10.7       9.2       1.5       16.3  
Chargebacks
    33.7       20.6       13.1       63.6  
Contract rebates
    36.5       25.3       11.2       44.3  
DSA fees
    3.6       2.1       1.5       71.4  
Discounts and other allowances
    8.8       8.1       0.7       8.6  
 
Total gross-to-net product sales adjustments
    93.3       65.3       28.0       42.9  
 
Total net product sales
    409.8       381.8       28.0       7.3  
 
Product returns, chargebacks, contract rebates, DSA fees, discounts and other allowances totalled $93.3 million (18.5% of gross product sales) for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, and $65.3 million (14.6% of gross product sales) for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008. The increase in total deductions as a percentage of gross product sales was partly due to an increase of 2.1% in chargebacks and 1.6% in contract rebates. The increase in chargebacks and contract rebates is primarily due to the fact that we have fixed price contracts with certain third party payors which, as a result of price increases announced during the fiscal year, resulted in a greater rebate as a percentage of sales being awarded under those contracts. Estimated chargebacks and rebates are recorded at the time revenue is recognized and are based on the latest information available at that time, including estimated inventory levels in the distribution channel.
Furthermore, as a result of the approval of generic version of our URSO products in the U.S., we expect the future sales of our URSO product line to be significantly less than historical sales. As at September 30, 2009, an additional reserve of $1.9 million was recorded to reflect our estimated liability for URSO related chargebacks and rebates. This estimate was developed based on the following:
  our estimate of future demand for URSO based on the actual erosion of product demand for several comparable products that were previously genericized, and the actual demand for URSO experienced during 2009 subsequent to the generic approvals and launch;
 
  our estimate of chargeback and rebate activity based on actual chargeback and rebate activity during fiscal year 2009 subsequent to the generic approvals and launch; and
 
  other relevant factors.
Deductions also increased due to increases in DSA fees resulting from new DSA agreements signed with two additional U.S. wholesalers during the fiscal year 2009.
Performance of our main product lines
Variations in sales performance in fiscal year 2009 versus the preceding fiscal year were the result of a combination of sales volume and price increases.
Key sales figures for our main product lines for the fiscal year 2009 were as follows:
  Sales of pancreatic enzyme products (ULTRASE, PANZYTRAT and VIOKASE) amounted to $112.8 million, an increase of 24.1% over fiscal year 2008. Sales during the fiscal year were favorably affected by an increase in both price and prescription volumes. Most unbranded pancreatic enzyme products for which a new drug application (NDA) had not been submitted by April 2009 have been withdrawn from the market, leaving room for ULTRASE and VIOKASE to capture a portion of their market share in the U.S. market.
 
  Sales of ursodiol products (URSO, URSO 250, URSO FORTE, URSO DS and DELURSAN,) decreased 19.9% from fiscal year 2008 to $73.9 million. This decrease resulted from the entry of generic versions of URSO 250 and URSO FORTE on the U.S. market, approved by the Office of Generic Drugs on May 13, 2009. This decrease was partially offset by price increases announced on our URSO 250 and URSO FORTE branded products, and by sales generated from the launch of our authorized generic version of these ursodiol products.
 
  Sales of mesalamine products (CANASA and SALOFALK) amounted to $103.7 million, a 11.3% increase from the prior fiscal year. The increase was attributed to price increases announced during the fiscal year.

-64-


 

  Sales of sucralfate products (CARAFATE and SULCRATE) amounted to $68.5 million, an increase of 30.5% over the prior fiscal year. The increase mainly resulted from price increases announced during the fiscal year and from an increase in prescription volumes.
 
  Sales of other products amounted to $50.9 million, a 3.6% decrease over the prior fiscal year. This decrease mainly results from foreign exchange effect on foreign denominated sales.
Other revenue
In April 2009, we entered into a license agreement with a leading multi-national company (the “Licensee”) whereby we granted the Licensee the right to use the active ingredient contained in one of our commercialized products, LACTEOL, to develop and commercialize new food products that will contain this active ingredient. Under the terms of the agreement, the Licensee will have exclusive rights to commercialize these new products. We will continue to own all other rights related to the active ingredient, including the right to use the active ingredient and develop, manufacture and commercialize non-food products containing the active ingredient, including pharmaceutical products. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, we recorded as revenue milestones that we are entitled to receive under the agreements in the amount of $7.1 million.
Cost of goods sold
Cost of goods sold consists principally of the costs of raw materials, royalties and manufacturing. We outsource most of our manufacturing requirements. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, cost of goods sold decreased $12.9 million (11.1%) to $103.0 million from $115.9 million for the preceding fiscal year. As a percentage of net product sales, cost of goods sold for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, decreased as compared to the preceding fiscal year from 30.4% to 25.1%. As part of the purchase price allocation for the Acquisition, the book value of inventory acquired was stepped-up to fair value by $22.7 million as of February 25, 2008. The stepped-up value was recorded in fiscal year 2008 as a charge to cost of goods sold until acquired inventory was sold. Without this additional charge, cost of goods sold as a percentage of net product sales would have been 24.4% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008. During fiscal year 2009, we also incurred a charge of $3.1 million related to the carrying value of certain of our third party manufactured inventory.
Selling and administrative expenses
Selling and administrative expenses, on an ongoing basis, consist principally of salaries and other costs associated with our sales force and marketing activities. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, selling and administrative expenses decreased $41.5 million (25.2%) to $122.9 million from $164.4 million for the preceding fiscal year. This decrease in selling and administrative expenses is largely attributable to the portion of investment banking and other professional fees charged to operations amounting to $42.2 million and the selling and administrative portion of stock-based compensation expenses amounting to $10.8 million both incurred in relation to the Acquisition and charged in the previous fiscal year, partially offset by an increase in sales force and direct marketing expenses incurred in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, as well as the favourable effect of foreign exchange on expenses incurred in our European and Canadian operations.
Management fees
Management fees consist of fees and other charges associated with the Management Services Agreement with TPG. These fees were previously unallocated to subsidiaries of Axcan Holdings Inc., the indirect parent company of Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. As of September 30, 2009, they were allocated from the closing date of February 2008 Transactions based on revenue. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, management fees amounted to $5.4 million, an increase of $5.3 million from of the preceding fiscal year.
Research and development expenses
Research and development expenses consist principally of fees paid to outside parties that we use to conduct clinical studies and to submit governmental approval applications on our behalf, as well as the salaries and benefits paid to personnel involved in research and development projects. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, research and development expenses increased $7.9 million (28.1%) to $36.0 million, from $28.1 million for the preceding fiscal year. This increase is mainly due to the development work and regulatory submission costs on pancreatic enzyme products and European clinical trial costs for PYLERA and professional fees related to strategic portfolio analysis. The increase is partially offset by the effect of foreign currency fluctuations on some of our expenses incurred in Canadian dollars and in Euros.
Acquired in-process research
The acquired in-process research of $272.4 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008, relates to the intangible assets acquired in the Acquisition. The acquired in-process research represents the estimated fair value of acquired in-process R&D projects that had not yet reached technological feasibility at the time of the Acquisition and had no alternative future use. Accordingly, this amount was immediately expensed upon the Acquisition date. The value assigned to purchased in-process technology is mainly attributable to the following projects: CANASA MAX002, pancreatic enzymes, PYLERA in the European Union and Cx401.

-65-


 

Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization consists principally of the amortization of intangible assets with a finite life. Intangible assets include trademarks, trademark licenses and manufacturing rights. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, depreciation and amortization increased $15.1 million (33.4%) to $60.3 million from $45.2 million for the preceding fiscal year. The increase for the fiscal year is due to the amortization of the stepped-up value of the intangible assets which were classified as intangible assets with a finite life following the February 2008 Transactions.
Partial write-down of intangible assets
We assess the impairment of identifiable intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value might not be recoverable. As a result of certain factors related to the ongoing marketing of certain of our products including the approval of a generic formulation of URSO 250 and URSO FORTE, we reviewed the carrying amount of our intangible assets specifically related to these products. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, based on a discounted cash-flow analysis and market prices, we concluded that a $55.7 million reduction to the carrying value of the related intangible assets totalling $83.7 million prior to the write-down was required. In addition, the remaining amortizable life of these intangible assets was reduced to periods ranging from 6 months to 14 years.
Financial expenses
Financial expenses consist principally of interest and fees paid in connection with funds borrowed for acquisitions. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, financial expenses increased $28.0 million (67.0%) to $69.8 million from $41.8 million for the preceding fiscal year. This increase is mainly due to an increase in the interest on long-term debt of $25.2 million to $61.8 million from $36.6 million for the preceding fiscal year due to the length of time the debt was outstanding in the comparable period last fiscal year.
Interest income
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, total interest income decreased $5.8 million (93.5%) to $0.4 million from $6.2 million from the preceding fiscal year. This decrease is mainly due to the reduction in short-term investments resulting from the use of cash on hand for the February 2008 Transactions as well as lower rates paid on short-term investments compared to the previous fiscal year.
Other income
We initiated claims in damages under the US Lanham Act against a number of defendants alleging they falsely advertised their products to be similar or equivalent to ULTRASE. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, a settlement arrangement with respect to this claim was entered into with certain of these defendants. Pursuant to the agreement, the settling defendants agreed to pay a confidential global amount in several installments; the first installment, in the amount of $3.5 million was paid to us upon execution of the settlement agreement.
Income taxes
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, income taxes benefits amounted to $24.1 million, compared to $5.7 million for the preceding fiscal year. The effective tax rate was 75.3% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, compared to 2.1% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008. The effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, is affected by a number of elements, the most important being the tax benefit arising from a financing structure. The effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008, was also greatly affected by the non-deductible nature of the acquired in-process research expense amounting to $272.4 million resulting from the Acquisition. If the effect of the acquired in-process research was removed, the effective tax rate would have been 104.8%. The difference in our effective income tax rate and the statutory income tax rate is summarized below:

-66-


 

                                 
    For the     For the  
    fiscal year ended     fiscal year ended  
    September 30,     September 30,  
(in millions of US dollars)   2009     2008  
                    Combined  
                    Predecessor/  
    Successor     Successor  
    %     $     %     $  
Combined statutory rate applied to pre-tax income (loss)
    35.00       (11.2 )     35.33       (98.2 )
Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:
                               
Change in promulgated rates
    (0.91 )     0.3       (0.01 )      
Difference with foreign tax rates
    8.10       (2.6 )     (0.64 )     1.8  
Tax benefit arising from a financing structure
    44.46       (14.2 )     3.24       (9.0 )
Non-deductible items
    (9.72 )     3.1       (36.82 )     102.3  
Non-taxable items
                0.01        
Investment tax credits
    4.24       (1.3 )     0.60       (1.6 )
State taxes
    (0.34 )     0.1       1.43       (4.0 )
Valuation allowance
    (2.30 )     0.7              
Other
    (3.22 )     1.0       (1.09 )     3.0  
 
 
    75.31       (24.1 )     2.05       (5.7 )
 
Net income
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, net loss was $7.9 million compared to a net loss of $272.2 million the preceding fiscal year. The decrease of $264.3 million in net loss resulted mainly from a decrease in operating expenses of $242.8 million largely comprised of the acquired in-process research expenses of $272.4 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008. This increase in net loss was offset by an increase in total revenue of $35.1 million, and an increase of income taxes benefit of $18.4 million which were partly offset by an increase in financial expenses of $28.0 million and the partial write-down of intangible assets of $55.7 million.
Balance sheets as at September 30, 2009, and September 30, 2008
The following table summarizes balance sheet information as at September 30, 2009, compared to September 30, 2008:
                                 
    As at September 30,        
(in millions of U.S. dollars)   2009     2008     Change  
    $     $     $     %  
Cash and cash equivalents
    126.4       56.1       70.3       125.3  
Current assets
    250.7       177.0       73.7       41.6  
Total assets
    914.6       944.8       (30.2 )     (3.2 )
Current liabilities
    121.0       99.3       21.7       21.9  
Long-term debt
    582.6       611.2       (28.6 )     (4.7 )
Total liabilities
    750.8       779.1       (28.3 )     (3.6 )
Shareholders’ equity
    163.8       165.7       (1.9 )     (1.1 )
Working capital
    129.7       77.7       52.0       66.9  
Our cash and cash equivalents increased by $70.3 million (125.3%) to $126.4 million as at September 30, 2009, from $56.1 million as at September 30, 2008. As at September 30, 2009, working capital was $129.7 million, compared to $77.7 million as at September 30, 2008, an increase of $52.0 million (66.9%). This increase was mainly derived from cash flow generated from operations.
Total assets decreased $30.2 million (3.2%) to $914.6 million as at September 30, 2009, from $944.8 million as at September 30, 2008 partially due to the partial write-down of intangible assets in the amount of $55.7. Long-term debt decreased $28.6 million (4.7%) to $582.6 million as at September 30, 2009, from $611.2 million as at September 30, 2008 mostly due to the reclassification of $17.6 million from long-term debt to short-term debt. Pursuant to the annual excess cash flow requirements defined in the credit agreement, we are required to make an offer to prepay $17.6 million of outstanding term loans in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. For fiscal year 2008, we were not required to prepay any outstanding term loans pursuant to the annual excess cash flow requirements. Shareholders’ equity decreased $1.9 million (1.1%) to $163.8 million as at September 30, 2009, from $165.7 million as at September 30, 2008.

-67-


 

Selected quarterly financial data
The following tables present selected quarterly financial data for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, and 2009 and should be read in conjunction with our historical audited consolidated financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this Annual Report. Our operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future quarter or for a full fiscal year.
                                 
    For the quarters ended  
    September 30,     June 30,     March 31,     December 31,  
(in millions of U.S. dollars)   2010     2010     2010     2009  
    $     $     $     $  
 
Net product sales b)
    69.6       80.5       94.4       110.1  
 
Cost of goods sold a) b)
    15.3       20.8       68.2       26.6  
Selling and administration expenses a) b)
    27.0       27.4       28.4       32.2  
Management fees
    1.9       0.6       1.0       0.9  
Research and development expenses a)
    7.0       8.6       7.7       8.4  
Acquired in-process research
          8.0             -  
Depreciation and amortization
    15.2       15.1       14.0       16.7  
Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill b)
                107.2       -  
 
Total operating expenses
    66.4       80.5       226.5       84.8  
 
Operating income (loss)
    3.2             (132.1 )     25.3  
 
Financial expenses
    16.2       16.3       16.3       16.2  
Interest income
    (0.2 )     (0.2 )     (0.2 )     (0.1 )
Other income
    (2.0 )           (7.7 )      
Loss (gain) on foreign currencies
    0.6       (0.8 )     1.4        
 
Total other expenses
    14.6       15.3       9.8       16.1  
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (11.4 )     (15.3 )     (141.9 )     9.2  
Income taxes expense (benefit)
    (5.2 )     (5.4 )     21.8       (0.2 )
 
Net income (loss)
    (6.2 )     (9.9 )     (163.7 )     9.4  
 
EBITDA c)
    19.8       15.9       (111.8 )     42.0  
Adjusted EBITDA (c)
    24.5       41.7       50.0       46.2  
                                 
    For the quarters ended  
    September 30,     June 30,     March 31,     December 31,  
(in millions of U.S. dollars)   2009     2009     2009     2008  
    $     $     $     $  
Net product sales
    84.2       100.9       120.6       104.1  
Other revenue
    1.9       5.2              
 
Total revenue
    86.1       106.1       120.6       104.1  
 
Cost of goods sold (a)
    26.0       22.1       29.4       25.5  
Selling and administration expenses (a)
    30.5       28.6       31.8       32.0  
Management fees
    0.5       4.7             0.2  
Research and development expenses (a)
    9.2       10.7       9.1       7.0  
Depreciation and amortization
    16.5       14.8       14.5       14.5  
Partial write-down of intangible assets
          55.7              
 
Total operating expenses
    82.7       136.6       84.8       79.2  
 
Operating income (loss)
    3.4       (30.5 )     35.8       24.9  
 
Financial expenses
    16.8       16.7       17.0       19.3  
Interest income
    (0.1 )           (0.1 )     (0.2 )
Other income
          (3.5 )            
Loss (gain) on foreign currency
    0.8       (0.8 )     (0.4 )     0.1  
 
Total other expenses
    17.5       12.4       16.5       19.2  
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (14.1 )     (42.9 )     19.3       5.7  
Income taxes expense (benefit)
    (5.4 )     (21.5 )     2.2       0.6  
 
Net income (loss)
    (8.7 )     (21.4 )     17.1       5.1  
 
EBITDA c)
    19.1       (11.4 )     50.7       39.3  
Adjusted EBITDA c)
    21.2       55.6       54.1       41.9  
 
a)   Exclusive of depreciation and amortization
 
b)   Including one time charges related to the unapproved PEPs event

-68-


 

c)   A reconciliation of net income to EBITDA (a-non U.S. GAAP measure) and from EBITDA to Adjusted EBITDA (a-non U.S. GAAP measure) for each of the quarters ended in 2010 and 2009 is as follows:
                                 
    For the quarters ended  
    September 30,     June 30,     March 31,     December 31,  
(in millions of U.S. dollars)   2010     2010     2010     2009  
    $     $     $     $  
Net income (loss)
    (6.2 )     (9.9 )     (163.7 )     9.4  
Financial expenses
    16.2       16.3       16.3       16.2  
Interest income
    (0.2 )     (0.2 )     (0.2 )     (0.1 )
Income taxes expense (benefit)
    (5.2 )     (5.4 )     21.8       (0.2 )
Depreciation and amortization
    15.2       15.1       14.0       16.7  
 
EBITDA h)
    19.8       15.9       (111.8 )     42.0  
 
Transaction, integration, refinancing costs and payments to third parties a)
    3.5       1.1       2.6       1.8  
Management fees b)
    1.9       0.6       1.0       0.9  
Stock-based compensation expense excluding impact of the unapproved PEPs event c)
    (0.7 )     1.2       2.5       1.5  
Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill related to the unapproved PEPs event d)
                107.2        
Other adjustments related to the unapproved PEP event f)
          14.9       48.5        
Acquired in-process research g)
          8.0              
 
Adjusted EBITDA h)
    24.5       41.7       50.0       46.2  
 
                                 
    For the quarters ended  
    September 30,     June 30,     March 31,     December 31,  
(in millions of U.S. dollars)   2009     2009     2009     2008  
    $     $     $     $  
Net income (loss)
    (8.7 )     (21.4 )     17.1       5.1  
Financial expenses
    16.8       16.7       17.0       19.3  
Interest income
    (0.1 )           (0.1 )     (0.2 )
Income taxes expense (benefit)
    (5.4 )     (21.5 )     2.2       0.6  
Depreciation and amortization
    16.5       14.8       14.5       14.5  
 
EBITDA h)
    19.1       (11.4 )     50.7       39.3  
 
Transaction, integration, refinancing costs and payments to third parties a)
    0.9       5.0       0.8       1.1  
Management fees b)
    0.5       4.7             0.2  
Stock-based compensation expense c)
    0.7       1.6       2.6       1.3  
Partial write-down of intangible assets e)
          55.7              
 
Adjusted EBITDA h)
    21.2       55.6       54.1       41.9  
 
 
a)   Represents integration and refinancing costs as well as due diligence costs related to certain non-recurring transactions, payments to third parties in respect of research and development milestones and other progress payments as defined within our credit agreement.
 
b)   Represents management fees and other charges associated with the Management Services Agreement with TPG.
 
c)   Represents stock-based employee compensation expense under the provisions of FASB guidance, excluding the impact of the unapproved PEPs event.
 
d)   Intangible assets and goodwill impairment charges related to the unapproved PEPs event.
 
e)   Partial write-down of intangible assets related to URSO products.
 
f)   Adjustments and other charges related to the unapproved PEPs event, including an additional product returns and other sales deduction provision of $23.4 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, inventory net realizable value and accrual for purchases and other materials and supply commitments of $44.9 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, and a stock-based compensation recovery of $4.9 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010.

-69-


 

g)   Represents the acquired in-process research.
 
h)   EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are both non-U.S. GAAP financial measures and are presented in this report because our management considers them important supplemental measures of our performance and believes that they are frequently used by interested parties in the evaluation of companies in the industry. EBITDA, as we use it, is net income before financial expenses, interest income, income taxes and depreciation and amortization. We believe that the presentation of EBITDA enhances an investor’s understanding of our financial performance. We believe that EBITDA is a useful financial metric to assess our operating performance from period to period by excluding certain items that we believe are not representative of our core business. The term EBITDA is not defined under U.S. GAAP, and EBITDA is not a measure of net income, operating income or any other performance measure derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and is subject to important limitations. Adjusted EBITDA, as we use it, is EBITDA adjusted to exclude certain non-cash charges, unusual or non-recurring items and other adjustments set forth below. Adjusted EBITDA is calculated in the same manner as “EBITDA” and “Consolidated EBITDA” as those terms are defined under the indentures governing our notes and Credit Facility further described in the section “Liquidity and Capital Resources-Long-term Debt and New Senior Secured Credit Facility”. We believe that the inclusion of supplementary adjustments applied to EBITDA in presenting Adjusted EBITDA are appropriate to provide additional information to investors about certain material non-cash items and unusual or non-recurring items that we do not expect to continue in the future and to provide additional information with respect to our ability to meet our future debt service and to comply with various covenants in our indentures and Credit Facility. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of net income, operating income or any other performance measure derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and is subject to important limitations. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as an analytical tool, and they should not be considered in isolation, or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
    EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect all cash expenditures, future requirements for capital expenditures, or contractual commitments;
 
    EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, working capital needs;
 
    EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt;
 
    Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements;
 
    Adjusted EBITDA reflects additional adjustments as provided in the indentures governing our secured and unsecured notes and new senior secured credit facilities; and
 
    Other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.
Because of these limitations, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as measures of discretionary cash available to us to invest in our business. Our management compensates for these limitations by relying primarily on the U.S. GAAP results and using EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as supplemental information.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Cash requirements
As at September 30, 2010, working capital was approximately $115.4 million and $129.7 as at September 30, 2009. Cash generated from operations, which will be affected by the unapproved PEPs event, is used to fund working capital, capital expenditures, milestone payments, debt service and business development activities. We regularly review product and other acquisition opportunities and may therefore require additional debt or equity financing. We cannot be certain that such additional financing, if required, will be available on acceptable terms, or at all.
A significant portion of our sales are attributable to the ULTRASE and VIOKASE product lines. We reported net sales of $37.8 million for ULTRASE and $15.6 million for VIOKASE for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010. Total net sales for these two products, which amounted to $53.4 million, are net of the additional reserve of $23.4 million taken due to the effect of the unapproved PEPs event.
The loss of revenues associated with these products is expected to continue to have a material negative effect on our ability to generate cash used to fund our operations and meet our other capital requirements. While there remain a number of uncertainties, including our ability to re-introduce these products into the market, the timing of such re-introduction and the resulting sales levels, management is currently evaluating the impact of the unapproved PEPs event on its cash flows and measures it could take to mitigate the negative effect of the withdrawal of these products on its cash flows.
There are currently two rating agencies (Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s) rating AIH’s debt. These ratings are revised from time to time.

-70-


 

Contractual obligations and other commitments
The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations as at September 30, 2010, and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future years. This table excludes the payment of amounts already recorded on the balance sheet as current liabilities as at September 30, 2010, and certain other purchase obligations as discussed below:
                                         
    For the fiscal years ending September 30,  
            Less than                     More than  
(in millions of U.S. dollars)   Total     1 year     1-3 years     4-5 years     5 years  
    $     $     $     $     $  
Long-term debt
    601.8       13.2       75.3       278.3       235.0  
Operating leases
    5.7       2.4       2.7       0.6        
Other commitments
    4.3       3.9       0.3       0.1        
Interest on long-term debt
    271.6       56.1       112.3       90.7       12.5  
 
                             
 
    883.4       75.6       190.6       369.7       247.5  
 
                             
Purchase orders for raw materials, finished goods and other goods and services are not included in the above table. Management is not able to accurately determine the aggregate amount of such purchase orders that represent contractual obligations, as purchase orders may represent authorizations to purchase rather than binding agreements. For the purpose of this table, contractual obligations for the purchase of goods or services are only included in other commitments where there exist agreements that are legally binding and enforceable on us and that specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. Our purchase orders are based on current needs and are fulfilled by our vendors within relatively short timetables. We do not have significant agreements for the purchase of raw materials or finished goods specifying minimum quantities or set prices that exceed our short-term expected requirements. We also enter into contracts for outsourced services; however, the obligations under these contracts are not significant and the contracts generally contain clauses allowing for cancellation without significant penalty. As milestone payments are primarily contingent upon successfully achieving clinical milestones or on receiving regulatory approval for products under development, they do not have defined maturities and therefore are not included in the above table.
The expected timing of payment of the obligations discussed above is estimated based on current information. The timing of payments and actual amounts paid may differ depending on the timing of receipt of goods or services, or, for some obligations, changes to agreed-upon amounts.
As more fully described in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements, effective October 1, 2007, we adopted the provisions of the guidance issued by the FASB related to accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. As at September 30, 2010, we had unrecognized tax benefits of $11.5 million ($10.4 million as at September 30, 2009). Due to the nature and timing of the ultimate outcome of these uncertain tax positions, we cannot make a reasonably reliable estimate of the amount and period of related future payments. Therefore, our unrecognized tax benefits with respect to our uncertain tax positions has been excluded from the above contractual obligations table.
Long-term debt and Credit Facility
On November 29, 2007, we entered into an Arrangement Agreement with Axcan Pharma Inc., pursuant to which we agreed to, through an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, acquire all of the common stock of Axcan Pharma Inc. and enter into various other transactions in accordance with the Plan of Arrangement (the “Arrangement”). On February 25, 2008, we obtained various types of financing in connection with the Arrangement. We issued $228.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior secured notes (“Senior Secured Notes”). The Senior Secured Notes were priced at $0.98737 with a yield to March 1, 2015, of 10%. The Senior Secured Notes rank pari passu with our Credit Facility.

-71-


 

We may redeem some or all of the Senior Secured Notes prior to March 1, 2011, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes redeemed plus a “make-whole” premium and accrued and unpaid interest. On or after March 1, 2011, we may redeem some or all of the Senior Secured Notes at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes to be redeemed) set forth below:
         
Year   %  
2011
    106.938  
2012
    104.625  
2013
    102.313  
2014 and thereafter
    100.000  
Prior to March 1, 2011, we may also redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes using the proceeds of one or more equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 109.250% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest. If there is a change of control as specified in the indenture governing the senior notes, we must offer to repurchase the Senior Secured Notes at a price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest.
We also obtained a Credit Facility for a total of $290.0 million composed of term loans totalling $175.0 million and a revolving credit facility of $115.0 million. The Credit Facility bears interest at a variable rate composed of either the Federal Funds Rate or the British Banker Association LIBOR rate, at our option, plus the applicable rate based on our consolidated total leverage ratio and certain of our subsidiaries for the preceding twelve months. The Credit Facility matures on February 25, 2014, with quarterly payments on the term. As at September 30, 2010, $175.0 million of term loans had been issued and no amounts had been drawn against the revolving credit facility. The term loans were priced at $0.96 with a yield to maturity of 8.75% before the effect of the interest rate swaps as further disclosed in our consolidated financial statements. The Credit Facility requires us to meet certain financial covenants, which were met as at September 30, 2010. The credit agreement governing the Credit Facility requires us to prepay outstanding term loans contingent upon the occurrence of these events, subject to certain exceptions, with: (1) 100% of the net cash proceeds of any incurrence of debt other than debt permitted under the Credit Facility, (2) commencing with the fiscal year ending September 30, 2009, 50% (which percentage will be reduced to 25% if the senior secured leverage ratio is less than a specified ratio) of the annual excess cash flow (as defined in the credit agreement governing the Credit Facility) and (3) 100% of the net cash proceeds of all non-ordinary course asset sales or other dispositions of property (including casualty events) by us or by our subsidiaries, subject to reinvestment rights and certain other exceptions. Based on these requirements, for fiscal year 2010, we will be required to offer to prepay $13.2 million of outstanding term loans in the first quarter of fiscal year 2011 ($17.6 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, was paid in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010). As allowed by the credit agreement, the prepayment is applied to the remaining scheduled installments of principal in direct order of maturity and the current portion of long-term debt was reduced accordingly.
On February 25, 2008, as part of the Arrangement financing, we also obtained $235.0 million in financing under our senior unsecured bridge facility maturing on February 25, 2009. On May 6, 2008, our senior unsecured bridge facility was refinanced on a long-term basis, by repaying the bridge facility with the proceeds from our sale of $235.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Senior Unsecured Notes. The senior notes were priced at $0.9884 with a yield to March 1, 2016 of 13.16%. The Senior Unsecured Notes are subordinated to the Credit Facility and Senior Secured Notes.
We may redeem some or all of the senior notes prior to March 1, 2012, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Senior Unsecured Notes redeemed plus a “make-whole” premium and accrued and unpaid interest. On or after March 1, 2012, we may redeem some or all of the Senior Unsecured Notes at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Senior Unsecured Notes to be redeemed) set forth below:
         
Year   %  
2012
    106.375  
2013
    103.188  
2014 and thereafter
    100.000  
Prior to March 1, 2011, we may also redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the secured senior notes using the proceeds of one or more equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 112.750% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Unsecured Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest. If there is a change of control as specified in the indenture governing the senior notes, we must offer to repurchase the senior notes at a price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest.
Certain of our subsidiaries have been designated as guarantors with respect to the Credit Facility, the Senior Secured Notes and the Senior Unsecured Notes. Our obligations under, and each of the guarantors’ obligations under its guarantee of, the Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Notes are secured by a first priority security interest in our assets and of such guarantor subsidiaries, respectively.

-72-


 

We may from time to time seek to retire or purchase our outstanding debt through cash purchases in open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. Such repurchases or exchanges, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material.
Operating leases
We have various long-term operating lease agreements for office space, automotive equipment and other equipment. The latest expiry date for these agreements is in 2015.
Other commitments
Other operating commitments consist primarily of amounts relating to administrative services, clinical studies and other research and development services.
Related party transactions
As at September 30, 2010, and September 30, 2009, we had a note receivable from our parent company amounting to $133.2 million. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, we earned interest income on the note amounting to $7.8 million net of taxes amounting to $4.2 million ($7.8 million net of taxes amounting to $4.2 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, and $4.7 million net of taxes amounting to $2.5 million during the seven-month period ended September 30, 2008) and the related interest receivable on the note receivable from our parent company amounting to $27.1 million as at September 30, 2010, ($15.1 million as at September 30, 2009) has been recorded in the shareholder’s equity section of the consolidated balance sheet. As at September 30, 2010, we have an account receivable from our parent company amounting to $0.5 million ($0.3 million as at September 30, 2009).
During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, we recorded management fees from a controlling shareholding company amounting to $4.4 million ($5.4 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, and we recorded fees amounting to $13.0 million of which $4.8 million was accounted for as debt issue expenses, $6.1 million as transaction costs and $2.1 million as selling and administrative expenses during the seven-month period ended September 30, 2008). As at September 30, 2010, we accrued fees payable to a controlling shareholding company amounting to $1.6 million ($0.4 million as at September 30, 2009).
During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, we paid a dividend to our parent company amounting to $0.1 million ($0.5 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009) to allow for the payment of certain group expenses.
Balance sheet arrangements
We do not have any transactions, arrangements and other relationships with unconsolidated entities that are likely to affect our operating results, our liquidity or capital resources. We have no special purpose or limited purpose entities that provide off-balance sheet financing, liquidity or market or credit risk support, and do not engage in leasing, hedging, research and development services, or other relationships that expose us to liability that is not reflected on the face of the consolidated financial statements.
Cash flows
Our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, as reflected in the consolidated statements of cash flows, are summarized in the following table:
                         
(in millions of U.S. dollars)   For the fiscal years ended September 30,  
    2010     2009     2008  
                    Combined  
                    Predecessor/  
    Successor     Successor     Successor  
    $     $     $  
Net cash provided by operating activities
    63.1       92.4       25.7  
Net cash used by investing activities
    (6.1 )     (10.6 )     (834.9 )
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
    (21.3 )     (11.6 )     1,034.8  
Cash flows provided by operating activities decreased $29.3 million to $63.1 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, from $92.4 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009. The decrease in net cash provided by operating activities is mainly due to the decrease in net product sales of $31.8 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, (net of the additional provision in product returns of $23.4 million related to the unapproved PEPs event), compared to the preceding fiscal year.
Cash flows used in investing activities decreased by $4.5 million to $6.1 million of cash used in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, from $10.6 million of cash used in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009.

-73-


 

Cash flows used by financing activities increased $9.7 million to $21.3 million of cash used in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, from $11.6 million of cash used in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009. The increase in cash used by financing activities in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, is mainly due to the prepayment of $17.6 million of outstanding term-loans, based on the annual excess cash flow requirements for the fiscal year 2009, as defined in the credit agreement.
Significant accounting policies
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, applied on a consistent basis. Some of our critical accounting policies require the use of judgment in their application or require estimates of inherently uncertain matters. Therefore, a change in the facts and circumstances of an underlying transaction could significantly change the application of our accounting policies to that transaction, which could have an effect on our financial statements. The policies that management believes are critical and require the use of complex judgment in their application are discussed below.
Use of estimates
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the recorded amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as at the date of the financial statements and also affect the recognized amounts of revenues and expenses during the fiscal year. Significant estimates and assumptions made by management include those related to the charges to be recorded in conjunction with ceasing of distributing PEPs, allowances for accounts receivable, inventories, reserves for product returns, rebates, chargebacks and DSA fees, the classification of intangible assets between finite life and indefinite life, the useful lives of long-lived assets, the expected cash flows used in evaluating long-lived assets, goodwill and investments for impairment, stock based compensation costs, pending legal settlements and the establishment of provisions for income taxes including the realizability of deferred tax assets. The estimates are made using the historical information and various other relevant factors available to management. We review all significant estimates affecting the financial statements on a recurring basis and record the effect of any adjustments when necessary. Actual results could differ from those estimates based upon future events, which could include, among other risks, changes in regulations governing the manner in which we sell our products, changes in the healthcare environment, foreign exchange and managed care consumption patterns.
The charges that we have recorded as a result of having ceased distribution of our PEPs also reflect many subjective estimates that were required to be made by management. These estimates include:
a)   The quantity and expiration dates of PEPs inventory in the distribution channel;
 
b)   Short-term prescription demand during the period of time during which the products continued to be available at the pharmacy-level;
 
c)   Assumptions regarding the probability of obtaining an eventual NDA approval for our PEPs and the time required for such approval;
 
d)   Assumptions regarding market share growth after an eventual re-launch of our PEPs; and
 
e)   Other factors.
In future periods, management will monitor and review the assumptions and estimates and will prospectively record changes to provisions reflected in the current fiscal year.
Revenue recognition
Revenue is recognized when the product is delivered to our customers, provided we have not retained any significant risks of ownership or future obligations with respect to the product delivered. Provisions for sales discounts and estimates for chargebacks, managed care and Medicaid rebates, product returns and DSA fees are established as a reduction of product sales revenues at the time such revenues are recognized. These revenue reductions are established by us at the time of sale, based on historical experience adjusted to reflect known changes in the factors that impact such reserves. In certain circumstances, product returns are allowed under our policy and provisions are maintained accordingly. These revenue reductions are generally reflected as an addition to accrued liabilities. Amounts received from customers as prepayments for products to be delivered in the future are reported as deferred revenue.

-74-


 

The following table summarizes the activity in the accounts related to revenue reductions:
                                                         
                                            Reserves        
                                            related to the        
    Product     Contract     Charge-     DSA     Discounts     unapproved        
(in millions of U.S. dollars)   returns     rebates     backs     fees     and other     PEPs event     Total  
    $     $     $     $     $     $     $  
Balance as at September 30, 2009
    17.2       9.8       9.0       1.0       0.7             37.7  
Provisions
    9.3       36.3       37.3       5.6       8.1       23.4       120.0  
Settlements
    (13.1 )     (40.0 )     (38.2 )     (5.3 )     (8.6 )     (12.4 )     (117.6 )
 
Balance as at September 30, 2010
    13.4       6.1       8.1       1.3       0.2       11.0       40.1  
 
Product returns
We do not provide any form of price protection to our wholesale customers and we generally permit product returns only if the product is returned in the six months prior to and twelve months following its expiration date. Under our policy, credit for returns is issued to the original purchaser at current wholesale acquisition cost less 10%.
We estimate the proportion of recorded revenue that will result in a return by considering relevant factors, including:
  past product returns activity;
 
  the duration of time taken for products to be returned;
 
  the estimated level of inventory in the distribution channels;
 
  product recalls and discontinuances;
 
  the shelf life of products;
 
  the launch of new drugs or new formulations; and
 
  the loss of patent protection or new competition.
Our estimate of the level of inventory in the distribution channels is based on inventory data provided by wholesalers, third-party prescription data and, for some product return provisions, estimated retail pharmacy information.
Returns for new products are more difficult to estimate than for established products. For shipments made to support the commercial launch of a new product under standard terms, our estimate of sales return accruals are primarily based on the historical sales returns experience of similar products. Once sufficient historical data on actual returns of the product are available, the returns provision is based on this data and any other relevant factors as noted above.
The accrual estimation process for product returns involves in each case a number of interrelating assumptions, which vary for each combination of product and customer. Accordingly, it would not be meaningful to quantify the sensitivity to change for any individual assumption or uncertainty. However, we do not believe that the effect of uncertainties, as a whole, significantly impacts our financial condition or results of operations.
The accrued liabilities include reserves of $13.4 million as at September 30, 2010, ($17.2 million as at September 30, 2009) for estimated product returns, excluding the additional provision related to the unapproved PEPs event.
As at September 30, 2010, the product returns reserve were increased by $11.0 million, net of settlement of $12.4 million, due to the unapproved PEPs event, which represents primarily management’s current estimate of the balance of ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE inventory in the distribution channels. Due to the subjectivity of this estimate, we prepared various sensitivity analyses to ensure our final estimate is within a reasonable range. A change in assumptions that resulted in a 10% change in the quantity of ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE inventory in the distribution channel would have resulted in a change in the return reserve of approximately $1.1 million.
Rebates, chargebacks and other sales deduction
In the U.S., we establish and maintain reserves for amounts payable to managed care organizations, state Medicaid and other government programs for the reimbursement of portions of the retail price of prescriptions filled that are covered by these programs. We also establish and maintain reserves for amounts payable to wholesale distributors for the difference between their regular sale price and the contract price for the products sold to our contract customers.
The amounts are recognized as revenue reductions at the time of sale based on our best estimate of the product’s utilization by these managed care and state Medicaid patients and sales to our contract customers, using historical experience, the timing of payments, the level of reimbursement claims, changes in prices (both normal selling prices and statutory or negotiated prices), changes in prescription demand patterns, and the levels of inventory in the distribution channel.

-75-


 

Amounts payable to managed care organizations and state Medicaid programs are based on statutory or negotiated discounts to the selling price. Medicaid rebates generally increase as a percentage of the selling price over the life of the product. As it can take up to six months for information to reach the Company on actual usage of the Company’s products in managed care and Medicaid programs and on the total discounts to be reimbursed, the Company maintains reserves for amounts payable under these programs relating to sold products. We estimate the level of inventory in the distribution channels based on inventory data provided by wholesalers and third-party prescription data.
Revisions or clarification of guidelines related to state Medicaid and other government program reimbursement practices which are meant to apply to prior periods, or retrospectively, can result in changes to management’s estimates of the rebates reported in prior periods. However, since the prices of the Company’s products are fixed at the time of sale and the quantum of rebates is therefore reasonably determinable at the outset of each transaction, these factors would not impact the recording of revenues in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
The accrual estimation process for managed care organizations, state Medicaid and other government programs rebates involves in each case a number of interrelating assumptions, which vary for each combination of products and programs. Accordingly, it would not be meaningful to quantify the sensitivity to change for any individual assumption or uncertainty. However, we do not believe that the effect of uncertainties, as a whole, significantly impacts the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.
Accrued liabilities include reserves of $6.1 million and $8.1 million as at September 30, 2010, ($9.8 million and $9.0 million as at September 30, 2009) for estimated contract rebates and chargebacks.
If the levels of chargebacks, fees pursuant to DSAs, managed care, Medicaid and other government rebates, product returns and discounts fluctuate significantly and/or if our estimates do not adequately reserve for these reductions of net product revenues, our reported revenue could be negatively affected.
Intangible assets and goodwill
Intangible assets with a finite life are amortized over their estimated useful lives according to the straight-line method over periods varying from 6 months to 20 years. The straight-line method of amortization is used because it reflects, in the opinion of management, the pattern in which the intangible assets with a finite life are used. In determining the useful life of intangible assets, we consider many factors including the intention of management to support the asset on a long-term basis by maintaining the level of expenditure necessary to support the asset, the use of the asset, the existence and expiration date of a patent, the existence of a generic version of, or competitor to, the product and any legal or regulatory provisions that could limit the use of the asset.
The following table summarizes the changes to the carrying value of the intangible assets and goodwill from September 30, 2009, to September 30, 2010:
                 
    Intangible        
    assets     Goodwill  
    $     $  
Balance as at September 30, 2009
    421.3       165.8  
Depreciation and amortization
    (52.4 )      
Partial write-down of intangible assets
    (15.8 )     (91.4 )
Foreign exchange translation adjustments
    (5.1 )     (0.9 )
 
Balance as at September 30, 2010
    348.0       73.5  
 
Research and development expenses
Research and development expenses are charged to operations in the period they are incurred. The cost of intangibles that are purchased from others for a particular research and development project that have no alternative future use are expensed at the time of acquisition.
Income taxes
Income taxes are calculated using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized to account for the estimated taxes that will result from the recovery or settlement of assets and liabilities recorded at their financial statement carrying amounts. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured based on enacted tax rates and laws at the date of the financial statements for the fiscal years in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is provided for the portion of deferred tax assets that is more likely than not to remain unrealized. Adjustments to the deferred income tax asset and liability balances are recognized in net income as they occur.
We conduct business in various countries throughout the world and is subject to tax in numerous jurisdictions. As a result of our business activities, we file a significant number of tax returns that are subject to examination by various federal, state, and local tax authorities. Tax examinations are often complex as tax authorities may disagree with the treatment of items reported by us and this may require several years to resolve.

-76-


 

Changes in accounting standards
In March 2010, the FASB issued guidance related to revenue recognition that applies to arrangements with milestones relating to research or development deliverables. This guidance provides criteria that must be met to recognize consideration that is contingent upon achievement of a substantive milestone in its entirety in the period in which the milestone is achieved. The guidance provides a definition of substantive milestone and should be applied regardless of whether the arrangement includes single or multiple deliverables or units of accounting. This guidance is effective prospectively to milestones achieved in fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, after June 15, 2010, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In March 2010, the FASB amended the existing guidance on stock compensation to clarify that an employee share-based payment award with an exercise price denominated in the currency of a market in which a substantial portion of the entity’s equity securities trades should not be considered to contain a condition that is not a market, performance, or service condition. Therefore, such an award should not be classified as a liability if it otherwise qualifies as equity. This guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2010.The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In January 2010, the FASB amended the existing authoritative guidance on disclosures of fair value measurements and clarifies and provides additional disclosure requirements related to recurring and non-recurring fair value measurements. The new disclosures and clarifications of existing disclosures are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009. The disclosure of the roll forward of activity in Level 3 measurements on a gross basis is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In October 2009, the FASB amended the existing guidance on revenue recognition related to accounting for multiple-element arrangements. This amendment addresses how to determine whether an arrangement involving multiple deliverables contains more than one unit of accounting, and how the arrangement consideration should be allocated among the separate units of accounting. This guidance is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010, and early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this guidance on our consolidated financial statements.
In August 2009, the FASB amended the existing guidance on fair value measurements and disclosures to provide clarification in measuring the fair value of liabilities in circumstances when a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available. In such circumstances, a reporting entity is required to measure fair value using one or more of the following methods: 1) a valuation technique that uses the quoted price of the identical liability when traded as an asset or quoted prices for similar liabilities or similar liabilities when traded as assets; and/or 2) a valuation technique that is consistent with the principles of fair value measurements (e.g. an income approach or market approach). This guidance is effective for reporting periods including interim periods beginning after August 28, 2009. We do not expect that the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In June 2009, the FASB amended the existing authoritative guidance on consolidation regarding variable interest entities for determining whether an entity is a variable interest entity (“VIE”) and requires an enterprise to perform an analysis to determine whether the enterprise’s variable interest or interests give it a controlling financial interest in a VIE. Per the revised guidance, an enterprise has a controlling financial interest when it has a) the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and b) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The guidance also requires an enterprise to assess whether it has an implicit financial responsibility to ensure that a VIE operates as designed when determining whether it has power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance. The guidance also requires ongoing assessments of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a VIE, requires enhanced disclosures and eliminates the scope exclusion for qualifying special-purpose entities. The revised guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009 with early adoption prohibited. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of the revised guidance on our consolidated financial statements.
In May 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on subsequent events. This guidance establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosures of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. Specifically, the guidance sets forth the period after the balance sheet date during which management of a reporting entity should evaluate events or transactions that may occur for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements, the circumstances under which an entity should recognize events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date in our financial statements and the disclosures that an entity should make about events or transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date. The guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods ended after June 15, 2009 and will be applied prospectively. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In April 2009, the FASB amended the authoritative guidance on financial instruments to require disclosures about fair value of financial instruments in interim as well as in annual financial statements of publicly traded companies. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements since we have disclosures about fair value of financial instruments in our interim financial statements prior to the issuance of this guidance.

-77-


 

In April 2009, the FASB issued additional guidance on estimating fair value when the volume and level of activity for an asset or liability have significantly decreased in relation to normal market activity for the asset or liability. Guidance on identifying circumstances that indicate a transaction is not orderly was also issued and required additional disclosures. This guidance is to be applied prospectively and is effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In April 2008, the FASB issued guidance that amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset. The intent of this guidance is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset determined per the guidance on intangible assets and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset determined per the amended guidance for business combinations and other authoritative guidance. This guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is prohibited. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this guidance on our consolidated financial statements.
In March 2008, the FASB amended the guidance on disclosure requirements related to derivative instruments and hedging activities. The new guidance requires that objectives for using derivative instruments be disclosed in terms of underlying risk and accounting designation. Pursuant to the new guidance, enhanced disclosures are required about (a) how and why derivative instruments are used, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. The fair value of derivative instruments and their gains and losses will need to be presented in tabular format in order to present a more complete picture of the effects of using derivative instruments. This guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements (See note 16 to our consolidated financial statements).
In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance related to collaborative arrangements. The guidance defines collaborative arrangements and establishes reporting requirements for transactions between participants in a collaborative arrangement and between participants in the arrangement and third parties. The guidance also establishes the appropriate income statement presentation and classification for joint operating activities and payments between participants, as well as the sufficiency of the disclosures related to these arrangements. This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2008, and shall be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented for all collaborative arrangements existing as of the effective date. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this guidance on our consolidated financial statements.
In September 2006, the FASB issued guidance on fair value measurements, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements and is effective for fair-value measurements already required or permitted by other guidance for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. In February 2008, the FASB issued guidance, that deferred the effective date of the guidance for fair value measurement for one year for non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually). In October 2008, the FASB issued guidance which clarifies the application of the guidance on fair value measurements in determining the fair value of a financial asset when the market for that asset is not active. This guidance was effective upon issuance, including prior periods for which financial statements had not been issued. The adoption of the guidance on fair value measurements for financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements (see Note 19).
Subsequent Events
On December 1, 2010, Axcan Holdings Inc. (“Axcan Holdings”), our indirect parent, and Axcan Pharma Holding B.V. (“Axcan Pharma”), our subsidiary, announced that they had entered into a definitive agreement with Eurand N.V. (“Eurand”), a global specialty pharmaceutical company with headquarters in the Netherlands, under which Axcan Holdings will acquire all of the outstanding shares of Eurand for $12.00 per share in cash, resulting in a purchase price of approximately $583 million. The transaction is subject to a condition that a minimum of 80% of Eurand shares be tendered, as well as receipt of antitrust approval. We have secured committed debt financing from BofA Merrill Lynch, Barclays Capital, RBC Capital Markets and HSBC Securities (USA) for the transaction.

-78-


 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk
     We are exposed to financial market risks, including changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes. We do not use off-balance sheet financing or similar special purpose entities. Inflation has not had a significant impact on our results of operations.
Foreign Currency Risk
     We operate internationally; however, a substantial portion of revenue and expense activities as well as capital expenditures are transacted in U.S. dollars. Our results of operations are also affected by fluctuations of currencies other than the U.S. dollar, in particular Euros and Canadian dollars. Our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations in these currencies is reduced because, in general, our revenues denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are partially offset by a corresponding amount of costs denominated in the same currency. However, significant long-term fluctuations in relative currency values could have an adverse effect on future profitability.
     A 1% change in the value of foreign currencies as compared the U.S. dollar to in which we had sales, income or expense in 2010 would have increased or decreased the translation of foreign sales by $0.9 million and income by $0.1 million.
Interest Rate Risk
     The primary objective of our investment policy is the protection of capital. Accordingly, investments are made in high-grade government and corporate securities with varying maturities, but typically, less than 180 days. Therefore, we do not have a material exposure to interest rate risk on our investments, and a 100 basis-point adverse change in interest rates would not have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows. We are exposed to interest rate risk on borrowings under the new senior secured credit facilities and the senior unsecured bridge facility, entered into as part of the February 2008 Transactions. The new senior secured credit facilities and the senior unsecured bridge facility bear interest based on British Banker Association LIBOR. On May 6, 2008, we refinanced the senior unsecured bridge facility by repaying the existing loan using the proceeds of the senior notes. Based on projected advances under the new senior secured credit facilities and considering the interest swap agreements in place discussed below, a 100 basis-point increase or decrease in interest rates would result in a $0.6 million change in our interest rate expense per year.
     Effective March 3, 2008, we entered into two pay-fixed, receive-floating interest rate swap agreements, effectively converting $115.0 million of variable-rate debt under the $175.0 million secured senior credit facilities to fixed-rate debt. Through the first two quarters of 2008, our two interest rate swaps were designated as effective hedges of cash flows. For the quarter ended September 30, 2008, due to the increased volatility in short-term interest rates and a realignment of our LIBOR rate election on our debt capital repayment schedule, hedge accounting was discontinued as the hedge relationship ceased to satisfy the strict conditions of hedge accounting. On December 1, 2008, we redesignated our $50.0 million notional interest rate swap that matures in February 2010 anew as a cash flow hedge using an improved method of assessing the effectiveness of the hedging relationship. Our $65.0 million notional interest rate swap matured in February 2009. Effective March 2009, we entered into a pay-fixed, receive-floating interest rate swap of a notional amount of $52.0 million amortizing to $13.0 million through February 2010. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, our two interest rate swaps with a combined $63 million notional that were designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk matured during the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and we have not entered into any new derivative agreement. The weighted average fixed interest rate on these swaps was 1.91%. Absent any such interest rate swap agreements, a change of 1/8% in floating rates would affect our annual interest expense on the senior secured borrowings by approximately $0.2 million.
     Derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value and are recognized as assets or liabilities on the balance sheet, with changes in the fair value of the derivatives recognized in either net income (loss) or other comprehensive income (loss), depending on the timing and designated purpose of the derivative. When we pay interest on the portion of the debt designated as hedged, the gain or loss on the swap designated as hedging the interest payment will be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to interest expense. These derivative instruments are designated as cash flow hedges with the related gains or losses recorded in other comprehensive income, with an offsetting amount included in other long-term liabilities. The fair value of the interest rate swap as at September 30, 2010, was $0.0 million (a liability of $0.6 million as at September 30, 2009).

-79-


 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC. (Successor)
and
AXCAN PHARMA INC. (Predecessor)
INDEX
         
Report Of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
     
To The Board Of Directors And Shareholder Of Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc.
    81  
 
       
Report Of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
       
To The Board Of Directors And Shareholder Of Axcan Pharma Inc.
    82  
 
       
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009
    83  
 
       
Consolidated Statements Of Operations for the twelve-month periods ended September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009 and for the period from February 26, 2008 to September 30, 2008 (Successor), the period from October 1, 2007 to February 25, 2008
    84  
 
       
Consolidated Shareholders’ Equity (Deficiency) And Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the twelve-month periods ended September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009 and for the period from February 26, 2008 to September 30, 2008 (Successor), the period from October 1, 2007 to February 25, 2008
    85  
 
       
Consolidated Cash Flows for the twelve-month periods ended September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009 and for the period from February 26, 2008 to September 30, 2008 (Successor), the period from October 1, 2007 to February 25, 2008
    86  
 
       
Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
    87  

-80-


 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDER OF AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries as of September 30, 2010, and 2009 and the consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity (deficiency) and comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows for the years ended September 30, 2010, and 2009 and the period from February 26, 2008 to September 30, 2008. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries as of September 30, 2010, and 2009 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended September 30, 2010, and 2009 and the period from February 26, 2008 to September 30, 2008, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
/s/ Raymond Chabot Grant Thornton LLP1
Chartered Accountants
Montreal, Quebec, Canada
December 1, 2010
 
1   Chartered Accountant Auditor permit No. 10019

-81-


 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDER OF AXCAN PHARMA INC.
We have audited the consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income and cash flows of Axcan Pharma Inc. and subsidiaries for the period from October 1, 2007 to February 25, 2008. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of Axcan Pharma Inc. and subsidiaries for the period from October 1, 2007 to February 25, 2008, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
/s/ Raymond Chabot Grant Thornton LLP
Chartered Accountants
Montreal, Quebec, Canada
December 9, 2008

-82-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share related data)
                 
    September 30,     September 30,  
    2010     2009  
    $     $  
Assets
               
Current assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents
    161,503       126,435  
Accounts receivable, net (Note 5)
    32,379       57,124  
Accounts receivable from the parent company (Note 18)
    487       306  
Income taxes receivable
    2,906       3,391  
Inventories, net (Note 6)
    23,866       44,706  
Prepaid expenses and deposits
    3,277       2,868  
Deferred income taxes, net (Note 7)
    2,331       15,852  
 
Total current assets
    226,749       250,682  
Property, plant and equipment, net (Note 8)
    35,777       39,344  
Intangible assets, net (Note 9)
    347,962       421,290  
Goodwill, net (Note 9)
    73,540       165,823  
Deferred debt issue expenses, net of accumulated amortization of $14,136 ($9,168 as at September 30, 2009)
    20,443       25,411  
Deferred income taxes, net (Note 7)
    8,706       12,052  
 
Total assets
    713,177       914,602  
 
Liabilities
               
Current liabilities
               
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (Note 10)
    94,673       87,684  
Income taxes payable (Note 7)
    3,446       2,493  
Installments on long-term debt (Note 11)
    13,163       30,708  
Deferred income taxes (Note 7)
    47       137  
 
Total current liabilities
    111,329       121,022  
Long-term debt (Note 11)
    581,312       582,586  
Other long-term liabilities
    10,028       9,448  
Deferred income taxes (Note 7)
    31,540       37,782  
 
Total liabilities
    734,209       750,838  
 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 19)
               
Shareholders’ Equity (Deficiency)
               
Capital Stock (Note 12)
               
Common shares, par value $0.001; 100 shares authorized: 100 issued and outstanding as at September 30, 2010, and September 30, 2009
    1       1  
Deficit
    (468,152 )     (297,658 )
9.05% Note receivable from the parent company (Note 18)
    (133,154 )     (133,154 )
Additional paid-in capital
    614,113       619,053  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (33,840 )     (24,478 )
 
Total shareholders’ equity (deficiency)
    (21,032 )     163,764  
 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity (deficiency)
    713,177       914,602  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

-83-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
                                 
    Successor     Predecessor  
    For the     For the     For the     For the  
    twelve-month     twelve-month     seven-month     five-month  
    period ended     period ended     period ended     period ended  
    September 30,     September 30,     September 30,     February 25,  
    2010     2009     2008     2008  
    $     $     $     $  
Net product sales
    354,587       409,826       223,179       158,579  
Other revenue
          7,113              
 
Total revenue
    354,587       416,939       223,179       158,579  
 
Cost of goods sold (a) (Note 2)
    130,915       103,023       77,227       38,739  
Selling and administrative expenses (a) (Note 13)
    115,033       122,942       88,246       76,198  
Management fees (Note 18)
    4,412       5,351       99        
Research and development expenses (a)
    31,715       36,037       17,768       10,256  
Acquired in-process research (Note 4)
    7,948             272,400        
Depreciation and amortization (Note 13)
    61,011       60,305       35,579       9,595  
Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill (Note 9)
    107,158       55,665              
 
Total operating expenses
    458,192       383,323       491,319       134,788  
 
Operating income (loss)
    (103,605 )     33,616       (268,140 )     23,791  
 
Financial expenses (Note 13)
    64,956       69,809       41,513       262  
Interest income
    (688 )     (389 )     (808 )     (5,440 )
Other income (Note 19)
    (9,704 )     (3,500 )            
Loss (gain) on foreign currencies
    1,247       (328 )     (1,841 )     (198 )
 
Total other expenses (income)
    55,811       65,592       38,864       (5,376 )
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (159,416 )     (31,976 )     (307,004 )     29,167  
 
Income taxes expense (benefit) (Note 7)
    10,950       (24,082 )     (17,740 )     12,042  
 
Net income (loss)
    (170,366 )     (7,894 )     (289,264 )     17,125  
 
 
(a)   Excluding depreciation and amortization
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

-84-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Consolidated Shareholders’ Equity (Deficiency) and Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share related data)
                                 
    Successor     Predecessor  
    For the     For the     For the     For the  
    twelve-month     twelve-month     seven-month     five-month  
    period ended     period ended     period ended     period ended  
    September 30,     September 30,     September 30,     February 25,  
    2010     2009     2008     2008  
Common shares (number)
                               
Balance, beginning of period
    100       100             55,359,652  
Shares issued for cash
                100        
Shares issued pursuant to stock incentive plans for cash
                      17,299  
 
Balance, end of period
    100       100       100       55,376,951  
 
 
    $       $       $       $  
Common shares
                               
Balance, beginning of period
    1       1             395,888  
Shares issued for cash
                1        
Stock-based compensation on exercised options
                      41  
Shares issued pursuant to stock incentive plans for cash
                      224  
 
Balance, end of period
    1       1       1       396,153  
 
Retained earnings (deficit)
                               
Balance, beginning of period
    (297,658 )     (289,264 )           249,371  
Stock-based compensation cancellation
                      (8,821 )
Dividends paid
    (128 )     (500 )            
Net income (loss)
    (170,366 )     (7,894 )     (289,264 )     17,125  
 
Balance, end of period
    (468,152 )     (297,658 )     (289,264 )     257,675  
 
Additional paid-in capital
                               
Balance, beginning of period
    619,053       617,255             9,089  
Shares issued for cash
                608,154        
Stock-based compensation expense (recovery)
    (378 )     6,172       7,443       7,474  
Stock-based compensation on exercised options
                      (41 )
Stock-based compensation plan redemptions and settlements
    (345 )     (157 )           (16,395 )
Income tax deductions on stock options exercise
                      (127 )
Provision on interest receivable from the parent company
    (12,050 )     (12,050 )     (3,028 )      
Interest income from the parent company (net of taxes of $4, 217, $4,217 and $2,524)
    7,833       7,833       4,686        
 
Balance, end of period
    614,113       619,053       617,255        
 
9.05% Note receivable from the parent company
                               
Balance, beginning of period
    (133,154 )     (133,154 )            
Issue of notes
                (133,154 )      
 
Balance, end of period
    (133,154 )     (133,154 )     (133,154 )      
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
                               
Balance, beginning of period
    (24,478 )     (29,168 )           35,849  
Hedging contract fair value adjustments (net of taxes of $4,$155, and ($159))
    (7 )     (288 )     295        
Foreign currency translation adjustments
    (9,355 )     4,978       (29,463 )     5,724  
 
Balance, end of period
    (33,840 )     (24,478 )     (29,168 )     41,573  
 
Total shareholders’ equity (deficiency)
    (21,032 )     163,764       165,670       695,401  
 
Comprehensive income (loss)
                               
Other comprehensive income (loss)
    (9,362 )     4,690       (29,168 )     5,724  
Net income (loss)
    (170,366 )     (7,894 )     (289,264 )     17,125  
 
Total comprehensive income (loss)
    (179,728 )     (3,204 )     (318,432 )     22,849  
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
                               
Amounts related to foreign currency translation adjustments
    (33,840 )     (24,485 )     (29,463 )     41,573  
Amounts related to hedging contract fair value adjustments
          7       295        
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    (33,840 )     (24,478 )     (29,168 )     41,573  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

-85-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Consolidated Cash Flows
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
                                 
    Successor     Predecessor  
    For the     For the     For the     For the  
    twelve-month     twelve-month     seven-month     five-month  
    period ended     period ended     period ended     period ended  
    September 30,     September 30,     September 30,     February 25,  
    2010     2009     2008     2008  
    $     $     $     $  
Cash flows from operating activities
                               
Net income (loss)
    (170,366 )     (7,894 )     (289,264 )     17,125  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash flows from operating activities
                               
Non-cash financial expenses
    7,014       7,028       5,352        
Inventories stepped-up value expensed
                22,714        
Depreciation and amortization
    61,011       60,305       35,579       9,595  
Acquired in-process research
                272,400        
Stock-based compensation expense (recovery) (Note 13)
    (378 )     6,172       7,443       7,474  
Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill (Note 9)
    107,158       55,665              
Loss on disposal and write-down of assets
    128       196              
Non-cash loss (gain) on foreign exchange
    240       2,110       (3,302 )     (67 )
Change in fair value of derivatives
    (621 )     734       5        
Deferred income taxes (Note 7)
    5,616       (35,573 )     (25,367 )     432  
Other non-cash adjustments related to unapproved PEPs
    68,335                    
Changes in working capital items
                               
Accounts receivable
    23,437       (14,268 )     6,343       (12,340 )
Accounts receivable from the parent company
    (181 )     681       (987 )      
Income taxes receivable
    61       13,936       3,097       (5,929 )
Inventories
    (9,572 )     (7,721 )     (6,818 )     (3,803 )
Prepaid expenses and deposits
    (431 )     428       (149 )     (49 )
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    (30,361 )     9,056       (71,205 )     67,865  
Income taxes payable
    2,030       1,527       (3,353 )     (7,058 )
 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    63,120       92,382       (47,512 )     73,245  
 
Cash flows from investing activities
                               
Disposal of short-term investments
                      129,958  
 
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment
    (6,058 )     (10,590 )     (3,061 )     (3,314 )
 
Acquisition of intangible assets
          (10 )     (32 )     (14 )
Net cash used for the Acquisition
                (958,463 )      
 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    (6,058 )     (10,600 )     (961,556 )     126,630  
 
Cash flows from financing activities
                               
Issuance of long-term debt
                634,120        
Repayment of long-term debt
    (20,865 )     (10,937 )     (10,890 )     (221 )
Advances from the parent company
                4,182        
Deferred debt issue expenses
                (36,360 )     (889 )
Stock-based compensation plan redemptions and settlements
    (345 )     (157 )           (30,357 )
Issue of shares
                475,001       224  
Dividends paid
    (128 )     (500 )            
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    (21,338 )     (11,594 )     1,066,053       (31,243 )
 
Foreign exchange gain (loss) on cash held in foreign currencies
    (656 )     142       (880 )     487  
 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
    35,068       70,330       56,105       169,119  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    126,435       56,105             179,672  
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
    161,503       126,435       56,105       348,791  
 
Additional information
                               
Interest received
    689       424       918       4,507  
Interest paid
    57,366       60,496       31,599       11  
Income taxes received
    2,602       16,761              
Income taxes paid
    5,452       13,883       8,954       24,080  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

-86-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share related data)
1. Governing Statutes, Description of Business and Basis of Presentation
Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc., a corporation incorporated on November 28, 2007, under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and its subsidiaries (together the “Company” or the “Successor”), commenced active operations with the purchase, through a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary on February 25, 2008, of all of the outstanding common shares of Axcan Pharma Inc. (the “February 2008 Transactions”) a company incorporated under the Canada Business Corporation Act (the “Predecessor”). The Company is involved in the research, development, production and distribution of pharmaceutical products mainly in the field of gastroenterology. Prior to the February 2008 Transactions, Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. had no independent operations or assets. Accordingly, the financial information is presented separately for the period prior to the completion of the February 2008 Transactions and the period after the completion of the February 2008 Transactions, which relate to the accounting periods preceding and succeeding the completion of the February 2008 Transactions. The financial information presented for the Predecessor is the financial information for Axcan Pharma Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries and the financial information presented for the Successor is the financial information for Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. The financial information as at September 30, 2010, and for the Successor’s periods is not comparable to the financial information of the Predecessor because of the new basis of accounting resulting from the February 2008 Transactions.
These consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) and are presented in U.S. dollars, the reporting currency. Unless otherwise noted, the accounting policies described were applied by both the Predecessor and Successor, for all periods presented. The financial statements reflect all adjustments (including those that are normal and recurring) that are necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations for the periods shown. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.
2. Significant Accounting Policies
Use of estimates
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the recorded amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as at the date of the financial statements and also affect the recognized amounts of revenues and expenses during the fiscal year. Significant estimates and assumptions made by management include those related to the charges to be recorded in conjunction with ceasing of distributing PEPs, allowances for accounts receivable, inventories, reserves for product returns, rebates, chargebacks and DSA fees, the classification of intangible assets between finite life and indefinite life, the useful lives of long-lived assets, the expected cash flows used in evaluating long-lived assets, goodwill and investments for impairment, stock based compensation costs, pending legal settlements and the establishment of provisions for income taxes including the realizability of deferred tax assets. The estimates are made using the historical information and various other relevant factors available to management. We review all significant estimates affecting the financial statements on a recurring basis and record the effect of any adjustments when necessary. Actual results could differ from those estimates based upon future events, which could include, among other risks, changes in regulations governing the manner in which we sell our products, changes in the healthcare environment, foreign exchange and managed care consumption patterns.
Principles of consolidation
These financial statements include the accounts of Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, the most significant being Axcan Pharma Inc., Axcan Pharma U.S. Inc. and Axcan Pharma S.A. Significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated on consolidation.
Revenue recognition
Revenue is recognized when the product is delivered to the Company’s customers, provided the Company has not retained any significant risks of ownership or future obligations with respect to the product delivered. Provisions for sales discounts and estimates for chargebacks, managed care and Medicaid rebates, product returns and distribution service agreement fees are recorded as a reduction of product sales revenues at the time such revenues are recognized. These revenue reductions are established by the Company at the time of sale, based on historical experience adjusted to reflect known changes in the factors that impact such reserves. In certain circumstances, returns of products are allowed under the Company’s policy and provisions are maintained accordingly. These revenue reductions are generally reflected as an addition to accrued liabilities. Amounts received from customers as prepayments for products to be delivered in the future are reported as deferred revenue.
The Company presents, on a net basis, taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities; that is, they are excluded from revenues.

-87-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share related data)
ULTRASE and VIOKASE, the Company’s pancreatic enzyme products (“PEPs”) have historically accounted for approximately a 19% of the Company’s net sales in the last three years ended September 30, 2009. Prior to April 28, 2010, products that were marketed in the U.S. to treat exocrine pancreatic insufficiency have been available before the passage of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, in 1938 and, consequently, there were marketed PEPs that had not been approved under the NDA process by the FDA. In 1995, the FDA issued a final rule requiring that these PEPs be marketed by prescription only, and, in April 2004, the FDA mandated that all manufacturers of exocrine pancreatic insufficiency drug products file an NDA and receive approval for their products by April 2008 or be subject to regulatory action. In October 2007, the FDA published a notice in the Federal Register extending the deadline within which to obtain marketing approval for exocrine pancreatic insufficiency drug products to April 28, 2010, for those companies that were (a) marketing unapproved pancreatic enzyme products as at April 28, 2004; (b) submitted NDAs on or before April 28, 2009; and (c) that continue diligent pursuit of regulatory approval. The FDA has required all manufacturers with unapproved NDAs to cease distribution of unapproved products after April 28, 2010, until such time that NDA approval is granted. After this date, the unapproved products may still be available on pharmacy shelves for a short time until stock is depleted. The FDA has stated that it will continue to review NDAs that have been submitted by manufacturers of unapproved PEPs, and will approve additional PEPs even after the April 28, 2010 deadline has passed, if they meet the required safety, effectiveness and product quality standards. The Company completed the submission for ULTRASE MT in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008. The submission of the Company’s rolling NDA for VIOKASE was completed in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010.
ULTRASEMT and VIOKASE did not receive NDA approval by the April 28, 2010 deadline and the Company has ceased distributing the two products after that date, in compliance with the FDA guideline. The Company recorded an additional $23,453,000 sales deductions reserve for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010. This reserve is for product returns and other sales deductions as an estimate of Company’s liability for ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE that may be returned by the original purchaser under the Company DSAs or applicable return policies. The cease distribution order issued by the FDA was not considered as a product recall. As at September 30, 2010, the reserve was $11,046,000 and was based on management estimates of ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE inventory in the distribution channel, assumptions on related expiration dates of this inventory as well as estimated erosion of ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE demand, based on competition from approved PEPs and the resulting estimated sell-through of ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE, actual return activity and other factors. In future periods, the Company will monitor and review the estimates and will prospectively record changes to the reserve.
On November 28, 2010, the FDA issued complete response letters regarding the NDAs for ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE. The letters require that unresolved deficiencies raised with respect to the manufacturing and control processes at the manufacturer of the active ingredient for both ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE be addressed before approval can be granted. The letters also require that deficiencies identified in an FDA inspection of such manufacturer must be resolved before the NDAs can be approved. The Company is in ongoing discussions with the FDA and continues to work with the manufacturer of the active pharmaceutical ingredient to address the remaining open issues identified by the FDA, as soon as possible.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of U.S. Treasury backed securities, bank deposits, time deposits and money market funds. Cash equivalents are primarily highly liquid short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase and are recorded at cost, which approximates fair value.
Short-term investments
The Company classifies its short-term investments as available-for-sale. These investments are recorded at their fair value, and unrealized gains or losses, net of tax, are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income in Shareholders’ Equity. As at September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and February 25, 2008, there were no material unrealized gains or losses.
The Company monitors its investments for impairment and other than temporary declines in fair value. A debt security is considered impaired when its fair value is less than its amortized cost basis. An impairment is considered other than temporary if (i) the Company has the intent to sell the security, (ii) it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of the entire amortized cost basis, or (iii) the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. If impairment is considered other than temporary based on condition (i) or (ii) described above, the entire impairment loss is recognized in earnings. If an impairment is considered other than temporary based on conditions (iii), the amount representing credit losses (defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis of the debt security) will be recognized in earnings and the amount relating to all other factors will be recognized in other comprehensive income. As part of this assessment, the Company evaluates among other factors general market conditions, credit quality of debt instrument issuers, the duration and extent to which the fair value is less than cost and specific adverse conditions related to the financial health of and business outlook for the investee, including industry and sector performance, changes in technology, and operational and financing cash flow factors.
In addition, the Company reviews its equity securities for other than temporary declines in fair value. The Company evaluates the length of time and the extent to which the market value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the portfolio company and the Company’s intent and ability to retain the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value. The Company charges an impairment loss to earnings when an other than temporary decline in fair value occurs.

-88-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share related data)
Accounts receivable
The majority of the Company’s accounts receivable is due from companies in the pharmaceutical industry. Credit is extended based on an evaluation of a customer’s financial condition and, generally, collateral is not required. Accounts receivable are generally due within 30 to 60 days and are stated at amounts due from customers net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Accounts outstanding longer than the contractual payment terms are considered past due. The Company determines its allowance by considering a number of factors, including the length of time trade accounts receivable are past due, the Company’s previous loss history, the customer’s current ability to pay its obligation to the Company and the condition of the general economy and the industry as a whole. The Company writes off accounts receivable when they become uncollectible and payments subsequently received on such receivables are credited to bad debt expense.
Inventory valuation
Inventories of raw materials and packaging material are valued at the lower of cost and replacement cost. Inventories of work in progress and finished goods are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined by the first-in, first-out method. Cost for work in progress and finished goods include raw materials, direct labor, subcontracts and an allocation for overhead. Allowances are maintained for slow-moving inventories based on the remaining shelf life of products and estimated time required to sell such inventories. Obsolete inventory and rejected products are written-off to cost of goods sold.
Inventory costs associated with products that have not yet received regulatory approval are capitalized if the Company believes there is probable future commercial use and future economic benefit. If future commercial use and future economic benefit are not considered probable, then costs associated with pre-launch inventory that has not yet received regulatory approval are expensed as research and development expense during the period the costs are incurred. The Company could be required to expense previously capitalized costs related to pre-approval inventory if the probability of future commercial use and future economic benefit changes due to denial or delay of regulatory approval, a delay in commercialization, or other factors.
The Company recorded a charge of $44,883,000 during the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2010, to cost of goods sold to reduce inventories to their net realizable value and for estimated loss for purchase and other materials and supply commitments related to ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE products.
Research and development
Research and development expenses are expensed as incurred. Upfront and milestone payments made to third parties in connection with agreements with third parties (or research and development collaborations) are expensed as incurred up to the point of regulatory approval, in the absence of an alternative future uses. Payments made to third parties subsequent to regulatory approval are capitalized and amortized over the remaining useful life of the related product. Amounts capitalized for such payments are included in intangible assets.
In-process research and development
In-process research and development (“IPR&D”) represents the fair value assigned to incomplete research and development projects acquired in a business combination or asset acquisition which, at the time of acquisition, are determined to have no alternative future use. For business combinations that closed prior to October 1, 2009, the fair value of such project was expensed upon acquisition. For business combinations that closed after October 1, 2009, the fair value of such acquired IPR&D projects are capitalized as indefinite lived intangible assets, subject to impairment testing until completion or abandonment of the projects. Alternatively, the fair value of IPR&D projects acquired as part of an asset acquisition is expensed on acquisition.
Depreciation and amortization
Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets with a finite life are reported at acquisition cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization are depreciated or amortized over their estimated useful lives according to the straight-line method over the following periods:
     
Buildings
  10 to 25 years
Furniture and equipment
  5 to 10 years
Computer equipment and software
  2 to 5 years
Leasehold and building improvements
  5 to 10 years
Trademarks, trademark licenses and manufacturing rights
  6 months to 20 years
Depreciation or amortization commences when an asset is substantially completed and becomes available for productive commercial use.

-89-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share related data)
Impairment of long lived-assets and goodwill
The value of goodwill and intangible assets with an indefinite life are subject to an annual impairment test unless events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of these assets may not be recoverable.
The intangible assets with a finite life and property, plant and equipment are subject to an impairment test whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of these assets may not be recoverable. The Company compares the carrying value of the unamortized portion of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets with a finite life to estimated future undiscounted cash flows. If the carrying value exceeds estimated undiscounted future cash flows, an impairment loss equal to the excess is recorded in earnings and the cost basis is adjusted.
The goodwill impairment test is a two-step process. Step one consists of a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including the goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. Measurement of the fair value of a reporting unit may be based on one or more fair value measures including present value technique of estimated future cash flows and estimated amounts at which the unit as a whole could be bought or sold in a current transaction between willing parties. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds the fair value, step two requires the fair value of the reporting unit to be allocated to the underlying tangible and intangible assets and liabilities of that reporting unit, resulting in an implied fair value of goodwill. If the carrying amount of the goodwill of the reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss equal to the excess is recorded in earnings.
The Company’s pancreatic enzyme products did not receive NDA approval from the FDA by the April 28, 2010 deadline. This is a change in circumstance that caused the Company to review the carrying value of its associated long-lived assets including goodwill. Based on this review, an impairment charge of $107,158,000 was recorded during the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2010 (Note 9).
Income taxes
Income taxes are calculated using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized to account for the estimated taxes that will result from the recovery or settlement of assets and liabilities recorded at their financial statement carrying amounts. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured based on enacted tax rates and laws at the date of the financial statements for the years in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is provided for the portion of deferred tax assets that is more likely than not to remain unrealized. Adjustments to the deferred income tax asset and liability balances are recognized in net income as they occur.
The Company conducts business in various countries throughout the world and is subject to tax in numerous jurisdictions. As a result of its business activities, the Company files a significant number of tax returns that are subject to examination by various federal, state and local tax authorities. Tax examinations are often complex as tax authorities may disagree with the treatment of items reported by the Company and this may require several years to resolve.
Selling and administrative expenses
Selling and administrative expenses include shipping and handling expenses, other than distribution service agreement fees and advertising expenses. Distribution service agreement fees are deducted from revenue. Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.
Foreign currency translation
The Company has operations in the United States of America, Canada and some Western European countries. For foreign subsidiaries where the local currencies have been determined to be the functional currency, the net assets of these subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars for consolidation purposes using the current rate method. Gains and losses arising from the translation of the financial statements of subsidiaries are deferred in a cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments account reported as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income in Shareholders’ Equity (Deficiency).
On October 1, 2008, the Company changed the functional currency of its Canadian business unit from the Canadian dollar to the U.S. dollar. For the operations in the United States of America and in Canada for the period after September 30, 2008, monetary foreign currency assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars, the functional currency, at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date whereas non-monetary assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates in effect at transaction dates. Revenue and operating expenses in foreign currency are translated at the average rates in effect during the year, except for depreciation and amortization, translated at historical rates. Gains and losses are included in net income for the year.

-90-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share related data)
Deferred debt issue expenses
Financing costs incurred in connection with the issuance of senior secured notes (“Senior Secured Notes”), a credit facility (“Credit Facility”) and a Senior Unsecured Interim Loan (“Senior Unsecured Interim Loan”) on February 25, 2008, have been deferred and are included in deferred debt issue expenses on the consolidated balance sheets. These financing costs are being expensed over the terms of the respective debt using the effective interest method. Financing costs incurred in connection with the repayment of the bridge financing (“Bridge Financing”) and the issuance of senior unsecured notes (“Senior Unsecured Notes”) on May 6, 2008, have also been deferred and are included in deferred debt issue expenses related to the Senior Unsecured Interim Loan are being expensed over the terms of the Senior Unsecured Notes using the effective interest method.
Derivative instruments and hedging activities
The Company records all derivatives on the balance sheets at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivatives, whether the consolidated Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability, or firm commitment attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, are considered fair value hedges. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk in a fair value hedge or the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge. The Company may enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge certain of its risk, even though hedge accounting does not apply or the Company elects not to apply hedge accounting.
The Company has designated its interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk. On an ongoing basis, the Company assesses whether each derivative continues to be highly effective in offsetting changes in the cash flows of hedged items. Hedge ineffectiveness, if any, is immediately recognized in earnings.
Stock incentive plans
The Company recognizes the fair value of stock-based awards granted pursuant to its stock incentive plans as expense over the requisite service period, which generally equals the vesting period. All stock-based awards are approved by the Board of Directors prior to the grant.
3. Recently Issued Accounting Standards
In March 2010, the FASB issued guidance related to revenue recognition that applies to arrangements with milestones relating to research or development deliverables. This guidance provides criteria that must be met to recognize consideration that is contingent upon achievement of a substantive milestone in its entirety in the period in which the milestone is achieved. The guidance provides a definition of substantive milestone and should be applied regardless of whether the arrangement includes single or multiple deliverables or units of accounting. This guidance is effective prospectively to milestones achieved in fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, after June 15, 2010, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In March 2010, the FASB amended the existing guidance on stock compensation to clarify that an employee share-based payment award with an exercise price denominated in the currency of a market in which a substantial portion of the entity’s equity securities trades should not be considered to contain a condition that is not a market, performance, or service condition. Therefore, such an award should not be classified as a liability if it otherwise qualifies as equity. This guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2010.The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In January 2010, the FASB amended the existing authoritative guidance on disclosures of fair value measurements and clarifies and provides additional disclosure requirements related to recurring and non-recurring fair value measurements. The new disclosures and clarifications of existing disclosures are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009. The disclosure of the roll forward of activity in Level 3 measurements on a gross basis is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In October 2009, the FASB amended the existing guidance on revenue recognition related to accounting for multiple-element arrangements. This amendment addresses how to determine whether an arrangement involving multiple deliverables contains more than one unit of accounting, and how the arrangement consideration should be allocated among the separate units of accounting. This guidance is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010, and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

-91-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share related data)
In August 2009, the FASB amended the existing guidance on fair value measurements and disclosures to provide clarification in measuring the fair value of liabilities in circumstances when a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available. In such circumstances, a reporting entity is required to measure fair value using one or more of the following methods: 1) a valuation technique that uses the quoted price of the identical liability when traded as an asset or quoted prices for similar liabilities or similar liabilities when traded as assets; and/or 2) a valuation technique that is consistent with the principles of fair value measurements (e.g. an income approach or market approach). This guidance is effective for reporting periods including interim periods beginning after August 28, 2009. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In June 2009, the FASB amended the existing authoritative guidance on consolidation regarding variable interest entities for determining whether an entity is a variable interest entity (“VIE”) and requires an enterprise to perform an analysis to determine whether the enterprise’s variable interest or interests give it a controlling financial interest in a VIE. According to the revised guidance, an enterprise has a controlling financial interest when it has a) the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and b) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The guidance also requires an enterprise to assess whether it has an implicit financial responsibility to ensure that a VIE operates as designed when determining whether it has power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance. The guidance also requires ongoing assessments of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a VIE, requires enhanced disclosures and eliminates the scope exclusion for qualifying special-purpose entities. The revised guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009, with early adoption prohibited. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of the revised guidance on its consolidated financial statements.
In May 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on subsequent events. This guidance establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosures of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. Specifically, the guidance sets forth the period after the balance sheet date during which management of a reporting entity should evaluate events or transactions that may occur for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements, the circumstances under which an entity should recognize events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date in its financial statements and the disclosures that an entity should make about events or transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date. The guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods ended after June 15, 2009, and will be applied prospectively. In February 2010, the FASB amended the authoritative guidance on subsequent events to amend disclosures related to events occurring subsequent to year end. The amendment removes the requirement for an SEC filer to disclose a date through which subsequent events were evaluated in both issued and revised financial statements. The amendment removes potential conflicts with SEC guidance and is effective upon issuance. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In April 2009, the FASB amended the authoritative guidance on financial instruments to require disclosures about fair value of financial instruments in interim as well as in annual financial statements of publicly traded companies. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements since the Company has provided disclosures about fair value of financial instruments in its interim financial statements prior to the issuance of this guidance.
In April 2009, the FASB issued additional guidance on estimating fair value when the volume and level of activity for an asset or liability have significantly decreased in relation to normal market activity for the asset or liability. Guidance on identifying circumstances that indicate a transaction is not orderly was also issued and required additional disclosures. This guidance is to be applied prospectively and is effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In April 2008, the FASB issued guidance that amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset. The intent of this guidance is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset determined in accordance with the guidance on intangible assets and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset determined in accordance with the amended guidance for business combinations and other authoritative guidance. This guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is prohibited. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

-92-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share related data)
In March 2008, the FASB amended the guidance on disclosure requirements related to derivative instruments and hedging activities. The new guidance requires that objectives for using derivative instruments be disclosed in terms of underlying risk and accounting designation. Pursuant to the new guidance, enhanced disclosures are required about (a) how and why derivative instruments are used, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. The fair value of derivative instruments and their gains and losses will need to be presented in tabular format in order to present a more complete picture of the effects of using derivative instruments. This guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements (see Note 16).
In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance related to collaborative arrangements. The guidance defines collaborative arrangements and establishes reporting requirements for transactions between participants in a collaborative arrangement and between participants in the arrangement and third parties. The guidance also establishes the appropriate income statement presentation and classification for joint operating activities and payments between participants, as well as the sufficiency of the disclosures related to these arrangements. This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2008, and shall be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented for all collaborative arrangements existing as at the effective date. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In September 2006, the FASB issued guidance on fair value measurements, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements and is effective for fair value measurements already required or permitted by other guidance for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. In February 2008, the FASB issued guidance, that deferred the effective date of the guidance for fair value measurement for one year for non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually). In October 2008, the FASB issued guidance which clarifies the application of the guidance on fair value measurements in determining the fair value of a financial asset when the market for that asset is not active. This guidance was effective upon issuance, including prior periods for which financial statements had not been issued. On October 1, 2008, the Company adopted the guidance on fair value measurements for financial assets and liabilities. The adoption of the guidance on fair value measurements for financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements (see Note 17). On October 1, 2009, the Company adopted the guidance on fair value measurements for non-financial assets and liabilities. The adoption of the guidance on fair value measurements for non-financial assets and liabilities did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
4. Acquisition
On February 25, 2008, the Company, pursuant to a Plan of Arrangement dated November 29, 2007 and through a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary, completed the acquisition of all common shares of Axcan Pharma Inc. at a price of $23.35 per share and entered into various related transactions (the “Acquisition”). The cash consideration of $1,293,000,000 plus the capitalized portion of acquisition costs of approximately $14,100,000 were funded by cash equity contributions from affiliates of TPG Capital L.P. (the “Sponsor”) and certain co-investors of $475,000,000, the proceeds from long-term debt of $634,100,000 and $198,200,000 in cash on hand from Axcan Pharma Inc. The business acquired is a specialty pharmaceutical company concentrating in the field of gastroenterology, with operations in North America and the European Union.

-93-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share related data)
The Company accounted for this acquisition as a business combination and, accordingly, the cost was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the acquisition date. As at September 30, 2008, the Company finalized its allocation of the purchase price. As at September 30, 2008, the final purchase price allocation was as follows:
         
    $  
Cash
    348,791  
Inventories a)
    54,055  
Other current assets
    91,951  
Property, plant and equipment
    36,912  
Intangible assets
    581,653  
Acquired in-process research b)
    272,400  
Goodwill
    169,625  
Deferred debt issue expenses
    889  
Deferred income taxes assets
    7,246  
Current liabilities
    (174,554 )
Long-term debt
    (68 )
Deferred income taxes liabilities
    (81,646 )
 
Total
    1,307,254  
 
     
a)   As part of the purchase price allocation for the acquisition, the carrying value of inventory acquired was stepped-up to fair value by $22,714,000 as at February 25, 2008. The stepped-up value is recorded as a charge to cost of goods sold as acquired inventory is sold.
 
b)   Represents the estimated fair value of acquired in-process R&D projects that had not yet reached technological feasibility and had no alternative future use. Accordingly, this amount was immediately expensed upon the acquisition date. The value assigned to purchased in-process technology is mainly attributable to the following projects: CANASA MAX 002, pancreatic enzymes, PYLERA in the European Union, AGI 010 and Cx401.
The pro-forma results of operations for the Company, assuming that the transaction occurred on October 1, 2007 and excluding any pro-forma charges for acquired in-process research, inventory stepped-up value adjustments, transaction and integration costs are as follows:
         
    For the  
    twelve-month  
    period ended  
    September 30, 2008  
    (unaudited)  
    $  
Revenue
    381,758  
Income before income taxes a)
    259  
Net income a)
    3,964  
 
     
     
a)   The pro-forma financial information for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008, has not been adjusted for the acquired in-process research of $272,400,000 and inventory stepped-up value adjustments of $22,714,000, which form part of the purchase price allocation, transaction and integration costs of $37,569,000 because they are non-recurring in nature.
The pro-forma information is presented for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that actually would have been achieved had the acquisition been consummated as of the time, nor is it intended to be a projection of future results.

-94-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share related data)
Product acquisitions
During the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2010, the Company entered into an asset purchase and license agreement to acquire rights in and to the intellectual property, assigned contracts, permits and inventories related to a compound to be used in the development of an undisclosed product in the field of gastroenterology. Certain other rights were licensed under the agreement. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company made an upfront payment of $8,000,000 on closing and additional payments of up to $86,000,000 may be required based on the achievement of certain development, regulatory and commercialization milestones. In addition, the Company will pay royalties on the basis of net sales. The Company completed the asset acquisition in April 2010 and recorded an expense of $7,948,000 and $52,000 in property, plant and equipment for the payment of acquired in-process research and development in the third quarter of fiscal year 2010.
5. Accounts receivable
                 
    September 30,     September 30,  
    2010     2009  
    $     $  
Trade accounts, net of allowance for doubtful amounts of $117 ($117 in 2009) a)
    31,404       54,094  
Taxes receivable
    364       612  
Other
    611       2,418  
 
 
    32,379       57,124  
 
The Company believes that there is no unusual exposure associated with the collection of these accounts receivable.
a)   As at September 30, 2010, the accounts receivable include amounts receivable from three major customers which represent approximately 42% (57% as at September 30, 2009) of the Company’s total accounts receivable (Note 14).
6. Inventories
                 
    September 30,     September 30,  
    2010     2009  
    $     $  
Raw material and packaging material
    10,316       8,416  
Work in progress
    595       886  
Finished goods net of reserve for obsolescence of $758 ($4,159 as at September 30, 2009)
    12,955       35,404  
 
 
    23,866       44,706  
 
As disclosed in Note 2, the Company’s PEPs did not obtain regulatory approval by the April 28, 2010 deadline established by the FDA. As a result, a charge of $44,883,000 was recorded during the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2010, to cost of goods sold to reduce inventories to their net realizable value and for estimated loss for purchase and other materials and supply commitments related to ULTRASE MT and VIOKASE products.

-95-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share related data)
7. Income Taxes
Income taxes included in the statement of operations are as follows:
                                 
    Successor     Predecessor  
    For the     For the     For the     For the  
    twelve-month     twelve-month     seven-month     five-month  
    period ended     period ended     period ended     period ended  
    September 30,     September 30,     September 30,     February 25,  
    2010     2009     2008     2008  
    $     $     $     $  
Current
    5,334       11,491       7,627       11,888  
 
Deferred
                               
Creation and reversal of temporary differences
    5,638       (35,863 )     (25,367 )     154  
Change in promulgated rates
    (22 )     290              
 
 
    5,616       (35,573 )     (25,367 )     154  
 
 
    10,950       (24,082 )     (17,740 )     12,042  
 
Domestic
                               
Current
    274       7,430       4,057       (4,264 )
Deferred
    10,945       (37,510 )     (10,461 )     1,977  
 
 
    11,219       (30,080 )     (6,404 )     (2,287 )
 
Foreign
                               
Current
    5,060       4,061       3,570       16,152  
Deferred
    (5,329 )     1,937       (14,906 )     (1,823 )
 
 
    (269 )     5,998       (11,336 )     14,329  
 
 
    10,950       (24,082 )     (17,740 )     12,042  
 
The Company’s effective income tax rate differs from the statutory federal income tax rate in the United States of America of 35.00% for the Successor and the combined statutory federal and provincial income tax rate in Canada for the Predecessor of 31.83%. This difference arises from the following:
                                                                 
    Successor     Predecessor  
    For the     For the     For the     For the  
    twelve-month     twelve-month     seven-month     five-month  
    period ended     period ended     period ended     period ended  
    September 30,     September 30,     September 30,     February 25,  
    2010     2009     2008     2008  
    %       $     %       $     %       $     %       $  
Combined statutory rate applied to pre-tax income (loss)
    35.00       (55,796 )     35.00       (11,192 )     35.00       (107,451 )     31.83       9,284  
Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:
                                                               
Change in promulgated rates
    0.01       (22 )     (0.91 )     290                   0.15       42  
Difference with foreign tax rates
    1.70       (2,717 )     8.10       (2,591 )     (1.12 )     3,428       (5.63 )     (1,643 )
Tax benefit arising from a financing structure
    11.18       (17,824 )     44.46       (14,218 )     2.94       (9,014 )            
Non-deductible items
    (21.89 )     34,892       (9.72 )     3,108       (31.81 )     97,647       15.91       4,641  
Non-taxable items
                                        (0.06 )     (17 )
Investment tax credits
    0.96       (1,524 )     4.24       (1,355 )     0.29       (885 )     (2.72 )     (793 )
State taxes
    1.95       (3,107 )     (0.34 )     110       1.29       (3,974 )            
Change in valuation allowance
    (36.09 )     57,544       (2.30 )     736                          
Other
    0.31       (496 )     (3.22 )     1,030       (0.81 )     2,509       1.81       528  
 
 
    (6.87 )     10,950       75.31       (24,082 )     5.78       (17,740 )     41.29       12,042  
 
As at September 30, 2010, no provision has been made for income taxes on the undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries that the Company intends to indefinitely reinvest.

-96-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share related data)
The deferred income tax assets and liabilities result from differences between the tax value and book value of the following items:
                 
    September 30,     September 30,  
    2010     2009  
    $     $  
Assets
               
Inventories
    2,897       3,519  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    12,257       12,464  
Intangible assets
    7,849        
Research and development tax credits
    2,022       2,355  
Deferred debt issue expenses
    2,332       1,812  
Unused tax losses
    42,046       20,983  
Financing expenses
    1,038       736  
Stock-based compensation
    2,123       1,984  
Other
    176       485  
Liabilities
               
Prepaid expenses and deposits
    (832 )     (786 )
Property, plant and equipment
    (1,183 )     (1,305 )
Intangible assets
    (32,915 )     (45,312 )
Sub Part F income
          (3,660 )
Undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries
          (2,097 )
Other
    (80 )     (457 )
 
 
    37,730       (9,279 )
Valuation allowance
    (58,280 )     (736 )
 
Net deferred income tax liabilities
    (20,550 )     (10,015 )
 
Recorded as:
                 
    September 30,     September 30,  
    2010     2009  
    $     $  
Deferred income tax assets — Current
    2,331       15,852  
Deferred income tax assets — Non-current
    8,706       12,052  
Deferred income tax liabilities — Current
    (47 )     (137 )
Deferred income tax liabilities — Non-Current
    (31,540 )     (37,782 )
 
Net deferred income tax liabilities
    (20,550 )     (10,015 )
 
Current and non-current deferred income tax assets and liabilities within the same jurisdiction are generally offset for presentation in the Consolidated Balance sheets.

-97-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share related data)
As at September 30, 2010, the Company had tax benefit carryovers of $42,046,000 ($20,983,000 as at September 30, 2009) relating to operating losses and $3,032,000 ($2,355,000 as at September 30, 2009) relating to tax credits. These tax benefits, in the amounts indicated below, are available until the following fiscal years:
                 
    Operating losses     Tax credits  
    $     $  
2028
    4,046       343  
2029
    2,302       1,457  
2030
    26,998       1,232  
Indefinitely
    8,700        
 
A valuation allowance against deferred tax assets is established when it is not more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized. Based on all available evidence, both positive and negative, the Company determined that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets related to substantially all of the U.S. jurisdictions’ cumulative gross net operating loss carry forwards, and certain other deferred assets, will not be realized. Accordingly, the Company recorded a valuation allowance of $57,242,000 for the year ended September 30, 2010, against the following net deferred tax assets generated in the U.S. reporting unit: $33,347,000 for unused losses, $10,696,000 for accounts payable and accrued liabilities, $7,849,000 for intangible assets, $2,333,000 for deferred debt issue expenses, $2,123,000 for stock-based compensation liability, and $894,000 for others. The Company has also recorded valuation allowances for the years ended September 30, 2010, and 2009 of $302,000 and $736,000 respectively against the deferred tax assets relating to financing expenses generated in its France reporting unit.
In future periods, if the deferred tax assets are determined by management to be more likely than not to be realized, the recognized tax benefits relating to the reversal of the valuation allowance will be recorded.
Effective October 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of the guidance issued by the FASB related to accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. The guidance prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The adoption of the provisions of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations and a cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings was not necessary. If recognized, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits of $11,485,000 as at September 30, 2010, ($10,409,000 as at September 30, 2009) would affect the Company’s effective tax rate.
The following table presents a summary of the changes to unrecognized tax benefits:
                                 
    Successor     Predecessor  
    For the     For the     For the     For the  
    twelve-month     twelve-month     seven-month     five-month  
    period ended     period ended     period ended     period ended  
    September 30,     September 30,     September 30,     February 25,  
    2010     2009     2008     2008  
    $     $     $     $  
Balance, beginning of period
    10,409       10,446       2,015       1,245  
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
    31       31       249       904  
Additions for tax positions of prior years
    1,179       279       8,182       15  
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
    (134 )     (347 )           (149 )
 
Balance, end of period
    11,485       10,409       10,446       2,015  
 

-98-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share related data)
The Company has historically recognized interest relating to income tax matters as a component of financial expenses and penalties related to income tax matters as a component of income tax expense. As at September 30, 2010, the company had accrued $1,075,000 ($649,000 as at September 30, 2009) for interest relating to income tax matters. There were no amounts recorded for penalties as at September 30, 2010, and 2009.
The Company and its subsidiaries file tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various states, local and foreign jurisdictions including Canada and France. In many cases, the Company’s uncertain tax positions are related to tax years that remain subject to examination by relevant tax authorities. The Company is subject to federal and state income tax examination by U.S. tax authorities for fiscal years 2005 through 2010. The Company is subject to Canadian and provincial income tax examination for fiscal years 2005 through 2010. There are numerous other income jurisdictions for which tax returns are not yet settled, none of which is individually significant. The Company is currently being audited by Canada Revenue Agency for fiscal year 2005 to fiscal year 2008.
The Company and its U.S. subsidiaries file as members of a U.S. Federal income tax return, of which Axcan Holdings Inc. is the parent. The consolidated income tax liability is allocated among the members of the group in accordance with a tax allocation agreement. The tax allocation agreement provides that each member of the group is allocated its share of the consolidated tax provision determined generally on a separate income tax return method.
8. Property, Plant and Equipment
                         
    September 30, 2010  
            Accumulated        
    Cost     depreciation     Net  
    $     $     $  
Land
    2,240             2,240  
Buildings
    23,252       4,490       18,762  
Furniture and equipment
    8,534       3,515       5,019  
Computer equipment and software
    18,419       9,588       8,831  
Leasehold and building improvements
    1,220       295       925  
                         
 
    53,665       17,888       35,777  
                         
                         
    September 30, 2009  
            Accumulated        
    Cost     depreciation     Net  
    $     $     $  
Land
    2,276             2,276  
Buildings
    22,739       2,931       19,808  
Furniture and equipment
    8,321       2,598       5,723  
Computer equipment and software
    15,218       4,805       10,413  
Leasehold and building improvements
    1,181       57       1,124  
                         
 
    49,735       10,391       39,344  
                         
Acquisitions of property, plant and equipment amount to $5,577,000 for the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2010, ($11,023,000 for the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2009, $3,134,000 for the seven-month period ended September 30, 2008, and $2,963,000 for the five-month period ended February 25, 2008).
The cost and accumulated depreciation of equipment under capital leases amount to $1,401,000 and $1,077,000 respectively ($1,697,000 and $1,173,000 in 2009).

-99-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share related data)
9. Impairment of Long-Lived Assets, Including Goodwill
Goodwill
The FDA mandated that all manufacturers of exocrine pancreatic insufficiency drug products file an NDA and receive approval for their products by April 28, 2010. On April 28, 2010, neither of the Company’s two pancreatic insufficiency drug products, ULTRASEMT and VIOKASE, had obtained FDA approval. The Company plans to continue to seek to obtain an NDA approval for these products. The Company is currently not distributing these products and expects that the future cash flows that would be generated from these products will be negatively impacted by market share erosion that will occur between April 28, 2010 and the date of eventual re-launch of the products on the market, and management cannot provide any assurances that the Company will be able to re-launch the products. The Company has considered the FDA April 28, 2010 approval deadline to be a triggering event which causes the Company to assess whether any portion of its recorded goodwill balance was impaired. As a result, an estimate of the impact of these developments was reflected in certain valuation assumptions of the Company’s interim goodwill impairment test performed as at March 31, 2010.
The goodwill impairment test is a two step process. Step one of the impairment analysis consisted of a comparison of the fair value of the U.S. reporting unit with its net carrying value, including the goodwill. The Company performed extensive valuation analyses, utilizing both income and market-based approaches, in its goodwill assessment process. The following describes the valuation methodologies used to derive the estimated fair value of the reporting unit.
Income approach
To determine the fair value, the Company discounted the expected future cash flows of the U.S. reporting unit, using a discount rate, which reflected the overall level of inherent risk and the rate of return an outside investor would have expected to earn. To estimate cash flows beyond the final year of its model, the Company used a terminal value approach. Under this approach, the Company used estimated operating income before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization in the final year of its model, adjusted to estimate a normalized cash flow, applied a perpetuity growth assumption, and discounted by a perpetuity discount factor to determine the terminal value. The Company incorporated the present value of the resulting terminal value into its estimate of the fair value.
Based on the “step one” analysis that was performed for the U.S. reporting unit, the Company determined that the carrying amount of the net assets of the reporting unit was in excess of its estimated fair value. As such, the Company was required to perform the “step two” analysis for its U.S. reporting unit, in order to determine the amount of any goodwill impairment. The “step two” analysis consisted of comparing the implied fair value of the goodwill with the carrying amount of the goodwill, with an impairment charge resulting from any excess of the carrying value of the goodwill over the implied fair value of the goodwill, based on a hypothetical allocation of the estimated fair value to the net assets. Based on the preliminary step two analysis, the Company determined that the goodwill allocated to the U.S. reporting unit, in the amount of $91,400,000 was impaired. As a result, the Company recorded a preliminary goodwill impairment charge of $91,400,000 during the three-month period ended March 31, 2010, which represented the Company’s best estimate as at March 31, 2010. The hypothetical allocation of the fair value of the reporting unit to individual assets and liabilities within the reporting unit also requires the Company to make significant estimates and assumptions. The hypothetical allocation required several analyses to determine the estimate of the fair value of assets and liabilities of the reporting unit. During the three-month period ended June 30, 2010, the Company finalized its step two analysis. The finalization of this analysis did not result in any adjustment to the previously recorded impairment.
The determination of the fair value of the reporting unit required the Company to make significant estimates and assumptions that affected the reporting unit’s expected future cash flows. These estimates and assumptions primarily include, but are not limited to, the discount rate, terminal growth rates, operating income before depreciation and amortization, and capital expenditure forecasts. Additionally, the Company has made assumptions relating to the expected amount of time required to eventually obtain FDA approval for the Company’s pancreatic enzyme products and the eventual market share of these products. Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making these estimates, actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.
The following table reflects the changes in carrying amount of goodwill:
                 
    September 30,     September 30,  
    2010     2009  
    $     $  
Balance, beginning of period
    165,823       165,014  
Impairment
    (91,400 )      
Foreign exchange
    (883 )     809  
                 
Balance, end of period
    73,540       165,823  
                 

-100-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share related data)
Intangible assets
In conjunction with the goodwill impairment identified during the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2010, the Company completed its review of the impairment test for intangible assets with a finite life related to PEPs within the U.S. reporting unit for recoverability and recorded a non-cash charge for impairment of intangible assets other than goodwill of $15,758,000. The Company used a discounted cash flow based approach to value these assets.
During the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2009, as a result of certain factors related to the ongoing marketing of certain of the Company’s products including the approval of a generic formulation of URSO 250 and URSO FORTE, the Company reviewed the carrying amount of the intangible assets specifically related to these products. Based on a discounted cash flow analysis and market prices, the Company concluded that a $55,665,000 reduction to the carrying value of the related intangible assets totalling $83,709,000 prior to the write-down was required. In addition, the estimated remaining amortizable life of these intangible assets was reduced to periods ranging from 6 months to 14 years.
The following table reflects the changes in the carrying amount of intangible assets:
Trademarks, trademark licenses and manufacturing rights with a finite life
                         
    September 30, 2010  
            Accumulated        
    Cost     amortization     Net  
    $     $     $  
Balance, beginning of period
    491,411       70,121       421,290  
Impairment
    (26,400 )     (10,642 )     (15,758 )
Amortization
          52,465       (52,465 )
Foreign exchange
    (5,804 )     (699 )     (5,105 )
                         
Balance, end of period
    459,207       111,245       347,962  
                         
                         
    September 30, 2009  
            Accumulated        
    Cost     amortization     Net  
    $     $     $  
Balance, beginning of period
    559,146       30,770       528,376  
Acquisition
    10             10  
Impairment
    (70,857 )     (15,192 )     (55,665 )
Amortization
          53,936       (53,936 )
Foreign exchange
    3,112       607       2,505  
                         
Balance, end of period
    491,411       70,121       421,290  
                         
As at September 30, 2010, the current intangible assets with a finite life have a weighted average remaining amortization period of approximately 11 years (12 years as at September 30, 2009).
The annual amortization expenses, without taking into account any future acquisitions expected for the years 2011 through 2015, are as follows:
         
    $  
         
2011
    44,497  
2012
    40,409  
2013
    32,269  
2014
    26,455  
2015
    26,455  

-101-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share related data)
10. Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities
                 
    September 30,     September 30,  
    2010     2009  
    $     $  
Accounts payable
    18,677       20,781  
Accounts payable to a shareholding company
    1,574       436  
Contract rebates, product returns and accrued chargebacks
    29,039       38,189  
Accrued interest on long-term debt
    4,254       4,377  
Accrued royalty fees
    4,010       6,516  
Accrued salaries
    4,790       5,502  
Accrued bonuses
    6,695       6,649  
Accrued research and development expenses
    853       308  
Accrued liability related to Unapproved Pep’s
    18,607        
Other accrued liabilities
    6,174       4,926  
                 
 
    94,673       87,684  
                 
11. Long-term Debt
                 
    September 30,     September 30,  
    2010     2009  
    $     $  
Senior notes secured by substantially all of the present and future assets of the Company, bearing interest at 9.25% and maturing in March 2015
    226,171       225,764  
Term loans of $138,823 at September 30, 2010, ($159,688 at September 30, 2009), of which $138,823 ($109,668 at September 30, 2009) bearing interest at the one-month British Banker Association LIBOR (0.26% as at September 30, 2010, and 0.25% as at September 30, 2009), and $0 ($50,000 at September 30, 2009) bearing interest at the three-month British Banker Association LIBOR (0.28% as at September 30, 2009), plus the applicable rate based on the consolidated total leverage ratio of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries for the preceding twelve months, secured by substantially all of the present and future assets of the Company, payable in quarterly installments, maturing in February 2014.
    135,210       154,779  
Senior unsecured notes, bearing interest at 12.75% and maturing in March 2016
    233,094       232,751  
                 
 
    594,475       613,294  
Installments due within one year
    13,163       30,708  
                 
 
    581,312       582,586  
                 

-102-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share related data)
On February 25, 2008, the Company obtained various types of financing in connection with the Acquisition. The Company issued $228,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 9.25% senior secured notes (the “Senior Secured Notes”) due March 1, 2015. The Senior Secured Notes were priced at $0.98737 with a 10% yield to March 1, 2015. The Senior Secured Notes rank pari passu with the credit facility.
The Company may redeem some or all of the Senior Secured Notes prior to March 1, 2011, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes redeemed plus a “make-whole” premium and accrued and unpaid interest. On or after March 1, 2011, the Company may redeem some or all of the Senior Secured Notes at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes to be redeemed) set forth below:
         
    Senior  
    Secured Notes  
    %  
2011
    106.938  
2012
    104.625  
2013
    102.313  
2014 and thereafter
    100.000  
Prior to March 1, 2011, the Company may also redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes using the proceeds of one or more equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 109.250% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest. If there is a change of control as specified in the indenture governing the Senior Secured Notes, the Company must offer to repurchase the Senior Secured Notes at a price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest.
The Company has a credit facility for a total amount of $290,000,000 composed of available term loans totaling $175,000,000 and of a revolving credit facility of $115,000,000 (“Credit Facility”). The Credit Facility bears interest at a variable rate available composed of either the Federal Funds Rate or the British Banker Association LIBOR rate, at the option of the Company, plus the applicable rate based on the consolidated total leverage ratio of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries for the preceding twelve months. The Credit Facility matures on February 25, 2014, with payments on the term loans beginning in fiscal year 2008. As at September 30, 2010, $175,000,000 of term loans had been issued and no amounts had been drawn during the year against the revolving credit facility. The term loans were priced at $0.96 with a yield to maturity of 8.75% before the effect of the interest rate swaps as disclosed in Note 16. The Credit Facility requires the Company to meet certain financial covenants, which were met as at September 30, 2010. The credit agreement governing the Credit Facility requires the Company to prepay outstanding term loans contingent upon the occurrence of events, subject to certain exceptions, with: (1) 100% of the net cash proceeds of any incurrence of debt other than debt permitted under the Credit Facility, (2) commencing with the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, 50% (which percentage will be reduced to 25% if the senior secured leverage ratio is less than a specified ratio) of the annual excess cash flow (as defined in the credit agreement governing the Credit Facility) and (3) 100% of the net cash proceeds of all non-ordinary course asset sales or other dispositions of property (including casualty events) by the Company or by its subsidiaries, subject to reinvestments rights and certain other exceptions. Pursuant to the annual excess cash flow requirements defined in the credit agreement, the Company will be required to offer to prepay $13,163,000 of outstanding term loans in the first quarter of fiscal year 2011 ($17,583,000 for the fiscal year 2009 was paid in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010). As allowed by the credit agreement, the prepayment has been applied to the remaining scheduled installments of principal in direct order of maturity.
On February 25, 2008, as part of the acquisition financing, the Company also obtained $235,000,000 in financing under a senior unsecured bridge facility (the “Bridge Financing”) maturing on February 25, 2009. On May 6, 2008, the Bridge Financing was refinanced on a long-term basis, by repaying the bridge facility with the proceeds from the sale by the Company of $235,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 12.75% senior unsecured notes due March 1, 2016, (the “Senior Unsecured Notes”). The Senior Unsecured Notes were priced at $0.9884 with a yield to maturity of 13.16%. The Senior Unsecured Notes are subordinated to the Credit Facility and Senior Secured Notes.

-103-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share related data)
The Company may redeem some or all of the Senior Unsecured Notes prior to March 1, 2012, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Senior Unsecured Notes redeemed plus a “make-whole” premium and accrued and unpaid interest. On or after March 1, 2012, the Company may redeem some or all of the Senior Unsecured Notes at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Senior Unsecured Notes to be redeemed) set forth below:
         
    Senior  
    Unsecured Notes  
    %  
2012
    106.375  
2013
    103.188  
2014 and thereafter
    100.000  
Prior to March 1, 2011, the Company may also redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Unsecured Notes using the proceeds of one or more equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 112.750% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Unsecured Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest. If there is a change of control as specified in the indenture governing the Senior Unsecured Notes, the Company must offer to repurchase the Senior Unsecured Notes at a price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest.
Payments required in each of the next five twelve-month periods to meet the retirement provisions of the long-term debt are as follows:
         
    $  
2011
    13,163  
2012
    14,098  
2013
    61,250  
2014
    50,312  
2015
    228,000  
Thereafter
    235,000  
         
 
    601,823  
Unamortized original issuance discount
    7,348  
         
 
    594,475  
         

-104-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share related data)
12. Capital Stock
Stock incentive plans
Predecessor
In 2006, the Predecessor adopted a new stock incentive plan (the “2006 plan”) in replacement of its previous stock option plan and pursuant to which the Predecessor grant, among other instruments, options, restricted share units (“RSUs”) and deferred share units (“DSUs”) to eligible employees and directors of the Predecessor. The 2006 plan provided that a maximum of 2,300,000 common shares were issuable pursuant to awards made under the 2006 plan, of which a maximum of 800,000 shares were available in the form of RSUs and DSUs. The per share purchase price could not be less than the market price of the common stock on the last trading day prior to the date of grant and the options expired no later than seven years from that date. Options could be exercised over a period established at the date of grant except for the annual options granted to outside directors which were exercisable one year after the date of grant.
Under the Predecessor’s previous stock option plan established in 1995 (the “1995 plan”), a maximum of 4,500,000 common shares were issuable pursuant to the exercise of options. Options were granted at the market price of one common share on the last trading day prior to the granting date. Options granted under the 1995 plan were exercisable at a rate of 20% per year and expired ten years after the granting date except for the annual options granted to outside directors, which vested one year after the granting date. At February 22, 2006, Axcan Pharma no longer issued options under the 1995 plan.
Generally, any RSUs granted under the 2006 plan vested three years after grant and any options granted under the 2006 plan vested in equal annual increments over a three-year period, except for new hire grants which vested ratably over five years. Upon consummation of the Acquisition, all outstanding options under the 1995 and 2006 plans at the time of the closing of February 25, 2008, were immediately vested, transferred by the holder of such option to Axcan Pharma Inc. and cancelled in exchange for an amount in cash equal to the excess, if any, of the offer price of $23.35 over the applicable option exercise price for each share of common stock subject to such option, less any required withholding taxes. In addition, each RSU held by the Predecessor’s named executive officers at the time of the closing of the Acquisition was vested and terminated in exchange for the offer price of $23.35, less any required withholding taxes.
The following table presents a summary of the changes to the number of stock options outstanding:
                 
    For the five-month period  
    ended February 25, 2008  
            Weighted  
            average  
    Number of     exercise  
    options     price  
            $  
Balance, beginning of period
    2,684,835       13.61  
Exercised
    (17,299 )     12.72  
Expired
    (4,000 )     11.99  
Forfeited
    (47,710 )     14.62  
Settled upon consummation of the Acquisition
    (2,615,826 )     13.85  
                 
Balance, end of period
           
                 
Options exercisable at the end of the period
           
                 

-105-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share related data)
The following table presents a summary of the changes to the number of non-vested stock options in the Predecessor five month-period ended February 25, 2008:
                 
            Weighted  
            average  
    Number of     grant date  
    options     fair value  
            $  
Balance, beginning of period
    1,238,064       6.26  
Vested (1)
    (1,190,354 )     6.25  
Forfeited
    (47,710 )     6.44  
                 
Balance, end of period
           
                 
     
 
(1)   Upon consummation of the Acquisition, all non-vested stock options became vested; as a result, the Predecessor recorded $2,572,085 in share-based compensation expense for the five-month period ended February 25, 2008, $8,821,215 in reduction of retained earnings and $16,394,611 in reduction of additional paid-in capital.
Excluding the expenses recorded upon the consummation of the Acquisition, the Predecessor recorded $7,473,061 or share-based compensation expense relative to stock options for the five-month period ended February 25, 2008 in accordance with the guidance issued by the FASB on compensation related to share-based payment transactions. The amount of expense has been reduced to take into account the forfeitures.
As at the Acquisition date, there were 199,050 outstanding RSUs.
Since 2006, directors received an annual grant of DSUs having a value of $15,000 and each of the eligible persons may have elected to receive a portion of their annual compensation in the form of DSUs. DSUs were credited with dividend equivalents when dividends were paid on the Predecessor’s common shares. Directors may not have received any distribution in respect of the DSUs until they withdrew from the Board and members of management until cessation of employment. The amount of compensation was converted into DSUs based on the market price of the common stock on the last trading day prior to the date of grant. At the Acquisition date, the Predecessor’s directors held 16,211 DSUs.
Successor
Management equity incentive plan
In April 2008, the Company’s indirect parent company adopted a Management Equity Incentive Plan (the “MEIP Plan”), pursuant to which the indirect parent company grants options to selected employees and directors of the Company. The MEIP Plan provides that a maximum of 3,833,307 shares of common stock of the indirect parent company are issuable pursuant to the exercise of options. The per share purchase price cannot be less than the fair value of the share of common stock of the indirect parent company at the grant date and the option expires no later than ten years from the date of grant. Vesting of these stock options is split into 3 categories: 1) time-based options: 50% of option grants generally vest ratably over 5 years and feature a fixed exercise price equal to the fair value of common stock of the indirect parent company on grant date; 2) premium options: 25% of stock option grants with an exercise price initially equal to the fair value of common stock on grant date that will increase by 10% each year and generally vesting ratably over 5 years; and 3) performance-based options: 25% of stock option grants with a fixed exercise price equal to the fair value of common stock on grant date which vest upon the occurrence of a liquidity event (as defined under the terms of the MEIP Plan) based on the achievement of return targets calculated based on the return received by majority shareholders from the liquidity event. While the time-based options and the premium options are expensed over the requisite service period, the performance-based options will not be expensed until the occurrence of the liquidity event.

-106-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share related data)
The following table presents the changes to the number of stock options outstanding under the MEIP:
                                                 
    For the     For the     For the  
    twelve-month     twelve-month     seven-month  
    period ended     period ended     period ended  
    September 30,     September 30,     September 30,  
    2010     2009     2008  
            Weighted             Weighted             Weighted  
    Number     average     Number     average     Number     average  
    of     exercise     of     exercise     of     exercise  
    options     price     options     price     options     price  
            $             $             $  
Balance, beginning of period
    3,724,375       10.34       3,648,000       10.00              
Granted
    190,000       12.31       197,000       12.40       3,723,000       10.00  
Exercised
    (18,750 )     10.33                          
Forfeited
    (253,375 )     10.27       (120,625 )     10.16       (75,000 )     10.00  
                                                 
Balance, end of period
    3,642,250       10.69       3,724,375       10.34       3,648,000       10.00  
                                                 
Options exercisable at end of year
    1,021,012       10.70       526,450       10.31              
                                                 
Stock options outstanding as at September 30, 2010, are as follows:
                                                 
    Options outstanding     Options exercisable  
            Weighted                     Weighted        
            average     Weighted             average     Weighted  
            remaining     average             remaining     average  
    Number     contractual     exercise     Number     contractual     exercise  
    of options     life     price     of options     life     price  
Exercise price                   $                     $  
$10.00 - $11.00
    2,537,750       7.59       10.01       693,612       7.59       10.01  
$11.01 - $12.53
    1,104,500       8.08       12.26       327,400       7.67       12.17  
                                                 
 
    3,642,250       7.74       10.69       1,021,012       7.62       10.70  
                                                 
Stock options outstanding as at September 30, 2009, are as follows:
                                                 
    Options outstanding     Options exercisable  
            Weighted                     Weighted        
            average     Weighted             average     Weighted  
            remaining     average             remaining     average  
    Number     contractual     exercise     Number     contractual     exercise  
    of options     life     price     of options     life     price  
Exercise price                   $                     $  
$10.00 - $11.00
    3,544,375       8.58       10.23       526,450       8.59       10.31  
$11.01 - $12.53
    180,000       9.64       12.53                    
                                                 
 
    3,724,375       8.63       10.34       526,450       8.59       10.31  
                                                 

-107-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share related data)
The changes to the number of non-vested stock options for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, and September 30, 2009, are as follows:
                                 
    September 30, 2010     September 30, 2009  
            Weighted             Weighted  
            average             average  
    Number of     grant date     Number of     grant date  
    options     fair value     options     fair value  
            $             $  
Balance, beginning of period
    3,197,925       3.52       3,648,000       3.43  
Granted
    190,000       5.18       197,000       5.12  
Vested
    (513,312 )     3.59       (526,450 )     3.45  
Forfeited
    (253,375 )     3.37       (120,625 )     3.52  
 
Balance, end of period
    2,621,238       3.63       3,197,925       3.52  
 
The weighted average fair value of stock options granted under the MEIP was $5.18 for the year ended September 30, 2010, ($5.12 for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, and $3.43 for the seven-month period ended September 30, 2008).
The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes valuation model for the service-based options and the Monte Carlo simulation model for the performance-based options. The expected life of options is based on the weighted contractual life based on the probability of change in control/liquidity event. The expected volatility is based on historical volatility of Axcan Pharma Inc. and peer companies. The risk free interest rate is based on the average rate of return on U.S. Government Strips with a remaining term equal to the expected term of the option. The dividend yield reflects that the indirect parent Company has not paid any cash dividends since inception and does not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
The fair value estimates are based on the following weighted average assumptions for options granted:
                         
    For the     For the     For the  
    twelve-month     twelve-month     seven-month  
    period ended     period ended     period ended  
    September 30,     September 30,     September 30,  
    2010     2009     2008  
Expected term of options (years)
    5.50       5.40       4.15  
Expected stock price volatility
    58.4 %     57.6 %     46.0 %
Risk-free interest rate
    2.34 %     2.38 %     2.80 %
Expected dividend
                 

-108-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share related data)
Special equity grant
In April 2008, the indirect parent company approved the Restricted Stock Unit grant agreement and the penny option grant agreement (collectively “Equity Grant Agreements”) pursuant to which a one-time grant of equity-based awards of either restricted stock units (“RSUs”) or options to purchase shares of common stock of the indirect parent company for a penny (“Penny Options”) was made to certain employees of the Company. A maximum of 1,343,348 shares of common stock of the indirect parent company are issuable with respect to the special grants. As a result of the option to allow the recipients to elect to have an amount withheld that is in excess of the required minimum withholding under the current tax law, the special grants will be accounted for as liability awards. As a liability award, the fair value on which the expense is based is remeasured each period based on the estimated fair value and the final expense will be based on the fair value of the shares on the date the award is settled. The RSUs and Penny Options expire no later than four years and ten years from the date of grant. One third of the granted RSUs and Penny Options vested immediately on date of grant; one third vested on August 25, 2009, and the remainder vested on August 25, 2010.
The carrying value of an RSU or Penny Option is always equal to the estimated fair value of one common share of the indirect parent company. The RSUs and Penny Options entitle the holders to receive common shares of the indirect parent company at the end of a vesting period. The total number of RSUs and Penny Options granted were 1,348,348 with an initial fair value of $10 equal to the share price at the date of grant. As at September 30, 2010, there were 1,172,396 outstanding RSUs and Penny Options (1,275,220 as at September 30, 2009) of which 1,167,396 (851,490 as at September 30, 2009) were vested.
The Company recorded a net recovery of $378,000 of share-based compensation expense relative to the MEIP and the Special Equity Grant for the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2010, ($6,172,000 for the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2009, and $7,443,000 for the seven-month period ended September 30, 2008) with related income tax benefits of $300,000 ($1,098,000 and $1,092,000) respectively. The amount of expense has been reduced to take into account estimated forfeitures. As at September 30, 2010, there were $5,404,000 ($10,341,000 as at September 30, 2009) of total unrecognized compensation costs related to MEIP and the Special Equity Grant based on the recorded fair value. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 4.44 years. At September 30, 2010, there was $3,108,000 ($3,107,000 as at September 30, 2009) of compensation expense related to the performance based options that will be recognized upon the occurrence of a liquidity event.
Annual grant
In June 2008, the Company’s indirect parent company adopted a Long Term Incentive Plan (the “LTIP”), pursuant to which the indirect parent company is expected to grant annual awards to certain employees of the Company (the “participants”). The value of an award is initially based on the participant’s pay grade and base salary and is subsequently adjusted based on the outcome of certain performance conditions relating to the fiscal year. Each award that vests is ultimately settleable, at the option of the participant, in cash or in parent company common stock of equivalent value. The awards vest (i) upon the occurrence of a liquidity event (as defined under the terms of the LTIP) and (ii) in varying percentages based on the level of return realized by majority shareholders as a result of the liquidity event.
The awards granted under this LTIP are classified as liabilities in accordance with the FSAB issued guidance on distinguishing liabilities from equity, since the award is for a fixed amount of value that can be settled, at the option of the participant, in (i) cash, or (ii) a variable number of parent company common stock of equivalent value.
The Company will not recognize any compensation expense until such time as the occurrence of a liquidity event generating sufficient return to the majority shareholders (in order for the award to vest) is probable. If such an event was probable as at September 30, 2010, the value of the awards to be expensed by the Company would range between $5,358,000 and $6,430,000 depending on the level of return expected to be realized by the majority shareholders.

-109-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share related data)
13. Financial Information Included in the Consolidated Operations
a) Financial expenses
                                 
    Successor     Predecessor  
    For the     For the     For the     For the  
    twelve-month     twelve-month     seven-month     five-month  
    period ended     period ended     period ended     period ended  
    September 30,     September 30,     September 30,     February 25,  
    2010     2009     2008     2008  
    $     $     $     $  
Interest on long-term debt (including amortization of original issuance discount of $2,046, $2,061 in 2009 and $1,150 for the seven-month period ended September 30, 2008)
    58,609       61,821       36,631       14  
Interest and bank charges
    806       444       207       76  
Interest rate swaps (Note 16)
    17       1,531       5        
Financing fees
    556       1,046       469       172  
Amortization of deferred debt issue expenses
    4,968       4,967       4,201        
 
 
    64,956       69,809       41,513       262  
 
b) Other information
                                 
    Successor     Predecessor  
    For the     For the     For the     For the  
    twelve-month     twelve-month     seven-month     five-month  
    period ended     period ended     period ended     period ended  
    September 30,     September 30,     September 30,     February 25,  
    2010     2009     2008     2008  
    $     $     $     $  
Rental expenses
    3,724       2,881       1,831       1,052  
Shipping and handling expenses
    6,308       7,066       3,748       2,263  
Advertizing expenses
    9,847       16,449       8,803       4,628  
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
    8,546       6,369       3,824       2,526  
Amortization of intangible assets
    52,465       53,936       31,755       7,069  
Stock-based compensation expense
    (378 )     6,172       7,443       10,046  
Transaction and integration costs
    5,602       2,871       11,780       26,489  
 

-110-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share related data)
14. Segmented Information
The Company operates in a single field of activity, the pharmaceutical industry.
Three major customers in the U.S. market for which the sales represent 70.2% of revenue for the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2010, (79.5% of revenue for the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2009, 77.1% for the seven-month period ended September 30, 2008, and 74.2% for the five-month period ended February 25, 2008) are detailed as follows:
                                 
    Successor     Predecessor  
    For the     For the     For the     For the  
    twelve-month     twelve-month     seven-month     five-month  
    period ended     period ended     period ended     period ended  
    September 30,     September 30,     September 30,     February 25,  
    2010     2009     2008     2008  
    %     %     %     %  
Customer A
    29.9       30.4       43.7       32.4  
Customer B
    28.1       37.4       24.3       29.8  
Customer C
    12.2       11.7       9.1       12.0  
 
 
    70.2       79.5       77.1       74.2  
 
Purchases from one supplier represent approximately 32% of the cost of goods sold for the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2010, (two suppliers for 51% for the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2009, two for 38% for the seven-month period ended September 30, 2008, and two for 40% for the five-month period ended February 25, 2008).
The Company purchases its inventory from third party manufacturers, many of whom are the sole source of products for the Company. The failure of such manufacturers to provide an uninterrupted supply of products could adversely impact the Company’s ability to sell such products.
The Company operates in the following geographic areas:
                                 
    Successor     Predecessor  
    For the     For the     For the     For the  
    twelve-month     twelve-month     seven-month     five-month  
    period ended     period ended     period ended     period ended  
    September 30,     September 30,     September 30,     February 25,  
    2010     2009     2008     2008  
    $     $     $     $  
Total Revenue
                               
United States
                               
Domestic sales
    255,506       314,783       162,908       112,146  
Foreign sales
    3,513       4,821       3,076       2,221  
Canada
                               
Domestic sales
    31,867       30,755       19,614       15,302  
Foreign sales
    522       165              
European Union
                               
Domestic sales
    52,253       58,634       33,082       24,608  
Foreign sales
    10,911       7,168       4,258       4,093  
Other
    15       613       241       209  
 
 
    354,587       416,939       223,179       158,579  
 

-111-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share related data)
Revenue is attributed to geographic area as based on the country of origin of the sales.
                 
    September 30,     September 30,  
    2010     2009  
    $     $  
Property, plant, equipment and intangible assets
               
Canada
    299,180       333,001  
United States
    13,906       44,448  
European Union
    70,653       83,185  
 
 
    383,739       460,634  
 
                 
    September 30,     September 30,  
    2010     2009  
    $     $  
Goodwill
               
Canada
    61,887       61,887  
United States
          91,400  
European Union
    11,653       12,536  
 
 
    73,540       165,823  
 
15. Financial Instruments
Interest rate risk
The Company is exposed to interest rate risk on its variable interest bearing term loans. The term loans bear interest based on British Banker Association LIBOR. As further disclosed in Note 16, the Company may enter into derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to interest rate changes and reduce its overall cost of borrowing.
Currency risk
The Company is exposed to financial risk arising from fluctuations in foreign exchange rates and the degree of volatility of the rates. The Company does not use derivative instruments to reduce its exposure to foreign currencies risk. As at September 30, 2010, the financial assets totaling $194,005,000 ($183,252,000 as at September 30, 2009) include cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable for CAN$4,073,000, 18,658,000 Euros and 1,820,000 Swiss francs (CAN$3,525,000, 19,014,000 Euros and 2,000,000 Swiss francs as at September 30, 2009). As at September 30, 2010, the financial liabilities totaling $689,148,000 ($700,978,000 as at September 30, 2009) include accounts payable and accrued liabilities and long-term debt of CAN$10,234,000 and 8,158,000 Euros respectively(CAN$11,432,000 and 8,044,000 Euros as at September 30, 2009).
Credit risk
As at September 30, 2010, the Company had $134,299,000 ($98,630,000 as at September 30, 2009) of cash with one financial institution. At times, such deposits may exceed the amount insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

-112-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share related data)
Fair value of the financial instruments on the balance sheet
The estimated fair value of the financial instruments is as follows:
                                 
    September 30, 2010     September 30, 2009  
    Fair     Carrying     Fair     Carrying  
    value     amount     value     amount  
    $     $     $     $  
Assets
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
    161,503       161,503       126,435       126,435  
Accounts receivable from the parent company
    487       487       306       306  
Accounts receivable, net
    32,015       32,015       56,511       56,511  
Liabilities
                               
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    94,673       94,673       87,684       87,684  
Long-term debt
    608,535       594,475       649,689       613,294  
The following methods and assumptions were used to calculate the estimated fair value of the financial instruments on the balance sheet.
a) Financial instruments for which fair value is deemed equivalent to carrying amount
     The estimated fair value of certain financial instruments shown on the consolidated balance sheet is equivalent to their carrying amount. These financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, net, accounts receivable from the parent company, accounts payable and accrued liabilities.
b) Long-term debt
     The fair value of the long-term debt bearing interest at fixed rates has been established according to market prices obtained from a large U.S. financial institution. The fair value of the variable interest bearing term loan at September 30, 2010, has been established based on broker-dealer quotes. The fair value of the variable interest bearing term loan at September 30, 2009, is estimated to be equal to book value.
16. Derivatives and Hedging Activities
Risk management objective of using derivatives
The Company is exposed to certain risk arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity and credit risk primarily by managing the amount, sources, conditions and duration of its debt funding and the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates. The Company’s derivative financial instruments, if any, are used to manage differences in the amount, timing and duration of the Company’s known or expected cash payments principally related to the Company’s borrowings.
Cash flow hedges of interest rate risk
The Company’s objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate movements. To accomplish this objective, the Company primarily uses interest rate swaps as part of its interest rate risk management strategy. Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of variable-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount. Such derivatives were used to hedge the variable cash flows associated with existing variable-rate debt.
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges is recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is recognized directly in earnings.
Amounts reported in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on the Company’s variable-rate debt.

-113-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share related data)
Effective March 3, 2008, the Company entered into two pay-fixed, receive-floating interest rate swap agreements, effectively converting $115,000,000 of variable-rate debt under its secured senior credit facilities to fixed-rate debt. Through the first two quarters of 2008, the Company’s two interest rate swaps were designated as effective hedges of cash flows. For the quarter ended September 30, 2008, due to the increased volatility in short-term interest rates and a realignment of the Company’s LIBOR rate election on its debt capital repayment schedule, hedge accounting was discontinued as the hedge relationship ceased to satisfy the strict conditions of hedge accounting. On December 1, 2008, the Company redesignated its $50,000,000 notional interest rate swap that matures in February 2010 anew as a cash flow hedge using an improved method of assessing the effectiveness of the hedging relationship. The Company’s $65,000,000 notional interest rate swap matured in February 2009. Effective March 2009, the Company entered into a pay-fixed, receive-floating interest rate swap of a notional amount of $52,000,000 amortizing to $13,000,000 through February 2010. The Company’s two interest rate swaps with a combined notional amount of $63,000,000 that were designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk matured during the quarter ended March 31, 2010, and the Company has not entered into new derivative agreements.
The table below presents the fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the consolidated balance sheet as at September 30, 2010, and September 30, 2009.
Tabular disclosure of fair values of derivative instruments
                         
            Liability Derivatives  
            Successor     Successor  
            September 30, 2010     September 30, 2009  
    Balance sheet location     Fair value     Fair value  
            $     $  
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments
                       
Interest rate swaps
  Other long-term liabilities             610  
 
                   
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments
                  610  
 
The table below presents the effect of the Company’s derivative financial instruments on the consolidated operations as at September 30, 2010, and 2009.
Tabular disclosure of the effect of derivative instruments for the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2010, and 2009
                         
            For the     For the  
    Location in the     twelve-month     twelve-month  
    Consolidated     period ended     period ended  
    Financial     September 30,     September 30,  
    Statements     2010     2009  
            $     $  
Interest rate swaps in cash flow hedging relationships
                       
Loss recognized in other comprehensive income on derivatives (effective portion), net of tax of $166 ($330 in 2009)
  OCI       (309 )     (612 )
Loss reclassified from accumulated comprehensive income into income (effective portion)
  Financial expenses       (464 )     (499 )
Gain recognized in income on derivatives (ineffective portion and amount excluded from effectiveness testing)
  Financial expenses       447        
Interest rate swaps not designated as hedging instruments
                       
Loss recognized in income on derivatives
  Financial expenses             (1,032 )
 

-114-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share related data)
17. Fair Value Measurements
Effective October 1, 2008, the Company adopted the authoritative guidance for fair value measurements. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The guidance also establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The guidance describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:
Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 — Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
Level 3 — Inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.
If the inputs used to measure the financial assets and liabilities fall within the different levels described above, the categorization is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement of the instrument.
Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as at September 30, 2010, and September 30, 2009, are summarized below:
                                 
    Quoted prices in                    
    active markets     Significant              
    for identical     other     Significant        
    assets and     observable     unobservable     Balance as at  
    liabilities     inputs     inputs     September 30,  
    (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)     2010  
    $     $     $     $  
Liabilities
                               
Derivative financial instruments
                       
 
                                 
    Quoted prices in                      
    active markets for             Significant        
    identical assets     Significant other     unobservable     Balance as at  
    and liabilities     observable inputs     inputs     September 30,  
    (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)     2009  
    $     $     $     $  
Liabilities
                               
Derivative financial instruments
          610             610  
 
Derivative financial instruments consist of interest rate swap agreements as more fully described in Note 16 and are measured at fair value based on observable market interest rate curves as at the measurement date.
During the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2010, the Company recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $91,400,000 and an intangible assets impairment charge of $15,758,000. The fair value measurement method used in the Company’s impairment analysis utilized a discounted cash flow model and market approach that incorporates significant unobservable inputs or Level 3 assumptions. These assumptions include, among others, projections of the Company’s future operating results, the implied fair value using an income approach by preparing a discounted cash flow analysis and other subjective assumptions.
18. Related Party Transactions
As at September 30, 2010, and September 30, 2009, the Company had a note receivable from its parent company amounting to $133,154,000. During the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2010, the Company earned interest income on the note amounting to $7,833,000 net of taxes amounting to $4,217,000 ($7,833,000 net of taxes amounting to $4,217,000 during the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2009, and $4,686,000 net of taxes amounting to $2,524,000 during the seven-month period ended September 30, 2008) and the related interest receivable from the parent company amounting to $27,130,000 as at September 30, 2010, ($15,078,000 as at September 30, 2009) has been recorded in the shareholder’s equity section of the consolidated balance sheet. As at September 30, 2010, the Company has an account receivable from the parent company amounting to $487,000 ($306,000 as at September 30, 2009).

-115-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share related data)
During the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2010, the Company recorded charges pursuant to the terms of a management fee arrangement with a controlling shareholding company amounting to $4,412,000 ($5,351,000 during the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2009, and the Company recorded fees amounting to $12,975,000 during the seven-month period ended September 30, 2008, of which $4,785,000 was accounted for as debt issue expenses, $6,128,000 as transaction costs, $1,963,000 as selling and administrative expenses and $99,000 as management fees). As at September 30, 2010, the Company accrued fees payable to a controlling shareholding company amounting to $1,574,000 ($436,000 as at September 30, 2009).
During the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2010, the Company paid a dividend to its parent company amounting to $128,000 ($500,000 during the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2009).
For the five-month period ended February 25, 2008, the Predecessor incurred professional fees with entities, in which directors of the Company were partners or shareholders totaling $126,000. These transactions were concluded in the normal course of operations, at the amounts agreed to by related parties.
19. Commitments and Contingencies
a) Commitments
The Company and the Predecessor have entered into non-cancellable operating leases and service agreements with fixed minimum payment obligations expiring on different dates for the rental of office space, automotive equipment and other equipment and for administrative, research and development and other services.
Minimum future payments under these commitments for the next years are as follows:
                                                 
    For the years ending September 30,  
                                    2015 and        
(in millions of U.S. dollars)   2011     2012     2013     2014     thereafter     Total  
    $     $     $     $     $     $  
Operating leases
    2,356       1,532       1,189       613       8       5,698  
Other commitments
    3,907       165       103       103             4,278  
 
                                   
 
    6,263       1,697       1,292       716       8       9,976  
 
                                   
b) Licensing agreements
In September 2006, the Predecessor entered into a license and co-development agreement with AGI Therapeutics Research Ltd. (“AGI”). Pursuant to this agreement, AGI and the Predecessor will co-develop a controlled release omeprazole product, AGI-010, for the treatment of gastro-oesophageal reflux disease. On August 14, 2009, AGI and Axcan announced that their license and co-development agreement for AGI-010 had been terminated by mutual agreement. As a consequence, AGI regained full control of AGI-010.
In September 2007, the Predecessor entered into an exclusive license and development agreement with Cellerix SL (“Cellerix”) of Spain, for the North American (United States, Canada and Mexico) rights to Cx401, a biological product in development for the treatment of perianal fistulas. Cx401 uses non-embryonic stem-cells to treat perianal fistulas in Crohn’s and non Crohn’s diseased patients. Under the terms of the agreement, the Predecessor paid a $10,000,000 upfront payment and agreed to pay regulatory milestone payments that could total up to another $30,000,000. The Predecessors’ had also undertaken to make an equity investment of up to $5,000,000 in Cellerix in the event it completed an initial public offering, but this undertaking has now expired without an equity investment being made. Finally, the Predecessor agreed to pay royalties varying between 10% and 18% of net sales of an approved product. Based on the results of a Phase III study conducted by Cellerix in Europe, the Company has decided to not pursue the development of this formulation. The Company is awaiting the results of trials related to a new formulation to which the Company has certain exercisable development rights.
In March 2010, the Company entered into an asset purchase and license agreement to acquire rights in and to the intellectual property, assigned contracts, permits and inventories related to a compound to be used in the development of an undisclosed product in the field of gastroenterology. Certain other rights were licensed under the agreement. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company made an upfront payment of $8,000,000 on closing and additional payments of up to $86,000,000 based on the achievement of certain development, regulatory and commercialization milestones. In addition, the Company will pay royalties on the basis of net sales of an approved product.

-116-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S .dollars, except share related data)
c) Royalties
The Company pays royalties on the sales of certain of its marketed products to unrelated third parties under license and similar agreements, at rates ranging between 1% and 6%.
During the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2010, the Company charged to cost of goods sold a total of $2,404,000 ($5,330,000 for the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2009, $2,302,000 for the seven-month period ended September 30, 2008, and $1,936,000 for the five-month period ended February 25, 2008) in royalties in connection with the sales of its URSO, ULTRASE, VIOKASE, PHOTOFRIN, ADEKs and PYLERA products.
d) Contingencies
The Company and its subsidiaries are involved in litigation matters arising in the ordinary course and conduct of its business. Although the resolution of such matters cannot be predicted with certainty, management does not consider the Company’s exposure to litigation to be material to these consolidated financial statements. As at September 30, 2005, the Predecessor had accrued $2,900,000 to cover any future settlements in connection with an indemnification claim being arbitrated and product liability lawsuits initiated against its subsidiary Axcan Scandipharm (now known as Axcan Pharma US Inc.), relating to the ULTRASE product line. During the year ended September 30, 2006, following a series of favorable decisions in the arbitration of the indemnification claim, the Predecessor re-evaluated its exposure and this accrual was reversed, thus reducing the selling and administrative expenses by the same amount. One of the Plaintiffs in this matter subsequently appealed the favorable arbitration decisions and in January 2010, the Court dismissed the appeal. In November 2006, a new complaint alleging a claim for damages related to these products was received in the Supreme Court of the State of New York. This complaint was settled in March 2009.
In May 2009, the Company entered into an agreement with the U.S. Department of Defense, or DOD, to remain eligible for inclusion on the DOD’s formulary and pursuant to which the Company agreed to pay rebates under the TRICARE retail pharmacy program. The Company began accounting for these rebates in the third quarter of fiscal year 2009. Under its contracting process, the DOD is further seeking rebates from pharmaceutical manufacturers on all prescriptions of covered prescription drugs filled under TRICARE from January 28, 2008, forward, unless DOD agrees to a waiver or compromise of amounts due. On November 30, 2009, in litigation initiated by third parties seeking to have the DOD’s ability to seek retroactive rebates invalidated, the Court affirmed DOD’s position that it is entitled to retroactive refunds on prescriptions filled on or after January 28, 2008. In October 2010, the DOD affirmed its former rulemaking which was the subject of litigation and its intention to seek to collect rebates for periods prior to the contract date. The Company has estimated that its exposure to the retroactive rebates claimed by the DOD would not be material and has recorded an accrual in fiscal year 2010.
e) Employee benefit plan
A subsidiary of the Company has a defined contribution plan (the “Plan”) for its U.S. employees. Participation is available to substantially all U.S. employees. Employees may contribute up to 15% of their gross pay or up to limits set by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service. The Company may make matching contributions of a discretionary percentage. The Company charged to operations contributions to the Plan totaling $751,000 for the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2010, ($554,000 for the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2009, $233,000 for the seven-month period ended September 30, 2008, and $219,000 for the five-month period ended February 25, 2008).
f) Litigation settlement
The Company initiated claims in damages under the U.S. Lanham Act against a number of defendants alleging they falsely advertised their products to be similar or equivalent to ULTRASE. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, a settlement arrangement with respect to these claims was entered into with certain of these defendants and in the second quarter of fiscal year 2010, another settlement agreement was entered into with the remaining defendants. Pursuant to each of the agreements, the settling defendants agreed to pay a confidential global amount in one or several installments; all of which have now been paid. Additionally, in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2010, pursuant to the settlement of another matter in which the Company was a defendant, the Company received compensation for legal fees incurred by reason of having to defend against unfounded claims made by the plaintiff. A total amount of $9,704,000 was paid to the Company during the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2010, ($3,500,000 during the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2009) in respect of these settlement agreements. These amounts were recorded as other income in the statement of operations.
20. Condensed Consolidated Financial Information
As at September 30, 2010, the Company had outstanding $228,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes. The Secured Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally by certain of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries.
The following supplemental tables present condensed consolidated balance sheets for the Company and its subsidiary guarantors and non-guarantors as at September 30, 2010, and September 30, 2009, the condensed consolidated statements of operations for the twelve-month periods ended September 30, 2010, and 2009, the seven-month period ended September 30, 2008, and the five-month period ended February 25, 2008 (Predecessor) and the condensed consolidated statement of cash flows for the twelve-month periods ended September 30, 2010, and 2009, the seven-month period ended September 30, 2008, and the five-month period ended February 25, 2008 (Predecessor).

-117-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S .dollars, except share related data)
Condensed consolidated balance sheet as at September 30, 2010 (Successor)
                                         
    Axcan             Subsidiary              
    Intermediate     Subsidiary     non-              
    Holdings Inc.     guarantors     guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    $     $     $     $     $  
Assets
                                       
Current assets
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
    864       104,608       56,031             161,503  
Accounts receivable, net
          19,262       13,117             32,379  
Accounts receivable from the parent company
    50       437                   487  
Intercompany receivables
    11,092       1,618       4,265       (16,975 )      
Income taxes receivable
          2,906                   2,906  
Inventories, net
          17,697       6,563       (394 )     23,866  
Prepaid expenses and deposits
    48       2,385       844             3,277  
Deferred income taxes
          1,355       857       119       2,331  
 
Total current assets
    12,054       150,268       81,677       (17,250 )     226,749  
Property, plant and equipment, net
          27,383       8,394             35,777  
Intangible assets, net
          285,703       62,259             347,962  
Investments in subsidiaries
    (354,104 )     830,813       78,175       (554,884 )      
Intercompany advances
    826,431       91,811       679,391       (1,597,633 )      
Goodwill, net
          61,887       11,653             73,540  
Deferred debt issue expenses, net
    18,021       2,422                   20,443  
Deferred income taxes
                8,706             8,706  
 
Total assets
    502,402       1,450,287       930,255       (2,169,767 )     713,177  
 
Liabilities
                                       
Current liabilities
                                       
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    5,975       77,887       10,811             94,673  
Income taxes payable
          1,938       1,508             3,446  
Short-term intercompany payables
    449       15,340       1,186       (16,975 )      
Installments on long-term debt
    5,546       7,617                   13,163  
Deferred income taxes
          47                   47  
 
Total current liabilities
    11,970       102,829       13,505       (16,975 )     111,329  
 
Long-term debt
    510,663       70,649                   581,312  
Intercompany advances
    801       1,512,092       84,740       (1,597,633 )      
Other long-term liabilities
          10,028                   10,028  
Deferred income taxes
          30,618       922             31,540  
 
Total liabilities
    523,434       1,726,216       99,167       (1,614,608 )     734,209  
 
Shareholders’ Equity (Deficiency)
                                       
Capital stock
                                       
Common shares
    1       21,020       735,742       (756,762 )     1  
Preferred shares
          78,175             (78,175 )      
Retained earnings (deficit)
    (468,152 )     (354,020 )     98,657       255,363       (468,152 )
9.05% Note receivable from the parent company
    (133,154 )                       (133,154 )
Additional paid-in capital
    614,113       12,736       689       (13,425 )     614,113  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (33,840 )     (33,840 )     (4,000 )     37,840       (33,840 )
 
Total shareholders’ equity (deficiency)
    (21,032 )     (275,929 )     831,088       (555,159 )     (21,032 )
 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity (deficiency)
    502,402       1,450,287       930,255       (2,169,767 )     713,177  
 

-118-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S .dollars, except share related data)
Condensed consolidated balance sheet as at September 30, 2009 (Successor)
                                         
    Axcan                          
    Intermediate     Subsidiary     Subsidiary              
    Holdings Inc.     guarantors     non-guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    $     $     $     $     $  
Assets
                                       
Current assets
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
    702       41,859       83,874             126,435  
Accounts receivable, net
          41,151       15,973             57,124  
Accounts receivable from the parent company
    42       264                   306  
Short-term intercompany receivables
    5,857       5,803       364       (12,024 )      
Income taxes receivable
          3,383       8             3,391  
Inventories, net
          39,162       5,688       (144 )     44,706  
Prepaid expenses and deposits
          2,289       579             2,868  
Deferred income taxes
    588       14,960       304             15,852  
 
Total current assets
    7,189       148,871       106,790       (12,168 )     250,682  
Property, plant and equipment, net
          29,846       9,498             39,344  
Intangible assets, net
          347,604       73,686             421,290  
Investments in subsidiaries
    (231,940 )     782,206             (550,266 )      
Intercompany advances
    898,272       128,793       669,195       (1,696,260 )      
Goodwill, net
          153,287       12,536             165,823  
Deferred debt issue expenses, net
    23,371       2,040                   25,411  
Deferred income taxes
    3,962       4,653       3,437             12,052  
 
Total assets
    700,854       1,597,300       875,142       (2,258,694 )     914,602  
 
Liabilities
                                       
Current liabilities
                                       
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    5,091       71,305       11,432       (144 )     87,684  
Income taxes payable
    3,425       (940 )     8             2,493  
Short-term intercompany payables
    4,795       6,206       1,023       (12,024 )      
Installments on long-term debt
    12,939       17,769                   30,708  
Deferred income taxes
    588       257       (708 )           137  
 
Total current liabilities
    26,838       94,597       11,755       (12,168 )     121,022  
 
Long-term debt
    510,755       71,831                   582,586  
Intercompany advances
    19,224       1,593,115       83,921       (1,696,260 )      
Other long-term liabilities
    262       9,186                   9,448  
Deferred income taxes
    (19,989 )     60,511       (2,740 )           37,782  
 
Total liabilities
    537,090       1,829,240       92,936       (1,708,428 )     750,838  
 
Shareholders’ Equity (Deficiency)
                                       
Capital stock
                                       
Common shares
    1       21,034       745,398       (766,432 )     1  
Retained earnings (deficit)
    (297,658 )     (242,700 )     37,332       205,368       (297,658 )
9.05% Note receivable from the parent company
    (133,154 )                       (133,154 )
Additional paid-in capital
    619,053       14,204       611       (14,815 )     619,053  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (24,478 )     (24,478 )     (1,135 )     25,613       (24,478 )
 
Total shareholders’ equity (deficiency)
    163,764       (231,940 )     782,206       (550,266 )     163,764  
 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity (deficiency)
    700,854       1,597,300       875,142       (2,258,694 )     914,602  
 

-119-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S .dollars, except share related data)
Condensed consolidated operations for the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2010 (Successor)
                                         
    Axcan                          
    Intermediate     Subsidiary     Subsidiary              
    Holdings Inc.     guarantors     non-guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    $     $     $     $     $  
Net product sales
          292,422       63,957       (1,792 )     354,587  
 
Cost of goods sold
          108,723       23,803       (1,611 )     130,915  
Selling and administrative expenses
    5,446       82,664       26,923             115,033  
Management fees
    4,412                         4,412  
Research and development expenses
          26,908       4,807             31,715  
Acquired in-process research
          7,948                   7,948  
Depreciation and amortization
          53,290       7,721             61,011  
Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill
          107,158                   107,158  
 
Total operating expenses
    9,858       386,691       63,254       (1,611 )     458,192  
 
Operating income (loss)
    (9,858 )     (94,269 )     703       (181 )     (103,605 )
 
Financial expenses
    59,757       112,719       7,155       (114,675 )     64,956  
Interest income
    (48,961 )     (7,591 )     (58,811 )     114,675       (688 )
Other income
          (9,704 )                 (9,704 )
Loss (gain) on foreign currencies
    21,318       (13,293 )     (75 )     (6,703 )     1,247  
 
Total other expenses (income)
    32,114       82,131       (51,731 )     (6,703 )     55,811  
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (41,972 )     (176,400 )     52,434       6,522       (159,416 )
Income taxes expense (benefit)
    15,184       (1,919 )     (2,261 )     (54 )     10,950  
Equity in earnings (loss) in subsidiaries
    (113,210 )     61,271             51,939        
 
Net income (loss)
    (170,366 )     (113,210 )     54,695       58,515       (170,366 )
 

-120-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S .dollars, except share related data)
Condensed consolidated operations for the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2009 (Successor)
                                         
    Axcan                          
    Intermediate     Subsidiary     Subsidiary              
    Holdings Inc.     guarantors     non-guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    $     $     $     $     $  
 
                                       
Net product sales
          350,623       61,020       (1,817 )     409,826  
Other revenue
                7,113             7,113  
 
Total revenue
          350,623       68,133       (1,817 )     416,939  
 
Cost of goods sold
          79,620       24,728       (1,325 )     103,023  
Selling and administrative expenses
    7,893       88,087       27,134       (172 )     122,942  
Management fees
    5,351                         5,351  
Research and development expenses
          34,161       2,196       (320 )     36,037  
Depreciation and amortization
          52,352       7,953             60,305  
Partial write-down of intangible assets
          55,414       251             55,665  
 
Total operating expenses
    13,244       309,634       62,262       (1,817 )     383,323  
 
Operating income (loss)
    (13,244 )     40,989       5,871             33,616  
 
Financial expenses
    62,034       110,810       5,750       (108,785 )     69,809  
Interest income
    (45,755 )     (5,911 )     (57,508 )     108,785       (389 )
Other income
          (3,500 )                 (3,500 )
Loss (gain) on foreign currencies
    (12,464 )     (703 )     78       12,761       (328 )
 
Total other expenses (income)
    3,815       100,696       (51,680 )     12,761       65,592  
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (17,059 )     (59,707 )     57,551       (12,761 )     (31,976 )
Income taxes benefit
    (7,104 )     (16,848 )     (130 )           (24,082 )
Equity in earnings in subsidiaries
    2,061       44,920             (46,981 )      
 
Net income (loss)
    (7,894 )     2,061       57,681       (59,742 )     (7,894 )
 

-121-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S .dollars, except share related data)
Condensed consolidated operations for the seven-month period ended September 30, 2008 (Successor)
                                         
    Axcan                          
    Intermediate     Subsidiary     Subsidiary              
    Holdings Inc.     guarantors     non-guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    $     $     $     $     $  
Net product sales
          185,600       45,310       (7,731 )     223,179  
 
Cost of goods sold
          66,857       18,359       (7,989 )     77,227  
Selling and administrative expenses
    9,297       59,353       19,565       31       88,246  
Management fees
    99                         99  
Research and development expenses
          15,520       2,279       (31 )     17,768  
Acquired in-process research
          272,400                   272,400  
Depreciation and amortization
          31,876       3,703             35,579  
 
Total operating expenses
    9,396       446,006       43,906       (7,989 )     491,319  
 
Operating income (loss)
    (9,396 )     (260,406 )     1,404       258       (268,140 )
 
Financial expenses
    36,723       41,521       87       (36,818 )     41,513  
Interest income (expense)
    (41,459 )     42,775       (38,942 )     36,818       (808 )
Loss (gain) on foreign currencies
    52,151       (87,691 )     41,692       (7,993 )     (1,841 )
 
Total other expenses (income)
    47,415       (3,395 )     2,837       (7,993 )     38,864  
 
Loss before income taxes
    (56,811 )     (257,011 )     (1,433 )     8,251       (307,004 )
Income taxes expense (benefit)
    (16,250 )     2,473       (3,966 )     3       (17,740 )
Equity in earnings (loss) in subsidiaries
    (248,703 )     10,781             237,922        
 
Net income (loss)
    (289,264 )     (248,703 )     2,533       246,170       (289,264 )
 

-122-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S .dollars, except share related data)
Condensed consolidated operations for the five-month period ended February 25, 2008 (Predecessor)
                                         
    Axcan                            
    Intermediate                            
    Holdings     Subsidiary     Subsidiary              
    Inc.     guarantors     non-guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    $     $     $     $     $  
Net product sales
          129,669       38,142       (9,232 )     158,579  
 
Cost of goods sold
          37,346       10,869       (9,476 )     38,739  
Selling and administrative expenses
          65,595       10,581       22       76,198  
Research and development expenses
          7,826       2,452       (22 )     10,256  
Depreciation and amortization
          2,952       6,643             9,595  
 
Total operating expenses
          113,719       30,545       (9,476 )     134,788  
 
Operating income
          15,950       7,597       244       23,791  
 
Financial expenses
          3,238       41       (3,017 )     262  
Interest income
          (5,096 )     (3,361 )     3,017       (5,440 )
Loss (gain) on foreign currencies
          8,267       76       (8,541 )     (198 )
 
Total other expenses (income)
          6,409       (3,244 )     (8,541 )     (5,376 )
 
Income before income taxes
          9,541       10,841       8,785       29,167  
Income taxes expense
          11,682       297       63       12,042  
Equity in earnings in subsidiaries
          19,266             (19,266 )      
 
Net income
          17,125       10,544       (10,544 )     17,125  
 

-123-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S .dollars, except share related data)
Condensed consolidated cash flows for the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2010 (Successor)
                                         
    Axcan                            
    Intermediate                            
    Holdings     Subsidiary     Subsidiary              
    Inc.     guarantors     non-guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    $     $     $     $     $  
Cash flows from operating activities
                                       
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    (70,250 )     91,150       42,220             63,120  
 
Cash flows from investing activities
                                       
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment
          (4,705 )     (1,353 )           (6,058 )
Intercompany advances
    7,408       (72,268 )           64,860        
Investments in subsidiaries
                (68,000 )     68,000        
 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    7,408       (76,973 )     (69,353 )     132,860       (6,058 )
 
Cash flows from financing activities
                                       
Repayment of long-term debt
    (8,791 )     (12,074 )                 (20,865 )
Stock-based compensation plan redemptions
    (345 )                       (345 )
Intercompany advances
    72,268       (7,408 )           (64,860 )      
Issue of shares
          68,000             (68,000 )      
Dividends paid
    (128 )                       (128 )
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    63,004       48,518             (132,860 )     (21,338 )
 
Foreign exchange gain (loss) on cash held in foreign currencies
          54       (710 )           (656 )
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    162       62,749       (27,843 )           35,068  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    702       41,859       83,874             126,435  
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
    864       104,608       56,031             161,503  
 

-124-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S .dollars, except share related data)
Consolidated consolidated cash flows for the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2009 (Successor)
                                         
    Axcan                            
    Intermediate                            
    Holdings     Subsidiary     Subsidiary              
    Inc.     guarantors     non-guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    $     $     $     $     $  
Cash flows from operating activities
                                       
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    (13,820 )     124,804       (18,602 )           92,382  
 
Cash flows from investing activities
                                       
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment
          (8,861 )     (1,729 )           (10,590 )
Acquisition of intangible assets
                (10 )           (10 )
Intercompany advances
    540       (95,914 )     2,505       92,869        
 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    540       (104,775 )     766       92,869       (10,600 )
 
Cash flows from financing activities
                                       
Repayment of long-term debt
    (4,608 )     (6,329 )                 (10,937 )
Stock-based compensation plan redemptions
    (157 )                       (157 )
Intercompany advances
    19,226       2,129       71,514       (92,869 )      
Dividends paid
    (500 )                       (500 )
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    13,961       (4,200 )     71,514       (92,869 )     (11,594 )
 
Foreign exchange gain (loss) on cash held in foreign currencies
          (151 )     293             142  
 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
    681       15,678       53,971             70,330  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    21       26,181       29,903             56,105  
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
    702       41,859       83,874             126,435  
 

-125-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S .dollars, except share related data)
Condensed consolidated cash flows for the seven-month period ended September 30, 2008 (Successor)
                                         
    Axcan                            
    Intermediate                            
    Holdings     Subsidiary     Subsidiary              
    Inc.     guarantors     non-guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    $     $     $     $          
Cash flows from operating activities
                                       
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    (53,068 )     (21,846 )     27,402             (47,512 )
 
Cash flows from investing activities
                                       
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment
          (2,029 )     (1,032 )           (3,061 )
Acquisition of intangible assets
                (32 )           (32 )
Net cash used for the acquisition
          (958,463 )                 (958,463 )
Intercompany advances
    (898,816 )     (32,878 )     (671,702 )     1,603,396        
Investments in subsidiaries
    (21,020 )     (663,674 )           684,694        
 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (919,836 )     (1,657,044 )     (672,766 )     2,288,090       (961,556 )
 
Cash flows from financing activities
                                       
Issuance of long-term debt
    538,120       96,000                   634,120  
Repayment of long-term debt
    (10,457 )     (164 )     (269 )           (10,890 )
Intercompany advances
          1,590,988       12,408       (1,603,396 )      
Advances from the parent company
    4,182                         4,182  
Deferred debt issue expenses
    (33,921 )     (2,439 )                 (36,360 )
Issue of shares
    475,001       21,020       663,674       (684,694 )     475,001  
 
Net cash provided by financing activities
    972,925       1,705,405       675,813       (2,288,090 )     1,066,053  
 
Foreign exchange loss on cash held in foreign currencies
          (334 )     (546 )           (880 )
 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
    21       26,181       29,903             56,105  
 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning and end of period
    21       26,181       29,903             56,105  
 

-126-


 

AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in the tables are stated in thousands of U.S .dollars, except share related data)
Consolidated cash flows for the five-month period ended February 25, 2008 (Predecessor)
                                         
    Axcan                            
    Intermediate                            
    Holdings     Subsidiary     Subsidiary              
    Inc.     guarantors     non-guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    $     $     $     $          
Cash flows from operating activities
                                       
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
          77,714       (4,469 )           73,245  
 
Cash flows from investing activities
                                       
Disposal of short-term investments
          129,958                   129,958  
Intercompany advances
          4,500             (4,500 )      
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment
          (3,063 )     (251 )           (3,314 )
Acquisition of intangible assets
                (14 )           (14 )
 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
          131,395       (265 )     (4,500 )     126,630  
 
Cash flows from financing activities
                                       
Repayment of long-term debt
          (101 )     (120 )           (221 )
Intercompany advances
                (4,500 )     4,500        
Deferred debt issue expenses
          (889 )                 (889 )
Stock-based compensation plan redemptions
          (29,219 )     (1,138 )           (30,357 )
Issue of shares
          224                   224  
 
Net cash used in financing activities
          (29,985 )     (5,758 )     4,500       (31,243 )
 
Foreign exchange gain on cash held in foreign currencies
          64       423             487  
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
            179,188       (10,069 )           169,119  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
          150,856       28,816             179,672  
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
          330,044       18,747             348,791  
 
21. Subsequent events
On December 1, 2010, Axcan Holdings Inc. (“Axcan Holdings”), the Company’s indirect parent, and Axcan Pharma Holding B.V. (“Axcan Pharma”), a Company’s subsidiary, announced that they had entered into a definitive agreement with Eurand N.V. (“Eurand”), a global specialty pharmaceutical company with headquarters in the Netherlands, under which Axcan Holdings will acquire all of the outstanding shares of Eurand for $12.00 per share in cash, resulting in a purchase price of approximately $583 million. The transaction is subject to a condition that a minimum of 80% of Eurand shares be tendered, as well as receipt of antitrust approval. The Company has secured committed debt financing from BofA Merrill Lynch, Barclays Capital, RBC Capital Markets and HSBC Securities (USA) for the transaction.

-127-


 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
Not applicable.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
(a) Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures.
     We conducted an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act), as of September 30, 2010, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based upon this evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that material information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
(b) Changes in internal control over financial reporting.
     As required by Rule 13a-15(d) under the Exchange Act, the company’s management, including the company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the company’s internal control over financial reporting to determine whether any changes occurred during the fourth fiscal quarter covered by this annual report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. Based on that evaluation, there has been no such change during the fourth fiscal quarter covered by this annual report.
(c) Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting.
     Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the interim or annual consolidated financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
     Our management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2010. In making this assessment, management used the criteria established in the report entitled “Internal Control—Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the “COSO Report”). Management concluded that we did maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2010, based on the criteria established in the COSO Report.
     This annual report does not include an attestation report of the company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the company’s independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit the company to provide only management’s report in this annual report.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
Not applicable.

-128-


 

PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Directors and Executive Officers
     Below is a list of the names, ages and positions, and a brief account of the business experience, of (1) the individuals who serve as our executive officers and as members of our Board of Directors, or the Board, and (2) the individuals who serve as the executive officers and members of the Board of Directors of our indirect parent Holdings. We include director and management information for both us and Holdings, an entity controlled by the Sponsor and the Co-Investors, since our executive officers also serve as officers in the same capacity for Holdings and certain decisions relating to our business are made by the Board of Directors of Holdings, or the Holdings Board, in their capacity as our indirect parent. See “Item 11. Executive Compensation” for further discussion on the relationship between our management and the management of Holdings.
     In addition, certain our officers and directors listed below also serve as the officers and directors of Axcan MidCo Inc., or MidCo, our direct parent and certain of our officers also serve in the same capacity as officers for our indirect subsidiaries Axcan Pharma Inc. and Axcan Pharma US, Inc.
             
Name   Age   Position
Frank Verwiel, M.D.
    48     President and Chief Executive Officer; Director, Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. and Axcan Holdings Inc.
 
           
David Mims
    47     Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer; Director, Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc.
 
           
Steve Gannon
    49     Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer; Director, Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc.
 
           
Alexandre LeBeaut, M.D.
    53     Senior Vice President and Chief Scientific Officer
 
           
Nicholas Franco
    48     Senior Vice President, International Commercial Operations
 
           
Theresa Stevens, Esq.
    49     Senior Vice President, Business Development
 
           
Richard DeVleeschouwer
    53     Senior Vice President, Human Resources and Assistant Secretary; Director, Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc.
 
           
Richard Tarte, Esq.
    47     Vice President, Corporate Development, General Counsel and Secretary
 
           
Fred Cohen, M.D., D. Phil
    54     Director, Axcan Holdings Inc.
 
           
Heather Preston, M.D.
    44     Director, Axcan Holdings Inc.
 
           
Todd Sisitsky
    39     Director, Axcan Holdings Inc.
     Frank Verwiel, M.D., has been a director on our Board and a director of our parent corporations Axcan MidCo Inc. and Axcan Holdings Inc. since February 2008. Dr. Verwiel joined Axcan Pharma Inc. as President and Chief Executive Officer in July 2005 and joined the Board of Directors of Axcan Pharma Inc. in August 2005. Dr. Verwiel most recently held the position of Vice President, Hypertension, Worldwide Human Health Marketing, with Merck & Co., Inc., while concurrently serving as a member of Merck’s worldwide hypertension business strategy team. He joined Merck in 1996 and was appointed managing director of MSD in the Netherlands in 1997. Prior to joining Merck, from 1988 to 1996, Dr. Verwiel held a number of executive positions with Laboratoires Servier in the EU. Dr. Verwiel holds Doctorate of Medicine and Master of Medicine degrees from Erasmus University in Rotterdam, the Netherlands. He also attended INSEAD in Fontainebleau, France, where he earned his Masters of Business Administration.
     David Mims has been a director on the Board and a director of our parent corporation Axcan MidCo Inc. since February 2008. Mr. Mims has also served as President of our parent corporations Axcan MidCo Inc. and Axcan Holdings Inc. since February 2008. Mr. Mims joined Axcan Pharma Inc. as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer in February 2000, shortly after Axcan Pharma Inc.’s acquisition of Scandipharm, Inc. He served as senior accountant at a major accounting firm before joining Russ Pharmaceuticals, Inc. in 1987 as Accounting Services Manager. In 1991, Mr. Mims helped found Scandipharm, Inc., and served as Vice President, Chief Operating Officer, and Chief Financial Officer. He resigned from Scandipharm, Inc., in March 1998 to join Cebert Pharmaceuticals, Inc., as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. Previously a director of the University of Alabama at Birmingham Research Foundation, Mr. Mims is also a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and Alabama Society of Certified Public Accountants. He is a licensed Certified Public Accountant (CPA) (inactive) in the state of Alabama and holds a Bachelor of Science degree in accounting from Auburn University, Alabama.

-129-


 

     Steve Gannon has been our Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer and a director on the Board since February 2008. Mr. Gannon has also served as director of our parent corporation Axcan MidCo Inc. and Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of our parent corporations Axcan MidCo Inc. and Axcan Holdings Inc. since February 2008. Mr. Gannon joined Axcan Pharma Inc. as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in February 2006. He has extensive financial experience in corporate growth initiatives, such as acquisitions, corporate alliances, and partnerships within the biotechnology and pharmaceutical sector. Prior to joining Axcan, Mr. Gannon was Chief Financial Officer at CryoCath Technologies Inc., in addition to serving in a number of senior financial roles at AstraZeneca and Mallinckrodt Medical Inc. Mr. Gannon earned a chartered accountant’s designation (CA) in 1985 and holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree from the Concordia University, Montreal, Canada.
     Alexandre LeBeaut, M.D., has been our Senior Vice President and Chief Scientific Officer since September 2008. Dr. LeBeaut previously held the title of Senior Vice President and Chief Scientific Officer of Axcan Pharma from May 2006 to February 2007. Prior to joining the Company, Dr. LeBeaut held senior scientific positions with Schering-Plough, Sanofi-Aventis and Novartis Pharmaceuticals. A pediatrician by training, Dr. LeBeaut received his medical degree with honors from the University of Paris VII, France, in 1984. Dr. LeBeaut is a member of the American Gastroenterological Association, the American College of Gastroenterology, the American Society of Microbiology and the American Society of Critical Care Medicine.
     Nicholas Franco was appointed Senior Vice President, International Commercial Operations, of Axcan Pharma Inc. in July 2007. Prior to joining Axcan, he held various positions at Novartis Pharma AG in Basel, Switzerland, since 1991, including President of the Global Ophthalmic Business Unit and Global Head of the Neuroscience Business Franchise. Mr. Franco graduated from McGill University, Montreal, Canada, where he earned a Bachelor of Science in Biochemistry and an MBA in Strategic Planning and Marketing.
     Theresa Stevens, Esq., joined the Company in May 2009 as Senior Vice President, Business Development. Before joining Axcan, Ms. Stevens was with Novartis for 10 years holding a number of executive positions, the last being on the Executive Committee member, as Vice President, U.S. Business Development and Licensing, Life Cycle Management and Generics-Brands Strategies in East Hanover, NJ. Ms. Stevens holds a Bachelor of Science in Animal Science cum laude, and Master of Science in Molecular and Cell Biology, summa cum laude, from the University of Maryland in College Park and a Juris Doctorate, magna cum laude, from Widener University of Law in Wilmington, Delaware. Ms. Stevens was admitted to the USPTO in 1992, the State Bars of Pennsylvania and the District of Columbia in 1993 and the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit in 1994.
     Richard Tarte, Esq., has been our General Counsel and Secretary since February 2008. Mr. Tarte has also served as General Counsel and Secretary of our parent corporations Axcan MidCo Inc. and Axcan Holdings Inc. since February 2008. Mr. Tarte joined Axcan Pharma Inc. as Vice President, Corporate Development and General Counsel, in 2001. Prior to that, he served as in-house counsel at the Société Générale de Financement du Québec, a diversified investment fund. Prior to that he was partner at Coudert Brothers, an international law firm. Mr. Tarte was admitted to the Quebec Bar in 1988. He holds a Masters of Business Administration degree from INSEAD in France and a Bachelor of Law degree from the University of Montreal, Canada.
     Richard DeVleeschouwer has been our Senior Vice President, Human Resources since March 2010. Mr. DeVleeschouwer has also served as Director and Assistant Secretary of our parent corporation Axcan MidCo Inc. since August 2010. Mr. DeVleeschouwer has more than 23 years of experience as a Human Resources professional and more than 14 years of experience in the health-care industry. Prior to joining Axcan, Mr. DeVleeschouwer served a number of senior human resources roles at Schering-Plough Corporation. Earlier in his career, Mr. DeVleeschouwer worked at Pharmacia Corporation and Monsanto Company where he held various leadership positions. Mr. DeVleeschouwer holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Social Organization and Human Relations from the University of Western Ontario, London, Ontario, Canada, and is a graduate from George Brown College of Applied Arts and Technology, Toronto, Ontario, Canada.
     Fred Cohen, M.D., D. Phil., has been a director on the Holdings Board since February 2008. Prior to joining TPG in 2001, Dr. Cohen was a Professor of Medicine, Cellular and Molecular Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Biophysics and Pharmaceutical Chemistry at the University of California, San Francisco. In this context, he was Chief of the Division of Endocrinology and Metabolism and directed an active research program in the areas of prion biology, structure-based drug design, bioinformatics and heteropolymer chemistry. He is a Fellow of the American College of Physicians and the American College of Medical Informatics, a member of the American Society for Clinical Investigation and the Association of American Physicians, and the recipient of several awards and honors including the Burroughs-Wellcome New Initiatives in Malaria Award, the LVMH Science Pour L’Art Prize (shared with Stanley Prusiner), a Searle Scholars Award and Young Investigator Awards from the Endocrine Society and the Western Society for Clinical Investigation. He holds a Bachelor of Arts degree, magna cum laude, from Yale University, a D. Phil. from Oxford University as a Rhodes Scholar, and a Doctor of Medicine degree from Stanford Medical School. He was an American Cancer Society postdoctoral fellow in internal medicine and endocrinology at the University of California, San Francisco. Over the past 20 years, Dr. Cohen has played advisory and board roles for the venture capital, biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries with Kleiner Perkins Caufield and Byers, Chiron Corporation, Incyte Corporation, Synteni, Syrrx Inc., Genomic Health, Inc., Arris Pharmaceuticals Corporation, Immunex Corporation, DoubleTwist, Procept and Eli Lilly and Company. He currently serves on the boards of GenomicHealth, FivePrime, Expression Diagnostics (XDx), CardioDx, Nodality, ProteoGenix, Quintiles Transnational Corp, Roka and Vercyte. Dr. Cohen was elected to the Institute of Medicine of the National Academies in 2004 and to the American Academy of Arts and Sciences in 2008.
     Heather Preston, M.D., is Managing Director of TPG Biotech. Prior to joining TPG Biotech in May 2005, Dr. Preston spent two years at JP Morgan Partners where she focused on medical device and biotechnology venture capital investing. Prior to that, she was an

-130-


 

Entrepreneur-in-Residence with New Enterprise Associates. She has an undergraduate degree in biochemistry from the University of London and a medical degree from the University of Oxford. After leaving Oxford, she completed a post-doctoral fellowship in molecular biology at the Dana Farber Cancer Institute, Harvard University. She completed her training in internal medicine at the Massachusetts General Hospital and then she sub-specialized in gastroenterology and hepatology at University of California, San Francisco. During her academic career, she was the recipient of a Fulbright Scholarship, a Fulbright Cancer Research Scholarship, a Harlech Scholarship, and a Science and Engineering Research Council post-doctoral Fellowship Award. After leaving academic medicine, she spent five years at McKinsey & Co. in New York, where she was a leader of their pharmaceutical and medical products consulting practice. She advised large pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology companies on critical strategic issues such as R&D portfolio prioritization, M&A opportunities, new technology acquisitions, new product launches and product growth strategies. Dr. Preston co-founded, and is the CEO of Virobay Inc., a biotechnology company which is seeking to develop new therapies for the treatment of hepatitis C virus (HCV). Dr. Preston serves on the boards of Albireo, Alder Biotherapeutics and Virobay Inc.
     Todd Sisitsky is a partner of TPG Capital, L.P., where he leads the firm’s investment activities in the health-care services and pharmaceutical/medical device sectors. He played leadership roles in connection with TPG’s investments in Axcan Pharma, Biomet, Fenwal Transfusion Therapies, IASIS Health-care, and Surgical Care Affiliates (carved out from HealthSouth Corporation). Prior to joining TPG in 2003, Mr. Sisitsky worked at Forstmann Little & Company and Oak Hill Capital Partners. He received an MBA from the Stanford Graduate School of Business, where he was an Arjay Miller Scholar, and earned his undergraduate degree from Dartmouth College, where he graduated summa cum laude.
Corporate Governance
     Our Board consists of four members and the Holdings Board consists of five members. There are no representatives of the Sponsor on our Board, which consists solely of members of our executive management team. The Holdings Board consists of representatives of the Sponsor and our CEO. While decisions regarding the Company’s business and affairs are taken by our Board, the Holdings Board exercises certain strategic and oversight functions. As discussed in more detail below, matters relating to named executive officers compensation are considered and approved by a committee of the Holdings Board comprised of Todd Sisitsky, Fred Cohen and Frank Verwiel (“Compensation Committee”). A committee of the Holdings Board comprised of Heather Preston and Frank Verwiel, also exercises oversight on financial statement approval, auditor nomination, pre-approval of fees and services performed by our auditors and disclosure (“Audit Committee”). Because of these requirements, together with the Sponsor’s ownership of a majority of our outstanding common shares through Holdings, neither we nor Holdings currently have a policy or procedure with respect to shareholder nominees to our respective Boards of Directors. Though not formally considered by our Board, given that our securities are not registered or traded on any national securities exchange, based upon the listing standards of the NASDAQ Global Market, the national securities exchange upon which Axcan Pharma’s common stock was listed prior to the February 2008 Transactions, we do not currently believe that any of our directors would be considered independent, because of their relationships with us as executive officers. In addition, when using the same independence standards, none of the directors on the Holdings Board would be considered independent due to Dr. Verwiel’s position as President and Chief Executive Officer of Holdings and us and the respective relationships of Drs. Cohen and Preston and Mr. Sisitsky with the Sponsor, the owner of a majority of the outstanding common equity of Holdings. See “Item 13 — Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.”
Section 16(a) Compliance
     There is no established public trading market for our common stock. We are a wholly owned subsidiary of Axcan MidCo Inc., which holds all of our outstanding common stock and is a wholly owned subsidiary of Axcan Holdings Inc., a privately held company.
Audit Committee
     Our Board selects our independent auditors and reviews the independence of such auditors, approves the scope of the annual audit activities of the independent auditors, approves the audit fee payable to the independent auditors and reviews such audit results with the independent auditors. Due to our status as a privately-held company and the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, we have not designated any member of the Board as an “audit committee financial expert”. A committee of the Holdings Board currently consisting of Heather Preston and Frank Verwiel also exercises oversight on financial statement approval, auditor nomination, review and pre-approval of fees and services performed by our auditors and disclosure (“Audit Committee”).

-131-


 

Compensation Committee
     A committee of the Holdings Board comprising Todd Sisitsky, Fred Cohen and Frank Verwiel also considers and approves matters related to compensation of our named executive officers (“Compensation Committee”). The Holdings Compensation Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving goals and objectives related to our executive officers’ compensation, evaluating the chief executive officer’s performance against these goals and objectives and approving his compensation, approving total compensation for the other named executive officers, establishing total compensation for the directors and overseeing our incentive plans. Though not formally considered by the Holdings Board, given that neither our securities nor the securities of Holdings are registered or traded on any national securities exchange, based upon the listing standards of the NASDAQ Global Market, the national securities exchange upon which Axcan Pharma’s common stock was listed prior to the February 2008 Transactions, we do not currently believe that any of the members of the Holdings Compensation Committee would be considered independent, because of their relationships with the Sponsor, who own a majority of our outstanding common shares through Holdings. See “Item 13- Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.”
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
     Dr. Verwiel is our Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Sisitsky and Dr. Cohen are affiliated with the Sponsor, which holds the majority of the outstanding common stock of Holdings and is a party to the management services agreement with us. The management services agreement is described in greater detail in “Item 13- Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.” During fiscal year 2010, we had no compensation committee “interlocks”— meaning that no executive officer of ours served as a director or member of the compensation committee of another entity while an executive officer of the other entity served as a director or member of the Holdings Compensation Committee.
Code of Ethics
     We have a Business Ethics and Conduct Code that applies to, among others, our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, and persons performing similar functions, among others. A copy of our Business Ethics and Conduct Code is available on our website, http://www.axcan.com, under “Corporate Profile — Investor Relations — Whistleblower Program”. Any future amendments to the Business Ethics and Conduct Code, and any waivers thereto involving our executive officers, also will be posted to our website.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Introduction
     In this section, unless otherwise noted, for purposes of presenting in U.S. dollars the cash compensation paid to named executive officers and directors in non-U.S. currency, we have used the following exchange rates: 1.0498 Canadian dollars to 1 U.S. dollar and 0.7376 Euros to 1 U.S. dollar. These rates are the average of the monthly average exchange rates for each respective currency conversion during fiscal year 2010 as reported by The Bank of Canada. Unless otherwise specified, the source of all exchange rates mentioned in this section is The Bank of Canada.
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
Overview
     This section includes information regarding, among other things, the overall objectives of AIH’s compensation programs and each element of compensation that AIH provided in fiscal year 2010. The goal of this section is to provide a summary of AIH’s executive compensation practices and the decisions that AIH made during this period concerning the compensation package payable to AIH’s executive officers, including the five executives listed in the summary compensation table below. Each of the executives listed in the summary compensation table is referred to herein as a “named executive officer.” This section should be read in conjunction with the detailed tables and narrative descriptions under “Executive Compensation Tables” below.
     It was generally the responsibility of the Compensation Committee of Holdings, or the Holdings Compensation Committee, to review and recommend to the Board of Directors of Holdings, or Holdings Board, for its approval at the beginning of the fiscal year (1) the corporate goals and objectives that were relevant to the compensation of AIH’s executive officers for the upcoming fiscal year and (2) the level and form of compensation to be offered to AIH’s President and Chief Executive Officer and other named executive officers. After the conclusion of each fiscal year, the Holdings Compensation Committee evaluates the performance of its executive officers against these preset goals and objectives along with the effectiveness of the respective officer’s leadership and makes recommendations to the Holdings Board with respect to the incentive compensation that should be paid to the most senior executive officers, including the named executive officers.
     The most significant development in our executive compensation philosophy following the consummation of the February 2008 Transaction has been a greater emphasis on correlating compensation to long-term equity growth. The Holdings Board has provided significant equity investment opportunities in Holdings tied to financial objectives through (1) offering certain employees one-time opportunities to purchase shares of Holdings common stock and (2) granting of options to purchase shares of Holdings common stock.

-132-


 

Executive Compensation Philosophy and Objectives
     AIH’s executive compensation philosophy was to provide and maintain a total compensation program that was internally equitable in relation to the value of each job and externally competitive in relation to the total compensation levels and practices at other companies with similar revenue levels in the pharmaceutical industry and geographic areas, and that also recognized the Company’s performance. A cornerstone of the executive compensation philosophy is that equity incentives in the form of stock options are an excellent motivation for employees, including executive officers, and serve to align the interests of employees, management and investors.
     AIH’s Executive Compensation Program, or the Program, was designed to attract and retain talented individuals and motivate them to focus on activities that contributed to AIH’s long-term success. The Program was developed and administered in a manner to reward superior operating performance while maximizing shareholder value; and rewards were linked to the accomplishment of specific business goals and outstanding individual performance.
    The Holdings Board and Holdings Compensation Committee, when making compensation decisions in fiscal year 2010, followed these four principles:
    Performance-based: Executive compensation levels were intended to reflect both company and individual results based on specific quantitative and qualitative objectives established at the start of each fiscal year in keeping with AIH’s short-term, mid-term and long-term strategic objectives.
 
    Aligned with shareholder interests: AIH sought to align the interests of the named executive officers with the interests of its investors by evaluating executive performance on the basis of key financial measurements which were believed to be closely correlated to long-term shareholder value. Key elements of compensation that were meant to align the interests of the named executive officers with shareholders included:
    AIH’s Annual Incentive Compensation Plan, which offered performance-based cash incentives and used adjusted EBITDA and net sales as measures of corporate performance; and
 
    Axcan Holdings Inc. Management Equity Incentive Plan, or the Management Equity Incentive Plan, which provides for the grant of options to executives with the intention of encouraging them to increase shareholder value.
    Market competitive: AIH’s total direct compensation for executives was designed to be competitive with total direct compensation of executives of comparable peer companies and to consider company and business unit results relative to the results of peers. See “Compensation Methodology-Benchmarking Practices” below.
 
    Individual considerations: AIH’s compensation levels were also designed to reflect individual factors such as scope of responsibility, experience and performance against individual objectives.
Compensation Methodology
     The Program consisted of the following three basic components: (1) a Base Salary that was internally equitable and externally competitive; (2) Annual Performance-Based Cash Incentives linked to AIH’s performance and the performance of its individual executive officers; and (3) Long-Term Equity Incentives comprised of equity-based compensation. Each compensation component had a different function. Base salary is the cornerstone of the compensation package and is defined as fixed compensation paid to employees for performing specific job responsibilities. The purpose of short-term incentives is to maximize corporate and individual performance by establishing specific, aggressive operational and financial goals and providing financial incentives to employees based on their level of achievement of these goals. Long-term incentives are designed to retain talent and align employee interests with those of shareholders. All compensation elements were intended to work in concert to maximize corporate and individual performance by establishing specific, aggressive operational and financial goals and by providing financial incentives to employees based on their level of achievement of these goals.
Benchmarking Practices
     In fiscal year 2010, AIH engaged the Hay Group to conduct a compensation analysis for top executive positions. The comparator peer group included 35 specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies similar in size with revenues within .5x and 2.5x of Axcan and included both public and private companies. Results of the assessment show that executive compensation was generally in line with market. In fiscal year 2010, the executive salary ranges, the Incentive Compensation Plan and the Long-term Incentive Plan remained the same. The Chief Financial Officer’s base salary was adjusted to better position within the salary range. We believe that each component of our executive compensation in fiscal year 2010 was aligned with competitive market practices and levels for executives from competitor organizations of comparable revenue and market capitalization size, and other pharmaceutical companies that we compete with for talent.

-133-


 

Compensation Elements
     During fiscal year 2010, the principal elements of compensation for the named executive officers of AIH were (1) Base Salary; (2) Annual Performance-Based Cash Incentives; (3) Long-Term Equity Incentives; and (4) Other Benefits and Perquisites.
Base Salary
     Base salaries for the named executive officers in fiscal year 2010 were established with consideration to the criteria discussed above in “Executive Compensation Philosophy and Objectives” and “Compensation Methodology”, including the executive’s role, responsibilities, and capabilities, as well as the market pay levels for the position, and were benchmarked against competitor group practices. As set forth in the table below, for fiscal year 2010, base salary adjustments for the named executive officers ranged from 0% to 10% based on the executive’s individual performance and position within the relevant salary range.
         
    Percentage of Base Salary Adjustment
Executive Officer   in Fiscal Year 2010
Dr. Frank Verwiel
    0.00 %
President and Chief Executive Officer
       
 
       
David Mims
    0.00 %
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
       
 
       
Steve Gannon
    10.00 %
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
       
 
       
Dr. Alexandre LeBeaut
    0.00 %
Senior Vice President and Chief Scientific Officer
       
 
       
Nicholas Franco
    0.00 %
Senior Vice President, International Commercial Operations
       
     Steve Gannon’s base salary was increased 10% to bring his compensation into a more competitive market position. Payments of base salaries were made in the currency of the named executive officer’s country of residence. The base salaries for the named executive officers in fiscal year 2010 are set forth below in “Executive Compensation Tables—Summary Compensation Table”.
Performance-Based Cash Incentives
     The named executive officers participated in AIH’s Annual Incentive Compensation Plan, or the Incentive Plan, a program designed to maximize corporate and individual performance by establishing specific, ambitious operational and financial goals at the beginning of the fiscal year and providing financial incentives to employees based on the level of achievement of these goals. Cash incentives granted to the named executive officers under the Incentive Plan required the approval of both the Holdings Compensation Committee and Holdings Board and were based upon an assessment of corporate and individual performance, respectively described as:
    Corporate performance, a measure of adjusted EBITDA and corporate net sales; and
 
    Individual performance, determined by means of an evaluation under AIH’s formal performance management program and general discharge of duties.
     The weighting of corporate performance measures varied for each named executive officer as described in more detail below. The individual’s performance evaluation for the year as evaluated under the corporate performance plan is also considered in determining the annual incentive payouts.
     The annual incentive targets were reviewed and established as part of AIH’s annual benchmarking of executive compensation. In fiscal year 2009, the Holdings Compensation Committee and Holdings Board, modified the Incentive Plan for all employees to accomplish the following:
    Reduce plan complexity and provide transparency in calculations;
 
    Streamline the incentive administration processes;
 
    Apply more leverage (differentiation) to reinforce pay for performance — higher potential upside gain for top performers and larger downside risk for poor performance; and
 
    Increase individual accountability at all levels.

-134-


 

     Performance-based cash incentive targets for Mr. Mims, Mr. Gannon, Dr. LeBeaut and Mr. Franco increased 5% in fiscal year 2009 to better align our executive compensation program with the market; no further changes in fiscal year 2010. Under the terms of the Incentive Plan, incentive compensation awards were not intended to be paid to any named executive officers, including the President and Chief Executive Officer, if minimum corporate and individual performance objectives were not met. Incentive targets were established to provide median total cash compensation when AIH’s performance objectives were achieved the potential for above median total cash compensation when AIH’s performance objectives were exceeded and the risk of below median total cash compensation when AIH did not achieve its annual performance objectives. For fiscal 2010, corporate objectives were based on aggressive EBITDA and revenue goals.
     The following table sets forth the annual cash incentive targets determined by AIH for each named executive officer for fiscal year 2010 as well as the weighting of corporate performance measures and individual performance measures for each named executive officer under the Incentive Plan. The actual percentage of base salary which serves as the basis for non-equity incentive award calculations may be more or less than the annual incentive target shown in the table below, depending on the individual performance evaluation. Furthermore, corporate and individual weightings may vary slightly depending on the specific responsibilities and span of control of the respective named executive officer.
                 
    Annual Incentive   Corporate
    Target   Performance
Name and Principal Position   (as % of Base Salary)   Weighting
Dr. Frank Verwiel
    60 %(1)     100 %
President and Chief Executive Officer
               
 
               
David Mims
    50 %     90 %
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
               
 
               
Steve Gannon
    50 %     85 %
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
               
 
               
Dr. Alexandre LeBeaut
    50 %     85 %
Senior Vice President and Chief Scientific Officer
               
 
               
Nicholas Franco
    45 %     85 %
Senior Vice President, International Commercial Operations
               
 
(1)   Does not include Match Payment related to supplemental retirement plan replacement.
     The following tables generally illustrate the potential payouts under the Incentive Plan for the corporate and the individual performance measures, which are calculated separately. The corporate performance target table below does not illustrate the full incremental range of potential target annual incentive payouts. Upon AIH’s achievement of 80% of its corporate performance targets, 50% of the target annual incentive payout would be earned and for approximately every 5% of the corporate performance target achieved above the 80% level, the annual incentive payout earned would increase by 12.5%. For example, if AIH achieved between 105.0% to 109.9999% of its corporate performance targets, 112.5% of the target annual incentive payout would be earned. If either corporate performance or individual performance did not meet a certain threshold, then, generally, no incentive award would be granted to the named executive officer. Regardless of corporate and/or individual performance, no non-equity incentive awards were guaranteed and all such awards were subject to the discretion of the AIH Board.
             
        Individual Performance    
Corporate Goal Attainment   Corporate Performance Factor   Evaluation Received   Individual Performance Factor
140% of target or more
  200% of target   Excellent   126% to 150% of target
             
100% of target   100% of target   Exceeds Expectations   106% to 125% of target
             
        Fully Effective   95% to 105% of target
             
Less than 80% of target   0% of target   Needs Improvement   0% to 84% of target
             
        Far Below Expectations   0% of target
     Each fiscal year, with the exception of AIH’s President and Chief Executive Officer, each named executive officer’s individual performance was measured in part by the evaluation of his direct supervisor, who gave his recommended evaluation of the named executive officer to the Holdings Compensation Committee for its review and consideration. The Holdings Compensation Committee ultimately made a recommendation to the Holdings Board for the individual performance evaluation of such named executive officer. The individual performance of Holding’s President and Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Frank Verwiel, was to be evaluated by the Holdings Compensation Committee and the Holdings Board. In addition, if in any year Dr. Verwiel receives an annual cash incentive as described above, he will also be entitled to receive a Match Payment equal to one-half (1/2) the annual incentive payable with respect to such year according to his employment agreement with AIH dated May 16, 2008. The Match Payment is intended to replace the supplemental retirement plan listed in Dr. Verwiel’s employment agreement with Axcan Pharma dated May 19, 2005.

-135-


 

Long-Term Equity Incentives
     AIH’s compensation philosophy places a strong emphasis on long-term equity incentives. As discussed in greater detail below, the Holdings Compensation Committee has provided equity investment opportunities tied to financial objectives and all of our named executive officers have chosen to subscribe for additional shares of Holdings.
     We do not anticipate that annual grants of long-term equity incentive awards will be made to our named executive officers. Currently, there is one plan under which our named executive officers receive long-term equity incentive awards, the Axcan Holdings Inc. Management Equity Incentive Plan, or the Management Equity Incentive Plan, which provides for the grant of options to purchase Holdings common stock, or Holdings Options, to our own and our affiliates’ key employees, directors, service providers and consultants. The Management Equity Incentive Plan was approved on April 15, 2008 and is discussed in more detail below. Under the Management Equity Incentive Plan, our named executive officers received one-time equity incentive awards in fiscal year 2008.
   The Axcan Holdings Inc. Management Equity Incentive Plan
     Generally, for any grant made under the Management Equity Incentive Plan, 50% of the Holdings Options granted vest based on continued employment (time-based options), 25% vest based on continued employment and have an exercise price that increases annually (premium options), and 25% vest based on continued employment and upon the occurrence of a Liquidity Event (as defined in the Management Equity Incentive Plan) and the achievement of specified performance targets (performance-based options). Subject to the participant’s continued employment with us, the time-based and premium options vest ratably on each of the first through fifth anniversaries of the date of grant and the performance-based options have the potential to vest, following the occurrence of a Liquidity Event, upon the realization of certain profits by the Sponsor Funds and/or their affiliates as a result of such event(s), calculated by comparing the value of the cash or certain securities obtained in exchange for the equity of Holdings held by the Sponsor Funds and/or their affiliates to the Sponsor Funds’ initial investment in the February 2008 Transactions. For our employees who are residents of France, the Management Equity Incentive Plan has been amended to include a French sub-plan. The French sub-plan amends certain guidelines set forth in the Management Equity Incentive Plan in order to allow our French employees to benefit from, as it relates to the Holdings Options, a favorable tax and social regime under French law.
     Upon termination of a participant’s employment, the Management Equity Incentive Plan provides that, subject to the terms of any participant’s employment agreement, any unvested portion of a participant’s Holdings Options will be forfeited, and that the vested portion of his or her Holdings Options will expire on the earlier of (1) the date the participant’s employment is terminated for cause, (2) 90 days after the date the participant’s employment is terminated by us for any reason other than cause, death or disability, (3) one year after the date the participant’s employment is terminated by reason of death or disability, except for those employees subject to the French sub-plan for whom Holdings Options will expire 6 months after the participant’s death, or (4) the tenth anniversary of the grant date of the Holdings Option. However, if a participant’s employment is terminated by us without Cause (as defined in the Management Equity Incentive Plan) or by the participant for Good Reason (as defined in the Management Equity Incentive Plan) during the two-year period following a Change in Control (as defined in the Management Equity Incentive Plan), all time-based and premium options will immediately vest and become exercisable as of the date of such termination.
     Under the Management Equity Incentive Plan, 3,833,307 shares of Holdings common stock were reserved for issuance. The Holdings Board or a committee appointed by the Holdings Board is responsible for administering the Management Equity Incentive Plan and authorizing the grant of Holdings Options pursuant thereto, and may amend the Management Equity Incentive Plan (and any Holdings Options) at any time with certain restrictions. As of September 30, 2010, there were 3,642,250 Holdings Options outstanding under the Management Equity Incentive Plan. All of the outstanding Holdings Options have been granted to our employees and, specifically, 1,845,000 were granted to our named executive officers in fiscal year 2008 and remain outstanding (640,000 Holdings Options to Dr. Verwiel, 410,000 Holdings Options to Mr. Mims, 335,000 Holdings Options to Mr. Gannon, 230,000 Holdings Options to Dr. LeBeaut, and 230,000 Holdings Options to Mr. Franco).
     Prior to receiving shares of Holdings common stock (whether pursuant to the exercise of Holdings Options or otherwise), participants must execute a Management Stockholders’ Agreement, which provides that the shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions, put and call rights, and tag-along and drag-along rights.
Additional Equity Grants Following the February 2008 Transactions
     Dr. Verwiel and Mr. Mims, in consideration of their continued employment with us, received a one-time nonrecurring equity grant on April 15, 2008 in the form of restricted stock units, or RSUs. Dr. Verwiel and Mr. Mims received, respectively, 77,834 and 108,578 RSUs. Such RSUs are, upon vesting and settlement, convertible into shares of Holdings common stock. For Dr. Verwiel, all of the granted RSUs vested immediately upon grant and, for Mr. Mims, approximately one-third of the RSUs vested immediately upon grant, an additional one-third vested August 25, 2009 and the remainder of the RSUs vested on August 25, 2010. Additionally, pursuant to Dr. Verwiel’s employment agreement, Dr. Verwiel received 155,666 RSUs on August 25, 2009, one-half of which vested immediately upon grant and one-half of which vested on August 25, 2010. Vested RSUs shall be settled into shares of Holdings common stock, with certain exceptions, on the earlier of: (1) four years from the date of grant, or April 15, 2012; (2) the termination of the officer’s employment; (3) a Liquidity Event (as defined in the Management Equity Incentive Plan); and (4) a Change in Control (as defined in the Management Equity Incentive Plan).

-136-


 

     Mr. Gannon, in consideration of his continued employment with us, received a one-time equity grant on April 15, 2008 in the form of penny options, or options to purchase shares of common stock of Holdings for $0.01. Mr. Gannon received 96,436 penny options pursuant to the terms of a Penny Option Grant Agreement which each officer granted penny options entered into with Holdings on April 15, 2008. Approximately one-third of these penny options vested on April 15, 2008, one-third vested on August 25, 2009 and the remainder of the penny options vested on August 25, 2010.
Other Benefits and Perquisites
   Benefits
     AIH’s benefit programs in fiscal year 2010 were targeted to be competitive with other pharmaceutical companies. They included competitive health, welfare and retirement plans. The benefit programs provided to the named executive officers were generally the same benefits provided to the employee population at large. Although the types of benefits offered to AIH’s named executive officers were similar, the cost paid by AIH to secure such benefits varied depending on the country of residence of the named executive officer. In fiscal year 2010, AIH did not have a pension plan or exceptional retirement benefits for any employee group including the named executive officers.
   Perquisites
     As disclosed in the “All Other Compensation” column in the “Summary Compensation Table” below in “Executive Compensation Tables”, AIH provided its named executive officers with additional compensation in the form of perquisites. This compensation was targeted to be competitive with other pharmaceutical companies and included a car allowance or a company- provided vehicle.
   Retirement Plans
     In fiscal year 2010, AIH maintained a registered retirement savings plan, or RRSP/DPSP, for all of its employees in Canada and a defined contribution registered retirement plans in the form of a 401(k) Plan for all of its U.S. employees, including the named executive officers residing in each location. Additionally, an Employee Profit Sharing Plan is maintained for Canadian executives that is designed to allow employees salaried above a certain salary level to contribute and benefit from matching employer contributions up to the threshold of 5% of their base salary, as other employees, where their RRSP/DPSP eligibility is capped under relevant regulations. Employees meeting the following criteria are eligible to participate: 1) regular employees working in Canada with an annual base salary of $210,000 in 2010, 2) participant in the registered retirement savings plan and total contribution must reach the maximum allowed by the Canadian government; $21,000 in 2010. Once a participant meets the annual fiscal maximum of $21,000, a participant can make after income tax contributions into the non-registered Employee Profit Sharing Plan and receive matching employer contributions, subject to the 5% threshold. Employer contributions are made before income tax and employee pays taxes at the end of the calendar year on his/her income tax return. Dr. Verwiel participated in this program until June 30, 2009, at which time he moved to the U.S. and began participating in the U.S. 401(k) Plan. Mr. Gannon participated in this program in fiscal years 2009 and 2010.
     AIH did not maintain a supplemental retirement plan, pension plan or any other retirement benefits for any executive or employee groups other than those described above.
Compensation Committee Report
     The following report of the Holdings Compensation Committee is included in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
     The Holdings Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, or CD&A, with management. Based upon the review and discussions, the Holdings Compensation Committee recommended to the Board of Directors of Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc., and such board approved, that the CD&A be included in the Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2010.
          Respectfully submitted on December 1, 2010 by the members of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Axcan Holdings Inc.:
Todd Sisitsky
Fred Cohen
Frank Verwiel
Executive Compensation Tables
     In fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, certain of our named executive officers were compensated in non-U.S. currency, depending on the officer’s country of residence. Generally, Mr. Gannon was compensated in Canadian dollars and Mr. Franco was compensated in Euros. Dr. Verwiel was compensated in Canadian dollars until June 30, 2009 when he relocated to the U.S. Unless otherwise indicated, in the executive compensation tables presented below, all cash compensation paid to the named executive officers has been converted into U.S. dollars using an exchange rate equal to the average of the monthly average exchange rates for each respective currency conversion during fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008 as calculated by the Bank of Canada. For conversions of Canadian dollars to U.S. dollars in fiscal year 2010, this rate

-137-


 

was equal to 1.0498 and for conversions of Euros to U.S. dollars, this rate was equal to 0.7376. For conversions of Canadian dollars to U.S. dollars in fiscal year 2009, this rate was equal to 1.1778 and for conversions of Euros to U.S. dollars, this rate was equal to 0.7419. For conversions of Canadian dollars to U.S. dollars in fiscal year 2008, this rate was equal to 1.0065 and for conversions of Euros to U.S. dollars, this rate was equal to 0.6649. As designated by footnotes, figures related to equity compensation in the tables below may have been converted using a different exchange rate in order to accurately reflect values related to such equity compensation at a particular time, such as the date of grant.
Summary Compensation Table
     The information set forth below in this section reflects the compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to our named executive officers in fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008 for their services rendered in all capacities to us and our subsidiaries.
                                                                 
                                            Non-Equity        
                            Restricted   Option   Incentive Plan   All other   Total
    Fiscal   Salary   Bonus   Stock Awards   Awards   Compensation   Compensation   Compensation
Name and Principal Position   Year   ($)   ($)(2)   ($)(3)   ($)(4)   ($)(5)   ($)(7)   ($)
Dr. Frank Verwiel
    2010     $ 645,000                       $ 290,250     $ 257,439     $ 1,192,689  
President
and Chief Executive Officer
    2009       645,000 (1)           1,555,103             406,350       367,971       2,974,424  
 
    2008       645,000       750,000       777,562       2,192,000       580,500       6,150,326       11,095,388  
 
                                                               
David Mims
    2010       399,049                         159,366       36,905     $ 595.320  
Executive Vice President
and Chief Operating Officer
    2009       399,049                         205,392       29,847       634,288  
 
    2008       387,426       75,000       1,084,694       1,404,250       262,123       4,084,610       7,298,103  
 
                                                               
Steve Gannon
    2010       365,382 (6)                       163,648       29,467     $ 558,497  
Senior Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer
    2009       296,000                         182,210       26,487       504,697  
 
    2008       336,364       60,000       963,396       1,147,375       182,276       766,140       3,455,545  
 
                                                               
Dr. Alexandre LeBeaut
    2010       382,000                         0       40,795     $ 422,795  
Senior Vice President
and Chief Scientific Officer
    2009       382,000                         205,215       32,120       619,335  
 
    2008       2,938                   787,750             127,000       917,688  
 
                                                               
Nicholas Franco
    2010       340,468 (6)                       124,348       66,995     $ 531,811  
Senior Vice President, International
    2009       338,495                         182,036       63,705     $ 584,236  
Commercial Operations
    2008       368,476       40,000             787,750       177,851       265,865       1,639,942  
 
(1)   Dr. Verwiel’s annual base salary is USD$645,000. Through June 30, 2009, he was compensated in Canadian dollars. In fiscal year 2009, Dr. Verwiel was paid $490,807 in Canadian dollars, $161,250 in U.S. dollars and a currency exchange adjustment of $99,018.29 in Canadian dollars.
 
(2)   Amounts set forth in the Bonus column represent a special one-time incentive bonus paid to our named executive officers that related to their performance in fiscal year 2008.
 
(3)   Amounts set forth in the Restricted Stock Awards column represents the aggregate grant date fair value of awards granted to the named executive officers during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and calculated in accordance with the guidance issued by the FASB on stock compensation. For a discussion of the assumptions used in calculating award values for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, see Note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010 contained in this report. The value set forth in this column for Mr. Gannon represents aggregate grant date fair value of our grant of penny options calculated in accordance with the guidance issued by the FASB on stock compensation.
 
(4)   Amounts set forth in the Option Awards column represents the aggregate grant date fair value of awards granted to the named executive officers during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and calculated in accordance with the guidance issued by the FASB on stock compensation. The fair value of the service based options was calculated using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Values for awards subject to performance conditions are calculated based upon the probable outcome of the performance condition as of the grant date using a Monte Carlo simulation model. For a discussion of the assumptions used in calculating award values for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, see Note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010 contained in this report. The estimated maximum potential value for the performance awards for the 2008 awards, were $1,600,000 for Dr. Verwiel; $1,025,000 for Mr. Mims; $837,500 for Mr. Gannon; $575,000 for Dr. LeBeaut; and $575,000 for Mr. Franco.
 
(5)   The values in this column represent, in U.S. dollars, incentive awards under the Incentive Plan earned by the named executive officers in fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, but paid in fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009. Since the incentive award granted to Mr. Gannon was paid in Canadian dollars and the incentive award granted to Mr. Franco was paid in Euros, the values for such awards have been converted to U.S. dollars. For fiscal year 2010, an exchange rate of 1.0498 Canadian dollars to one U.S. dollar and 0.7376 Euros to

-138-


 

    one U.S. dollars was used for the conversion. For fiscal year 2009, an exchange rate of 1.0574 Canadian dollars to one U.S. dollar and 0.6670 Euros to one U.S. dollars was used for the conversion. For fiscal year 2008, an exchange rate of 1.2372 Canadian dollars to one U.S. Dollar and 0.7877 Euros to one U.S. dollar was used for the conversion.
 
(6)   These amounts represent, in U.S. dollars, salaries earned by Mr. Gannon and Mr. Franco that were paid in local currency. The salary paid to Mr. Gannon was paid in Canadian dollars and the salary paid to Mr. Franco was paid in Euros, the values for such salaries have been converted to U.S. dollars.
 
(7)   All other compensation for FY2010 includes the compensation set forth in the table below:
                                                 
                    Company            
            Car Allowance   Contributions            
            and/or   to Defined   Insurance        
            Company-   Contribution   Premiums        
Name & Principal Position   Fiscal Year   Paid Car ($)   Plans ($)(a)   ($)(b)   Other(c)   Total ($)
Dr. Frank Verwiel
President and Chief Executive
Officer
    2010     $ 18,000     $ 12,373     $ 21,388     $ 205,678     $ 257,439  
 
                                               
David Mims
Executive Vice President and
Chief Operating Officer
    2010       10,200       8,250       18,455             36,905  
 
                                               
Steve Gannon
Senior Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer
    2010       9,716       17,311       2,440             29,467  
 
                                               
Dr. Alexandre LeBeaut
Senior Vice President and Chief
Scientific Officer
    2010       10,200       11,000       19,595             40,795  
 
                                               
Nicholas Franco
Senior Vice President, International
Commercial Operations
    2010       25,565             25,161       16,269       66,995  
 
(a)   Company contributions to defined contribution plans include contributions to RRSP/DPSP matching funds and 401(k) during fiscal year 2010.
 
(b)   This column includes payments for life and disability insurance, as well as medical and dental benefits. In addition, $3,532 in fiscal year 2010 in additional life insurance and long-term disability premiums was paid on behalf of Dr. Verwiel. A Payment of $19,565 in fiscal year 2010 was made to maintain an unemployment insurance policy for Mr. Franco since, in France, Mr. Franco’s country of residency, corporate officers who become unemployed are generally not eligible for unemployment benefits.
 
(c)   A cash payment of $145,125 in fiscal year 2010 was made to Dr. Verwiel by us pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement as a Match Payment, or a payment equal to one-half of the amount of Dr. Verwiel’s non-equity incentive award for fiscal year 2010. In fiscal year 2010, $19,402 was paid for the preparation of Dr. Verwiel’s annual tax returns. In fiscal year 2010, Dr. Verwiel received relocation expenses of $41,152.
Mr. Franco received $16,269 in fiscal year 2010 in housing expenses.

-139-


 

Grants of Plan-Based Awards
     The named executive officers currently do not receive annual grants of long-term equity incentive awards.
                                                                         
            Estimated Future
Payouts Under
                   
            Non-Equity Incentive Plan
Awards (1)
                   
                                    Estimated
Future
  All Other
Stock
  All Other
Option
       
                                    Payouts
Under
  Awards:
Number of
  Awards:
Number of
  Exercise or   Grant Date
                                    Equity
Incentive
  Shares of
Stock or
  Securities
Underlying
  Base Price
of Option
  Fair Value of
Stock and
Name and Principal Position   Grant Date   Threshold   Target   Maximum   Plan   Units   Options   Awards   Option Awards
Dr. Frank Verwiel
              $ 387,000     $ 774,000                                          
President and Chief Executive Officer
                                                                       
 
                                                                       
David Mims
                  199,524       568,645                                          
Executive Vice President and
Chief Operating Officer
                                                                       
 
                                                                       
Steve Gannon
                  182,691       506,967                                          
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
                                                                       
 
                                                                       
Dr. Alexandre LeBeaut
                  191,000       530,025                                          
Senior Vice President and
Chief Scientific Officer
                                                                       
 
                                                                       
Nicholas Franco
                  153,210       425,159                                          
Senior Vice President,
International Commercial
Operations
                                                                       
 
(1)   This column shows the potential non-equity incentive awards that are possible under the 2010 Incentive Plan, at the threshold, target and maximum levels of performance in fiscal year 2010. As discussed above in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis— Performance-Based Cash Incentives”, no incentive payments were to be paid under the Incentive Plan if both corporate fiscal and individual performance goals were not met. The target payments are based on achieving the 100% target level of performance for both corporate financial measures and individual performance measures. The maximum payments are based on the maximum incentive payments available to our named executive officers under the Incentive Plan as discussed above in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis”. According to Dr. Verwiel’s employment contract, the maximum incentive payment is 120% of base salary for high achievement.

-140-


 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
     The following table shows the outstanding equity awards as of the end of fiscal year 2010 for each of our named executive officers:
                                                         
    Option Awards   Stock Awards
                    Equity                        
                    Incentive                        
                    Plan                        
                    Awards:                      
    Number of   Number of   Number of                   Number of  
    Securities   Securities   Securities                   Shares or  
    Underlying   Underlying   Underlying                   Units   Market Value of
    Unexercised   Unexercised   Unexercised   Option   Option   of Stock that   Shares or Units of
    Options (#)   Options (#)   Unearned   Exercise   Expiration   Have Not   Stock that Have
Name and Principal Position   Exercisable   Unexercisable   Options   Price ($)   Date   Vested (#)   Not Vested
Dr. Frank Verwiel
    128,000 (1)     192,000 (1)     160,000 (4)   $ 10.00       4/15/2018                  
President and Chief
    64,000 (2)     96,000 (2)         $ 12.10 (5)     4/15/2018                  
Executive Officer
                                                       
 
                                                       
David Mims
    82,000 (1)     123,000 (1)     102,500 (4)   $ 10.00       4/15/2018                  
Executive Vice President and
    41,000 (2)     61,500 (2)         $ 12.10 (5)     4/15/2018                  
Chief Operating Officer
                                                       
 
                                                       
Steve Gannon
    96,436 (3)               $ 0.01       4/15/2018                  
Senior Vice President and Chief
    67,000 (1)     100,500 (1)     83,750 (4)   $ 10.00       4/15/2018                  
Financial Officer
    33,500 (2)     50,250 (2)         $ 12.10 (5)     4/15/2018                  
 
                                                       
Dr. Alexandre P. LeBeaut
    46,000 (1)     69,000 (1)     57,500 (4)   $ 10.00       9/29/2018                  
Senior Vice President and Chief
    23,000 (2)     34,500 (2)         $ 12.10 (5)     9/29/2018                  
Scientific Officer
                                                       
 
                                                       
Nicholas Franco
    46,000 (1)     69,000 (1)     57,500 (4)   $ 10.00       4/15/2018                  
Senior Vice President,
    23,000 (2)     34,500 (2)         $ 10.00 (5)     4/15/2018                  
International Commercial
                                                       
Operations
                                                       
 
(1)   These values reflect the number vested and unvested time-based options granted to our named executive officers under the Management Equity Incentive Plan. Time-based options vest ratably on each of the first through fifth anniversaries of the date of grant, subject to the officer’s continued employment with us through each anniversary. Dr. Verwiel, Mr. Mims, Mr. Gannon and Mr. Franco’s option will fully vest on April 15, 2013; Dr. LeBeaut’s option will fully vest on September 29, 2013.
 
(2)   These values reflect the number of vested and unvested premium options granted to our named executive officers under the Management Equity Incentive Plan. Premium options vest ratably on each of the first through fifth anniversaries of the date of grant, subject to the officer’s continued employment with us through each anniversary. Dr. Verwiel, Mr. Mims, Mr. Gannon and Mr. Franco’s option will fully vest on April 15, 2013; Dr. LeBeaut’s option will fully vest on September 29, 2013.
 
(3)   This value represents the number of “penny options”, or options to purchase common stock of Holdings for $0.01, granted to Mr. Gannon, who resides and works in Canada, pursuant to his penny option grant agreement. Approximately one-third of the penny options immediately vested upon grant on April 15, 2008, one-third vested on August 25, 2009, and the remainder of the penny options vested on August 25, 2010.
 
(4)   These values represent the number of performance-based options granted to our named executive officers under the Management Equity Incentive Plan. Under the terms of the Management Equity Incentive Plan, the amount of performance- based options that will vest is dependent upon the occurrence of a Liquidity Event (as defined in the Management Equity Incentive Plan) and the realization of certain profits by the Sponsor Funds and/or their affiliates as a result of such event(s), calculated by comparing the value of the cash or certain securities obtained in exchange for the equity of Holdings held by the Sponsor Funds and/or their affiliates to the Sponsor Funds’ initial investment in the February 2008 Transactions. Depending on these factors, all, none, or

-141-


 

    one-half of the performance-based options held by our named executive officers may vest upon the occurrence of the Liquidity Event (as defined in the Management Equity Incentive Plan), subject to the officer’s continued employment with us on the date of the liquidity event.
 
(5)   For the premium options granted under the Management Equity Incentive Plan to Dr. Verwiel, Mr. Mims, Mr. Gannon and Dr. LeBeaut, the exercise price of these options increases at a 10.00% compound rate on each anniversary of the date of grant of such options until, with certain exceptions, the earlier of: (a) the exercise of such option; (b) the fifth anniversary of the grant date of such option; (c) a Liquidity Event (as defined in the Management Equity Incentive Plan) or (d) the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined in the Management Equity Incentive Plan) of Axcan Holdings Inc. For Mr. Franco, any premium options granted to him under the Management Equity Incentive Plan will be subject to the terms of the French sub-plan, under which the premium options will not be subject to an increasing exercise price over time. Rather, any vested premium options held by Mr. Franco will be exercisable in a percentage equal to (i) the percentage of the premium options exercisable under the terms of the Management Equity Incentive Plan multiplied by (ii) the difference between the fair market value of one share of Holdings common stock on the exercise date and the exercise price of the premium option to be exercised if it had accreted in price under the terms of the Management Equity Incentive Plan divided by (iii) the difference between the fair market value of the share and the exercise price of $10.00.
Options Exercised and Stock Vested
          The table below sets forth information on stock vested and value realized on vesting during fiscal year 2010. There were no options exercised by our named executive officers in fiscal year 2010.
                 
    Stock Awards
    Number of    
    Shares Acquired   Value Realized
    on Vesting   on Vesting
Name & Principal Position   (#)(1)   ($)(2)
Dr. Frank Verwiel
    77,833     $ 958,124  
President and Chief Executive Officer
               
 
               
David Mims
    36,194     $ 445,548  
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
               
 
               
Steve Gannon
           
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
               
 
               
Dr. Alexandre LeBeaut
           
Senior Vice President and Chief Scientific Officer
               
 
               
Nicholas Franco
           
Senior Vice President, International Commercial Operations
               
 
(1)   The values in this column reflect the number of RSUs granted to Dr. Verwiel on August 25, 2009 where one-half vested on August 25, 2010 and for Mr. Mims, the third vesting tranche of his RSU grant awarded on April 15, 2008. These vested RSUs will not be settled in Holdings common stock until the earlier of: (1) four years from the date of grant, or April 15, 2012; (2) the termination of the officer’s employment; (3) a Liquidity Event (as defined in the Management Equity Incentive Plan); and (4) a Change in Control (as defined in the Management Equity Incentive Plan).
 
(2)   Represents the number of RSU’s vested multiplied by $12.31, the fair market value of one share of Holdings common stock as at December 31, 2009, being the last valuation determination made by the Holdings Board prior to the vesting date.
Employment Agreements and Potential Payments upon Certain Terminations
     The following are descriptions of our employment agreements with our named executive officers in effect as of the end of fiscal year 2010. We have employment agreements with Dr. Verwiel, Mr. Mims, Mr. Gannon, Dr. LeBeaut and Mr. Franco, which contain severance and change of control provisions. In addition, the Company’s Severance Plan, or the Severance Plan provides severance benefits in the event of certain terminations of the executive’s employment. The following narrative describes the terms of these various agreements.

-142-


 

Employment Agreement with Dr. Frank Verwiel
     On May 16, 2008, we entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Dr. Verwiel to continue his service as President and Chief Executive Officer of AIH, and to serve as President and Chief Executive Officer of Holdings and an officer of certain other subsidiaries of Holdings, including Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. The agreement has an initial five-year term beginning on February 25, 2008 that provides for automatic twelve-month extensions, beginning on February 25, 2013, unless either we or Dr. Verwiel give 60 days’ prior notice of termination.
     Dr. Verwiel will receive a base salary at a rate no less than USD$645,000 per year, which shall be adjusted at our discretion. Although no annual bonus is guaranteed to Dr. Verwiel, Dr. Verwiel will have the opportunity to earn an annual cash bonus of 60% of his base salary for on-target performance, or Target Annual Bonus, with the possibility of achieving 120% of base salary for high achievement. In addition, if in any year Dr. Verwiel receives an annual cash bonus as described above, he will also be entitled to receive a Match Payment equal to one-half (1/2) the annual bonus payable with respect to such year.
     In addition, Dr. Verwiel received a one-time nonrecurring grant of 640,000 options to purchase shares of Holdings under the Management Equity Incentive Plan. These Holdings Options will vest in accordance with our Management Equity Incentive Plan (described above) and have an initial exercise price of $10.00 per share.
     We agreed to grant Dr. Verwiel a total of 233,500 restricted stock units. 77,834 of these RSUs were granted as fully vested on April 15, 2008; and an additional 155,666 RSUs were granted to Dr. Verwiel on August 25, 2009, half of which vested immediately upon grant and half vested on August 25, 2010. Vested RSUs will be settled into Holdings common stock, with certain exceptions, upon the earlier of: (1) four years from the date of grant, April 15, 2012; (2) the termination of the officer’s employment; (3) a Liquidity Event (as defined in the Management Equity Incentive Plan); and (4) a Change in Control (as defined in the Management Equity Incentive Plan).
     In addition, Dr. Verwiel agreed to, and did, purchase 75,000 shares of Holdings common stock for an aggregate investment of $750,000 pursuant to a subscription agreement and a Management Stockholders’ Agreement. For more details on these agreements, see “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
     The agreement further provides that Dr. Verwiel could be entitled to certain severance benefits following termination of employment. If we terminate him without Cause (as defined in the agreement), or if Dr. Verwiel terminates his employment for Good Reason (as defined in the agreement), all outstanding Holdings Options granted to Dr. Verwiel by us pursuant to the Management Equity Incentive Plan will expire pursuant to the terms of that plan as described above in “—The Axcan Holdings Inc. Management Equity Incentive Plan” except that, with certain exceptions, any performance-based Holdings Options that have not vested as of the date of termination shall remain outstanding for a 12-month period following termination and if a liquidity event (as defined under the Management Equity Incentive Plan) occurs within such period, all, none or one-half of the unvested performance-based options will become vested and exercisable in accordance with the Management Equity Incentive Plan. In addition, Dr. Verwiel would be entitled to the following:
    An amount equal to Dr. Verwiel’s accrued but unused vacation and base salary through the date of termination, or collectively, the accrued benefits.
 
    An amount equal to (a) two times his base salary in effect at the date of termination, plus (b) two times the amount of his Target Annual Bonus, which is 60% of Dr. Verwiel’s base salary. This amount will be paid in equal, ratable installments in accordance with our regular payroll policies over the course of 24 months.
 
    Medical benefits which are substantially similar to the benefits provided to our executive officers for 24 months after the date of termination. However, if Dr. Verwiel becomes re-employed with another employer and is eligible to receive comparable benefits, we shall cease to provide continued medical benefits.
     If Dr. Verwiel is terminated without Cause or terminates his employment for Good Reason within twelve (12) months following a Change of Control (as defined in the agreement), Dr. Verwiel shall be entitled to the benefits described above except that he shall receive two times his base salary and Target Annual Bonus immediately, rather than over a 24-month period.
     If Dr. Verwiel is terminated due to Dr. Verwiel’s death, Disability (as defined in the agreement), or is terminated with Cause or without Good Reason, we will pay Dr. Verwiel the accrued benefits when due.
Employment Agreement with David Mims
     On June 3, 2008, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Mims to continue his service as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of AIH, and to serve as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Holdings as well as an officer of certain other subsidiaries of Holdings, including Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. The agreement has an initial five-year term beginning on February 25, 2008 that provides for automatic twelve-month extensions, beginning on February 25, 2013, unless either we or Mr. Mims give 60 days’ prior notice of termination.
     Mr. Mims will receive a base salary at a rate no less than $387,426 per year, which shall be adjusted at our discretion. Although

-143-


 

no annual bonus is guaranteed to Mr. Mims, Mr. Mims will have the opportunity to earn an annual cash bonus of at least 45% (as of fiscal year 2009, this bonus has been updated to 50% by the Holdings Board) of his base salary for on-target performance, or Target Annual Bonus, with the possibility of achieving 90% of base salary for high achievement.
     In addition, Mr. Mims received a one-time nonrecurring grant of 410,000 options to purchase shares of Holdings under the Management Equity Incentive Plan. These Holdings Options will vest in accordance with our Management Equity Incentive Plan (as described above) and have an initial exercise price of $10.00 per share.
     We also agreed to grant Mr. Mims a total of 108,578 restricted stock units. One-third of these RSUs vested immediately upon grant, one-third vested on August 25, 2009, and the remaining RSUs vested on August 25, 2010. Vested RSUs will be settled into Holdings common stock, with certain exceptions, upon the earlier of: (1) four years from the date of grant, April 15, 2012; (2) the termination of the officer’s employment; (3) a Liquidity Event (as defined in the Management Equity Incentive Plan); and (4) a Change in Control (as defined in the Management Equity Incentive Plan).
     In addition, Mr. Mims agreed to, and did, purchase 50,000 shares of Holdings common stock for an aggregate investment of $500,000 pursuant to a subscription agreement and a Management Stockholders’ Agreement. For more details on these agreements, see “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
     The agreement further provides that Mr. Mims could be entitled to certain severance benefits following termination of employment. If we terminate him without Cause (as defined in the agreement), or if Mr. Mims terminates his employment for Good Reason (as defined in the agreement), all outstanding options granted to Mr. Mims by us pursuant to the Management Equity Incentive Plan will expire pursuant to the terms of that plan as described above in “—The Axcan Holdings Inc. Management Equity Incentive Plan” except that, with certain exceptions, any performance-based Holdings Options that have not vested as of the date of termination shall remain outstanding for a 12-month period following termination and if a Liquidity Event (as defined under the Management Equity Incentive Plan) occurs within such period, all, none or one-half of the unvested performance-based options will become vested and exercisable in accordance with the Management Equity Incentive Plan. In addition, Mr. Mims would be entitled to the following:
    An amount equal to Mr. Mims’ accrued but unused vacation and base salary through the date of termination, or collectively, the accrued benefits.
 
    An amount equal to (a) two times his base salary in effect at the date of termination, plus (b) two times the amount of his Target Annual Bonus, which is 50% of Mr. Mims’ base salary. This amount will be paid in equal, ratable installments in accordance with our regular payroll policies over the course of 24 months.
 
    Medical benefits which are substantially similar to the benefits provided to our executive officers for 24 months after the date of termination. However, if Mr. Mims becomes re-employed with another employer and is eligible to receive comparable benefits, we shall cease to provide continued medical benefits.
     If Mr. Mims is terminated without Cause or terminates his employment for Good Reason within twelve (12) months following a Change of Control (as defined in the agreement), Mr. Mims shall be entitled to the benefits described above except that he shall receive two times his base salary and Target Annual Bonus immediately, rather than over a 24-month period.
     If Mr. Mims is terminated due to Mr. Mims’ death, Disability (as defined in the agreement), or is terminated with Cause or without Good Reason we will pay Mr. Mims the accrued benefits when due.
Employment Agreement with Steve Gannon
     On July 3, 2008, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Gannon to continue his service to us as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of AIH, and to serve as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Holdings as well as an officer of certain other subsidiaries of Holdings, including as Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. The agreement has an initial five-year term beginning on February 25, 2008 that provides for automatic twelve-month extensions, beginning on February 25, 2013, unless either we or Mr. Gannon give 60 days’ prior notice of termination.
     Mr. Gannon will receive a base salary at a rate no less than CDN $338,550 per year, which shall be adjusted at our discretion. Although no annual bonus is guaranteed to Mr. Gannon, Mr. Gannon will also have the opportunity to earn an annual cash bonus of at least 45% (for fiscal year 2009, this bonus has been updated to 50%) of his base salary for on-target performance with the possibility of achieving 90% of base salary for high achievement.
     In addition, Mr. Gannon received a one-time nonrecurring grant of 335,000 options to purchase shares of Holdings under the Management Equity Incentive Plan. These Holdings Options will vest in accordance with our Management Equity Incentive Plan (as described above) and have an initial exercise price of $10.00 per share.
     We also agreed to, and did, grant Mr. Gannon a total of 96,436 “penny options”, which are options to purchase a share of Holdings common stock for $0.01. Subject to Mr. Gannon’s continued employment with us, these penny options were scheduled to vest in three approximately equal installments on April 15, 2008, August 25, 2009 and August 25, 2010.

-144-


 

     In addition, Mr. Gannon agreed to purchase 20,640 shares of Holdings common stock for an aggregate investment of $206,400 pursuant to a subscription agreement and a Management Stockholders’ Agreement. For more details on these agreements, see “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
     The agreement further provides that Mr. Gannon could be entitled to certain severance benefits following termination of employment. If we terminate him without Cause (as defined in the agreement), or if Mr. Gannon terminates his employment for Good Reason (as defined in the agreement), all outstanding options granted to Mr. Gannon by us pursuant to the Management Equity Incentive Plan will expire pursuant to the terms of that plan as described above in “—The Axcan Holdings Inc. Management Equity Incentive Plan” except that, with certain exceptions, any performance-based Holdings Options that have not vested as of the date of termination shall remain outstanding for a 12-month period following termination and if a liquidity event (as defined under the Management Equity Incentive Plan) occurs within such period, all, none or one-half of the unvested performance-based options will become vested and exercisable in accordance with the Management Equity Incentive Plan. In addition, Mr. Gannon would be entitled to the following:
    An amount equal to Mr. Gannon’s accrued but unused vacation and base salary through the date of termination, or collectively, the accrued benefits.
 
    An amount equal to one-and-a-half times his base salary in effect at the date of termination. This amount will be paid in equal, ratable installments in accordance with our regular payroll policies over the course of 18 months.
 
    Medical benefits which are substantially similar to the benefits provided to our executive officers for 18 months after the date of termination. However, if Mr. Gannon becomes re-employed with another employer and is eligible to receive comparable benefits, we shall cease to provide continued medical benefits.
     If Mr. Gannon is terminated without Cause or terminates his employment for Good Reason within twelve (12) months following a Change of Control (as defined in the agreement), Mr. Gannon shall be entitled to the benefits described above except that he shall receive one-and-a-half times his base salary immediately, rather than over a 18-month period.
     If Mr. Gannon is terminated due to Mr. Gannon’s death, Disability (as defined in the agreement), or is terminated with Cause or without Good Reason, we will pay Mr. Gannon the accrued benefits when due.
Employment Agreement with Dr. Alexandre LeBeaut
     On September 15, 2008, we entered into an employment agreement with Dr. LeBeaut, under which he agreed to serve as Senior Vice President and Chief Scientific Officer of Holdings and AIH. The agreement has an initial five-year term beginning on September 29, 2008 that provides for automatic twelve-month extensions, beginning on September 29, 2013, unless either we or Dr. LeBeaut give 60 days’ prior notice of termination.
     Dr. LeBeaut will receive a base salary at a rate no less than $382,000 per year, which shall be adjusted at our discretion. Dr. LeBeaut will also have the opportunity to earn an annual cash bonus of at least 45% (for fiscal year 2009 updated to 50% by the Holdings Board) of his base salary for on-target performance.
     In addition, Dr. LeBeaut received a one-time nonrecurring grant of 230,000 options to purchase shares of Holdings under the Management Equity Incentive Plan. These Holdings Options will vest in accordance with our Management Equity Incentive Plan (as described above) and have an exercise price equal to the Fair Market Value (as defined in the Management Equity Incentive Plan) of the shares at the time of grant, as determined by the Board.
     We granted Dr. LeBeaut a $50,000 signing bonus, a $35,000 tax assistance payment and a $42,000 special signing bonus. In the event that Dr. LeBeaut’s employment was terminated prior to September 29, 2010 for any reason, other than if the Company terminates him without Cause or Dr. LeBeaut terminates for Good Reason, he would have been required to refund and pay the Company the full gross amount of the bonus and incentive payments. In addition, Dr. LeBeaut agreed to, and did, purchase 2,500 shares of Holdings common stock for an aggregate investment of $25,000, pursuant to a subscription agreement and Management Stockholders’ Agreement. For more details on these agreements, see “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
     The agreement further provides that Dr. LeBeaut could be entitled to certain severance benefits following termination of employment. If we terminate him without Cause (as defined in the agreement), or if Dr. LeBeaut terminates his employment for Good Reason (as defined in the agreement), all outstanding options granted to Dr. LeBeaut by us pursuant to the Management Equity Incentive Plan would expire pursuant to the terms of that plan and Dr. LeBeaut would be entitled to the following:
    An amount equal to Dr. LeBeaut’s accrued but unused vacation and base salary through the date of termination, or collectively, the accrued benefits.
 
    An amount equal to one-and-a-half times his base salary in effect at the date of termination. This amount will be paid in equal, ratable installments in accordance with our regular payroll policies over the course of 18 months.
 
    Medical benefits which are substantially similar to the benefits provided to our executive officers for 18 months after the date of termination. However, if Dr. LeBeaut becomes re-employed with another employer and is eligible to receive

-145-


 

      comparable benefits, we shall cease to provide continued medical benefits.
     If Dr. LeBeaut is terminated without Cause or terminates his employment for Good Reason within twelve (12) months following a Change of Control (as defined in the agreement), Dr. LeBeaut shall be entitled to the benefits described above except that he shall receive one-and-a-half times his base salary immediately, rather than over a 18-month period.
     If Dr. LeBeaut is terminated due to Dr. LeBeaut’s death, Disability (as defined in the agreement), or is terminated with Cause or without Good Reason, we will pay Dr. LeBeaut the accrued benefits when due.
Employment Agreement with Nicholas Franco
     The employment agreement between the Company and Mr. Franco was effective as of December 20, 2007, and has an indefinite term. Mr. Franco’s employment agreement provides for gross annual compensation of 245,000 Euros, which shall be adjusted at our discretion at the end of each fiscal year. Mr. Franco is eligible to participate in any executive incentive program approved by the AIH Board, and his target annual incentive for fiscal year 2010 is 45% of his base salary, prorated based on time of service.
     The employment agreement provides Mr. Franco could be entitled to certain severance benefits following termination of employment. If Mr. Franco is terminated at any time, he is entitled to an incentive bonus based on the target of what he would have earned for the full year, prorated for the time he served during that particular fiscal year. In the event that Mr. Franco is terminated due to or following a Change of Control (as defined in the agreement), he is entitled to receive an amount equal to the gross base compensation he received during the twelve months prior to the termination.
Potential Payments upon Certain Terminations or a Change in Control
     This table shows the potential compensation that we would have had to pay to our named executive officers upon various termination of service scenarios. The table values are based solely on our named executive officers’ employment contracts as the company Severance Plan expired February 24, 2010. The amounts shown assume that termination of employment was effective September 30, 2010. The amounts shown are only estimates of the amounts that would be payable to the named executive officers upon termination of employment and do not reflect tax positions we may have taken or the accounting treatment of such payments. Actual amounts to be paid can only be determined at the time of separation. Although the calculations are intended to provide reasonable estimates of the potential benefits, they are based on numerous assumptions and do not represent the actual amount, if any, an executive would receive if an eligible termination event were to occur.

-146-


 

     The following table provides information regarding the potential value of our severance arrangements for our named executive officers under the following termination of service scenarios: (1) upon termination by us with cause or by the executive officer without good reason, including a retirement; (2) upon termination by us without cause or by the executive officer for good reason; (3) upon termination of the executive due to his death or disability or (4) our change-in-control.
                                         
    Severance Arrangements  
    Assuming Termination of Service at the end of Fiscal year 2010  
            Termination
with Cause
    Termination
without Cause
    Termination        
            or without     or for Good     due to Death     Change in  
Name & Principal           Good Reason     Reason(1)     or Disability     Control(2)  
Position   Benefit Type     ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)  
Dr. Frank Verwiel
  Severance Payment         $ 2,064,000           $ 2,064,000  
President and Chief Executive Officer
  Bonus                        
 
  Benefits           34,248             34,248  
 
  Value of Equity                        
 
  Award Acceleration(3)                                
 
                                       
 
  Total         $ 2,098,248           $ 2,098,248  
David Mims
  Severance Payment         $ 1,197,146           $ 1,197,146  
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
  Bonus                        
 
  Benefits           34,248             34,248  
 
  Value of Equity                        
 
  Award Acceleration(3)                                
 
                                       
 
  Total         $ 1,231,395           $ 1,231,395  
Steve Gannon
  Severance Payment         $ 548,073           $ 548,073  
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
  Bonus                        
 
  Benefits           2,709             2,709  
 
  Value of Equity                        
 
  Award Acceleration(3)                                
 
                                       
 
  Total         $ 550,782           $ 550,782  
Dr. Alexandre LeBeaut
  Severance Payment         $ 573,000           $ 573,000  
Senior Vice President and Chief Scientific Officer
  Bonus                        
 
  Benefits           25,686             25,686  
 
  Value of Equity                        
 
  Award Acceleration                                
 
                                       
 
  Total         $ 598,686           $ 598,686  
Nicholas Franco
  Severance Payment                     $ 340,468  
Senior Vice President, International Commercial Operations
  Bonus         $ 153,210              
 
  Benefits                        
 
  Value of Equity                        
 
  Award Acceleration                                
 
                                       
 
  Total         $ 153,210           $ 340,468  
 
(1)   The severance payments set forth in this column would have been paid to Dr. Verwiel and Mr. Mims, respectively, in equal installments over a period of 24 months in accordance with our standard payroll procedures and any benefits would be provided over a period of 24 months. For Mr. Gannon and Dr. LeBeaut, the severance payments set forth in this column would have been paid to him in equal installments over a period of 18 months in accordance with our standard payroll procedures and any benefits would be provided over a period of 18 months.
 
(2)   The severance payments set forth in this column would have been paid immediately upon termination to Dr. Verwiel, Mr. Mims, Mr. Gannon and Dr. LeBeaut. For Mr. Franco, the severance payments set forth in this column would have been paid in one lump sum no later than the March 15th following the year of termination. The determination of the form in which benefits would be paid to Mr. Franco would have been at our discretion.
 
(3)   Upon any event of termination, the named executive officers were entitled to receive the same treatment of their Holdings Options under the Management Equity Incentive Plan as any other employee with the exception of the performance-based Holdings Options held by Dr. Verwiel, Mr. Mims and Mr. Gannon. In the event one of these named executive officers were terminated without cause or for good reason, any performance-based options that had not vested as of the date of termination would remain outstanding for a 12-month period following termination and if a liquidity event (as defined under the Management Equity Incentive Plan) were to occur within such period, all unvested performance-based shares would become

-147-


 

    vested and exercisable in accordance with the Management Equity Incentive Plan. Otherwise, upon any event of termination of a named executive officer, any unvested Holdings Options would be forfeited unless such termination was without Cause (as defined in the Management Equity Incentive Plan) or by the participant for Good Reason (as defined in the Management Equity Incentive Plan) and occurred during the two-year period following a Change of Control (as defined in the Management Equity Incentive Plan), in which case all unvested time-based and premium Holdings Options would immediately vest and become exercisable as of the date of such termination.
Director Compensation
     Certain members of our Board also serve on the Board of Directors of certain of our parents and subsidiaries. For example, the director composition of our Board is identical to the composition of the board of our parent company MidCo. The current membership of our Board is not compensated for their services as directors by us or any of our parents or subsidiaries. Members of the Board of Directors of Holdings, which, as the board of our indirect parent, makes certain compensation and business decisions that relate to our employees, are also not compensated for their services as directors by us, Holdings, or any of our parents or subsidiaries.

-148-


 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Beneficial Ownership
     Axcan MidCo Inc., or MidCo, directly owns all our issued and outstanding stock. All of MidCo’s issued and outstanding stock is directly owned by Axcan Holdings Inc., or Holdings. All equity interests in Holdings are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Sponsor Funds, the Co-investors and certain of our employees, including certain of our named executive officers and directors.
     The following table sets forth information with respect to the ownership as of September 30, 2010 for (a) each person known by us to own beneficially more than a 5% equity interest in Holdings, (b) each member of our Board of Directors, (c) each member of Holdings’ board of directors, (d) each of our named executive officers (who are also the named executive officers of Holdings), and (e) all of our and Holdings’ executive officers and directors as a group. We have 100 shares of common stock outstanding, all of which are owned indirectly by Holdings. Share amounts indicated below reflect beneficial ownership, through Holdings, by such entities or individuals of these 100 shares of Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc.
     The amounts and percentages of shares beneficially owned are reported on the basis of SEC regulations governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under SEC rules, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares voting power or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Securities that can be so acquired are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing such person’s ownership percentage, but not for purposes of computing any other person’s percentage. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities with respect to which such person has no economic interest.
     Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, each of the beneficial owners has, to our knowledge, sole voting and investment power with respect to the indicated shares. Unless otherwise noted, the address of each beneficial owner is c/o Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc., General Counsel, 22 Inverness Center Parkway, Suite 310, Birmingham, AL USA 35242.
                 
    Beneficial Ownership     Percentage  
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner   of Common Shares     Owned  
TPG Capital(1)
    69.91       69.91 %
Banc of America Capital Investors V, L.P.(2)
    8.35       8.35 %
Société Générale de Financement du Québec(3)
    6.26       6.26 %
HSBC(4)
    5.22       5.22 %
OMERS Capital Partners Inc.(5)
    5.22       5.22 %
Alberta Investment Management Corp.(6)
    4.17       4.17 %
Dr. Frank Verwiel
    *       *  
David Mims
    *       *  
Steve Gannon
    *       *  
Nicholas Franco
    *       *  
Richard Tarte
    *       *  
Dr. Alexandre LeBeaut
    *       *  
Dr. Fred Cohen(7)
    69.91       69.91 %
Dr. Heather Preston(7)
    69.91       69.91 %
Todd Sisitsky(7)
    69.91       69.91 %
All executive officers and directors as a group (12 people)
    0.39       0.39 %
 
*   Represents less than one percent or one share, as applicable.
 
(1)   Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. shares shown as beneficially owned by TPG Capital reflect an aggregate of the following record ownership: (i) 30,854,198.80 shares of Holdings held by TPG Partners V, L.P., (ii) 80,715.00 shares of Holdings held by TPG FOF V-A, L.P., (iii) 65,086.20 shares of Holdings held by TPG FOF V-B, L.P. and (iv) 2,500,000.00 shares of Holdings held by TPG Biotechnology Partners II, LP. The address of TPG Capital is 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, TX 76102.
 
(2)   Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. shares shown as beneficially owned by Banc of America Capital Investors V, L.P. through its investment in TPG Axcan Co-Invest II, LLC reflect the following record ownership: 4,000,000 shares of Holdings held by Banc of America Capital Investors V, L.P. The address of Banc of America Capital Investors V, L.P. is 100 North Tryon Street, 25th floor, Attention: Scott R. Poole, Charlotte, NC 28255.
 
(3)   Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. shares shown as beneficially owned by Société Générale de Financement du Quebec through its investment in TPG Axcan Co-Invest, LLC reflect the following record ownership: 3,000,000 shares of Holdings held by SGF Bio-Pharma Capital Inc. The address of Société Générale de Financement du Québec is 600 de la Gauichetière West, Suite 1500, Montreal, Quebec, Canada, H3B 4L8.
 
(4)   Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. shares shown as beneficially owned by HSBC through its investment in TPG Axcan Co-

-149-


 

    Invest, LLC reflect an aggregate of the following record ownership:(i) 2,100,000 shares held by HSBC Equity Partners USA, L.P. and (ii) 400,000 shares held by HSBC Private Equity Partners II USA, LP. The address of HSBC is 452 Fifth Avenue, 14th floor, Attention: Andrew Trigg, New York, NY 10018.
 
(5)   Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. shares shown as beneficially owned by OMERS Capital Partners Inc. through its investment in TPG Axcan Co-Invest, LLC reflect the following record ownership: 2,500,000 shares of Holdings held by OCP API Holdings, Inc. The address of OMERS Capital Partners Inc. is Royal Bank Plaza, South Tower, Suite 2010, 200 Bay Street, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, M5J 2J2.
 
(6)   Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. shares shown as beneficially owned by Alberta Investment Management Corp. through its investment in TPG Axcan Co-Invest, LLC reflect an aggregate of the following record ownership: (i) 1,140,000 shares of Holdings held by GP08GV (General) Ltd. and (ii) 860,000 shares of Holdings held by GP08PX (General) Ltd. The address of Alberta Investment Management Corp. is 9515-107 Street, 340 Terrace Building, Edmonton, Alberta, Canada, T5K 2C3.
 
(7)   Includes all shares held by TPG Partners V, L.P., TPG FOF V-A, L.P., TPG FOF V-B, L.P., and TPG Biotechnology Partners II, LP. Each of Fred Cohen, Heather Preston and Todd Sisitsky may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of these interests due to his or her status as an employee of TPG Capital, and each such person disclaims beneficial ownership of any such interests in which he or she does not have a pecuniary interest. The address of each of Dr. Cohen, Dr. Preston and Mr. Sisitsky is c/o TPG Capital, 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, TX 76102.
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
     The following table provides information about the shares of Holdings common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options and rights (including restricted stock units) under all of our existing equity compensation plans as of September 30, 2010, including the Management Equity Incentive Plan and certain individual arrangements between us and our employees. The table below does not include shares of Holdings common stock that may be issued to certain of our employees as incentive awards correlated to our performance under the Axcan Holdings Inc. Employee Long Term Incentive Plan, since we cannot predict the value, if any, of such awards or whether any of our employees will elect to receive shares of Holdings common stock in lieu of cash awards under such plan. All of our shares are owned by MidCo and we do not have any equity compensation plans under which shares of our common stock are granted.
                         
                    Number of securities  
    Number of             remaining available for  
    securities to be     Weighted-average     future issuance  
    issued upon exercise     exercise price of     under equity compensation  
    of outstanding     outstanding     plans (excluding  
    options, warrants and     options, warrants     securities  
    rights     and rights     reflected in first column)  
     
Plan Category
                       
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
                 
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders(1)
    4,814,646 (2)   $ 10.69 (3)     172,307  
Total
    4,814,646     $ 10.69       172,307  
 
(1)   Since our indirect parent Holdings is owned primarily by the Sponsor and the majority of members of the Holdings Board are affiliated with the Sponsor, the Holdings Board, and not the Holdings stockholders, have approved all decisions related to equity-based compensation, including the approval of the Management Equity Incentive Plan and individual compensation arrangements with our executive officers.
 
(2)   This amount includes 3,642,250 shares of Holdings common stock issuable under the Management Equity Incentive Plan, 719,836 shares of Holdings common stock issuable upon the settlement of Restricted Stock Unit (RSUs) awards granted to certain of our employees and 452,560 shares of Holdings common stock issuable upon the exercise of penny options, or options to purchase Holdings Common Stock for $0.01, granted to certain of our employees.
 
(3)   The weighted-average exercise price reflects the exercise price of all options to purchase Holdings common stock issued under the Management Equity Incentive Plan and does not reflect the exercise price of the RSUs awards or penny option awards, which have exercise prices of $0 and $0.01, respectively.

-150-


 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons
     We have not adopted any formal policies or procedures for the review, approval or ratification of certain related-party transactions that may be required to be reported under the SEC disclosure rules. Such transactions, if and when they are proposed or have occurred, have traditionally been (and will continue to be) reviewed by our Board of Directors (other than the board members involved, if any) on a case-by-case basis.
Stockholders Agreement
     We have entered into a stockholders agreement with Holdings and the stockholders of Holdings, including investment funds associated with our Sponsor and certain members of our management. Future stockholders may also be required to become parties to the agreement. The stockholders agreement contains agreements among the parties with respect to the election of our directors and the directors of Holdings, restrictions on the issuance of shares (including certain participation rights), restrictions on the transfer of shares (including tag-along rights, drag-along rights and a right of first offer) and other special corporate governance provisions (including the right of our Sponsor and its affiliates to approve various corporate actions).
Registration Rights Agreement
     We have entered into a registration rights agreement with Holdings and the stockholders of Holdings, including investment funds associated with our Sponsor and certain members of our management. The registration rights agreement contains customary demand and piggyback registration rights. The agreement also requires Holdings and us to indemnify each holder of registrable securities and certain of their affiliates against liability arising from any violation of the securities laws by Holdings or us or any material misstatements or omissions made by Holdings or us in connection with a public offering.
Management Agreement
     We have entered into a management agreement with Holdings and our Sponsor, pursuant to which our Sponsor will provide management and other advisory services to us. In consideration for ongoing management and other advisory services, the management agreement requires us to pay our Sponsor an annual management fee of $750,000 and to reimburse our Sponsor for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with its services. The management agreement also provides that our Sponsor will receive transaction fees in connection with certain subsequent financings and acquisition transactions. The management agreement includes customary indemnification provisions in favor of our Sponsor and its affiliates.
     In addition, on December 16, 2009, we entered into an agreement with our Sponsor to clarify our indemnification obligations with respect to the Sponsor and its affiliates. The agreement clarifies that we have the primary obligation to indemnify the Sponsor and its affiliates for expenses and indemnification obligations that we provide to our officers and directors and those of Holdings.
Director Independence
     We are a privately held corporation. As discussed in Item 10 above, no current director of our Board is deemed to be “independent” under our previously adopted independence standards. See “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.”

-151-


 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
     During the periods indicated, Raymond Chabot Grant Thornton LLP, and its affiliates, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm and principal accountant, billed the fees set forth below.
                 
    Fiscal Year ended     Fiscal Year ended  
    September 30, 2010     September 30, 2009  
Audit Fees (1)
  $ 778,566     $ 908,858  
Audit-Related Fees (2)
    42,811       308,777  
Tax Fees (3)
    24,316       244,003  
All Other Fees (4)
          21,451  
 
           
 
Total Fees
  $ 845,693     $ 1,483,089  
 
           
 
(1)   Audit Fees billed during the periods indicated represented fees for the following services: audit of the Company’s (or the predecessor company’s) annual financial statements, reviews of the Company’s (or the predecessor company’s) quarterly financial statements, audit of the financial statements of certain subsidiaries and other services normally provided in connection with statutory and regulatory filings.
 
(2)   Audit-Related Fees billed during the periods indicated represented fees for the following services: issue of consent and comfort letters and other services provided in conjunction with financing transactions and consultations on accounting matters.
 
(3)   Tax Fees billed during the periods indicated represented fees for the following services: compliance, transfer-pricing studies and other tax consultation.
 
(4)   Performance of agreed-upon procedures with respect to a royalty sales schedule.
     We do not have an audit committee and as such, the audit committee of Axcan Holdings Inc., our indirect parent, performs the duties of an audit committee, including the review and pre-approval of fees paid to and services performed by Raymond Chabot Grant Thornton LLP.

-152-


 

PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)   Financial Statements
 
    The financial statements are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under “Item 8-Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
(b)   Financial Statement Schedules
 
    Financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are either not required, not applicable, or the information is presented in the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto in Item 8 above.
(c)   Exhibits
 
    Refer to the Index to Exhibits immediately following the signature page of this report.

-153-


 

SIGNATURES
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Birmingham, Sate of Alabama, United States of America, on December 16, 2010.
         
  AXCAN INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/    
    Name:   Steve Gannon   
    Title:   Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 
 
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated below.
         
Signature   Title   Date
 
 
       
/s/
 
Frank Verwiel, M.D.
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   December 16, 2010
 
       
/s/
 
Steve Gannon
  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   December 16, 2010
 
       
/s/
 
David W. Mims
  Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Director   December 16, 2010
 
       
/s/
 
Richard DeVleeschouwer
  Senior Vice President, Human Resources, Assistant Secretary and Director   December 16, 2010

-154-


 

EXHIBIT INDEX
     
Exhibit No.   Exhibit
3.1
  Certificate of Incorporation of Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. (f/k/a Atom Intermediate Holdings Inc.), as amended (Exhibit 3.1 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4 filed October 7, 2008).
 
   
3.2
  By-laws of Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. (Exhibit 3.2 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4 filed October 7, 2008).
 
   
4.1
  Senior Secured Notes Indenture, dated as of February 25, 2008, between Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc., the Guarantors listed therein and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, relating to the 9.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 (Exhibit 4.1 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4 filed October 7, 2008).
 
   
4.2
  Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 19, 2008, among Axcan EU LLC and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, supplementing the Senior Secured Notes Indenture dated as of February 25, 2008 (Exhibit 4.1 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form 10-Q filed February 13, 2009).
 
   
4.3
  Senior Notes Indenture, dated as of May 6, 2008, between Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc., the Guarantors listed therein and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, relating to the 12.75% Senior Notes due 2016 (Exhibit 4.2 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4 filed October 7, 2008).
 
   
4.4
  Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 19, 2008, among Axcan EU LLC and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, supplementing the Senior Notes Indenture dated as of May 6, 2008 (Exhibit 4.2 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form 10-Q filed February 13, 2009).
 
   
4.5
  Form of 9.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 (included in the Senior Secured Notes Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4 filed October 7, 2008).
 
   
4.6
  Form of 12.75% Senior Notes due 2016 (included in the Senior Notes Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4 filed October 7, 2008).
 
   
4.7
  Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2008, by and between Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc., the Guarantors named therein and Banc of America Securities LLC, HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., RBC Capital Markets Corporation (Exhibit 4.5 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4 filed October 7, 2008).
 
   
4.8
  Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2008, by and between Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc., the Guarantors named therein and Banc of America Securities LLC, HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., RBC Capital Markets Corporation (Exhibit 4.6 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4 filed October 7, 2008).
 
   
4.9
  Parallel Debt Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2008, between Axcan LuxCo 1 S.àr.l. and Axcan LuxCo 2 S.àr.l and The Bank of New York, relating to the Senior Secured Notes Indenture (Exhibit 4.12 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4 filed October 7, 2008).
 
   
4.10
  Parallel Debt Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2008, between Axcan LuxCo 2 S.àr.l. and Axcan LuxCo 2 S.àr.l and The Bank of New York, relating to the Senior Notes Indenture (Exhibit 4.13 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4 filed October 7, 2008).
 
   
4.11
  Pledge Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2008, between Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc., as Pledgor, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and Axcan LuxCo 1 S.àr.l., as Company (Exhibit 4.14 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4 filed October 7, 2008).
 
   
4.12
  Pledge Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2008, between Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc., as Pledgor, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and Axcan LuxCo 2 S.àr.l., as Company (Exhibit 4.15 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4 filed October 7, 2008).
 
   
4.13
  Deed of Pledge of Membership Rights, dated February 25, 2008, between Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. and Axcan US LLC, as Pledgors, and Bank of America, N.A., as Pledgee, and Axcan Coöperatieve U.A., as Coop (Exhibit 4.16 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4 filed October 7, 2008).

-155-


 

     
Exhibit No.   Exhibit
4.14
  Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2008, between certain subsidiaries of Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. identified therein, as Grantors, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (Exhibit 4.17 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4 filed October 7, 2008).
 
   
4.15
  Supplement No.1, dated as of December 5, 2008, to the Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of February 25, 2008 among Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc., as the Parent Borrower, Axcan US Partnership 1 LP, as the Co-Borrower, Axcan MidCo Inc., as Holdings, certain other Subsidiaries of Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Secured Parties (as defined therein) (Exhibit 4.3 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form 10-Q filed February 13, 2009).
 
   
4.16
  Pledge Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2008, between Axcan LuxCo 2 S.àr.l., as Pledgor, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative and Collateral Agent, and Axcan Nova Scotia 1 ULC, as Company (Exhibit 4.18 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4 filed October 7, 2008).
 
   
4.17
  Deed of Hypothec in favor of Bank of America, N.A., dated as of February 25, 2008 (Exhibit 4.19 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4 filed October 7, 2008).
 
   
4.18
  Debenture, dated as of February 25, 2008 (Exhibit 4.20 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4 filed October 7, 2008).
 
   
4.19
  Pledge of Debentures, dated as of February 25, 2008, between Axcan Pharma Inc. and the Secured Parties (as defined therein) (Exhibit 4.21 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4 filed October 7, 2008).
 
   
10.1
  Management Services Agreement, dated as of February 21, 2008, by and among Axcan Holdings Inc., Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. and TPG Capital, L.P. (Exhibit 10.1 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4 filed October 7, 2008).
 
   
10.2
  Joinder to Management Services Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2008, by and among TPG Capital, L.P., Axcan Pharma Inc. and Axcan US Partnership 1 LP (Exhibit 10.2 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4 filed October 7, 2008).
 
   
10.3+
  Exclusive Development/License/Supply Agreement, dated May 16, 2000, between Eurand S.p.A. (f/k/a Eurand International S.p.A.) and Axcan Pharma US, Inc. (f/k/a Axcan Scandipharm Inc.), as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated March 23, 2007 (Exhibit 10.5 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4 filed October 7, 2008).
 
   
10.4+
  Finished Product Supply Agreement, dated October 8, 2003, by and between Sanofi-Aventis U.S. LLC (successor in interest of Aventis Pharmaceuticals Inc.) and Axcan Pharma Inc., as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated August 2, 2008 (Exhibit 10.6 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4 filed October 7, 2008).
 
   
10.5+
  Manufacturing Services Agreement, dated October 1, 2003, between Patheon Inc. and Axcan Pharma Inc. (Exhibit 10.7 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4 filed October 7, 2008).
 
   
10.6+
  Supply Agreement, dated May 7, 2004, between Paddock Laboratories, Inc. and Axcan Pharma Inc. (Exhibit 10.8 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4 filed October 7, 2008).
 
   
10.7
  Credit Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2008, between Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc., as Parent Borrower, Axcan US Partnership 1 LP, as Co-borrower, Axcan MidCo Inc., as Holdings, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and the other lenders from time to time party thereto (Exhibit 10.9 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4 filed October 7, 2008).
 
   
10.8
  Guaranty, dated as of February 25, 2008, among Axcan MidCo Inc., Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc., Axcan US Partnership 1 LP, certain other Subsidiaries of Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (Exhibit 10.10 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4 filed October 7, 2008).
 
   
10.9
  Supplement No.1, dated as of December 5, 2008, to the Guaranty dated as of February 25, 2008 among Axcan MidCo Inc., Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc., Axcan US Partnership 1 LP, certain other Subsidiaries of Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (Exhibit 10.1 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form 10-Q filed February 13, 2009).

-156-


 

     
Exhibit No.   Exhibit
10.10†
  Amendment and Restatement of Employment Agreement between Axcan Pharma Inc., Axcan Pharma US, Inc., Axcan Holdings Inc. and Dr. Frank A.G.M. Verwiel, dated May 16, 2008 (Exhibit 10.11 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4 filed October 7, 2008).
 
   
10.11†
  Employment Agreement between Axcan Pharma Inc., Axcan Pharma US, Inc., Axcan Holdings Inc. and David Mims, dated June 3, 2008 (Exhibit 10.12 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4 filed October 7, 2008).
 
   
10.12†
  Employment Agreement between Axcan Pharma Inc., Axcan Pharma US, Inc., Axcan Holdings Inc. and Steve Gannon, dated July 3, 2008 (Exhibit 10.13 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4 filed October 7, 2008).
 
   
10.13†
  Employment Agreement between Axcan Pharma Inc., Axcan Pharma US, Inc., Axcan Holdings Inc. and Alexandre P. LeBeaut, dated September 15, 2008 (Exhibit 10.14 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4 filed October 7, 2008).
 
   
10.14†
  Employment Agreement between Axcan Pharma Inc. and Nicholas Franco, dated October 5, 2007 (Exhibit 10.15 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4/A filed November 7, 2008).
 
   
10.15†
  Axcan Pharma Inc. Severance Pay Plan (Exhibit 10.16 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4/A filed November 12, 2008).
 
   
10.16†
  Axcan Holdings Inc. Management Equity Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.17 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4/A filed November 12, 2008).
 
   
10.17†
  Axcan Pharma Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan for Executives (Exhibit 10.18 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4/A filed November 12, 2008).
 
   
10.18†
  Form of Axcan Holdings Inc. Management Stockholders’ Agreement (Exhibit 10.19 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4 filed October 7, 2008).
 
   
10.19†
  Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement between Axcan Holdings Inc. and U.S. Grantee (Exhibit 10.20 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4 filed October 7, 2008).
 
   
10.20†
  Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement between Axcan Holdings Inc. and French Grantee (Exhibit 10.21 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4 filed October 7, 2008).
 
   
10.21†
  Form of Penny Option Grant Agreement between Axcan Holdings Inc. and Optionee (Exhibit 10.22 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form S-4 filed October 7, 2008).
 
   
10.22†
  Axcan Holdings Inc. Employee Long Term Incentive Plan. (Exhibit 102.3 to Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc. Form 10-K filed December 22, 2008).
 
   
12.1*
  Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
 
   
21.1*
  Subsidiaries of Axcan Intermediate Holdings Inc.
 
   
31.1*
  Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
   
31.2*
  Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
   
32.1*
  Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
   
32.2*
  Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
*   Exhibits marked with an asterisk (*) are filed herewith.
 
+   This Exhibit was filed separately with the Commission pursuant to an application for confidential treatment. The confidential portions of the Exhibit have been omitted and have been marked by the following symbol: [ ** ].
 
  Denotes management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement

-157-